The first Chapter of the originall be­ginning, and of the antiquitie, and Excel­lencie of Chirurgerie.

COnsidering with my selfe, that all men are naturally obliged to serue to the common wealth by some honest professiō, and that no man is able to discharge that dutie, and benefit to his natiue countrie, except he learne in his tender age, the science, wherin the ornament therof consisteth, after full Deliberation I applyed my selfe to the studie of Chirurgerie, which is by the consent of all learned men, not only a science verie profitable & necessarie to all sorts of people, but also most auntient and honourable, as ma­nyfestly testifieth all the antiquitie: in reading whereof we finde the inuention of Chirurgerie ascribed (for the ex­cellencie thereof) to the Gods themselues, to witt, to Aesculape sonne of Appollo, from the which Podalire and Machaon his sonnes, learned the same and cured sundrye and diuers, which were deadlye hurt and wounded at the siege of Troy, as reporteth Homer the poet.1. & 2. Iliad. Clemens A­lexandrinus sayth that the first operator was the Nephew of Noah and after him Apis king of Egipt.Libr. 7. Cornelius Cel­sus sayth, that it was found, and exercised long before o­ther sciences. But passing with silence, Apollo, Aescu­lapius, and all that sort of Gods, as also Hippocrates, Ga­len, Pythagoras, Empedocles, Parmenides, Pimander, Democritus, Chiron, Paeon, and all the auntient Philoso­phers, together with Alexander the great, Marcus Anto­nius [Page] and the rest of the Emperors, Kings and princes, who professed the same, is it not most manyfest in the old testa­ment, that it was inuēted and approued by God himselfe, for in the XX▪ Chapter of the fourth booke of the Kinges, wee reade, how Esaie healed by Gods owne commande­ment Ezechias, by laying a figge on his bi [...]es, and sores: as also in the 8. and 9. Chapter of Tobias, how the angell cōmaunded him to slea a fishe, called Cassidill, & to take the gall thereof to the webbe of the eies. But what, not only was it inuented by the diuine power, but in like ma­ner expresly cōmaunded in the 8. Chap. of Eccle. & di­uers other places, that the professors thereof should be ho­noured by all men, for God created him to the effect he remaine with thee, to assure thee, and thē which are with thee. Now seing I haue sufficiently both by the Scripture and otherwise prooued the excellencie of Chirurgerie, it is not needefull to compare the same with other artes, and sciences, for if any art be praysed, because it was, and is, professed of noble men, ye may clearly perceaue, that the Gods, Emperours, Kinges, and Princes, haue practised the same. If we consider the sentence of the diuine Phi­losopher Plato,Plato. that thinges good, are difficile, there is no thing harder, than Chirurgerie, the which will occupie a man all his life time to seeke out the nature of things per­taining thereto. If things be praysed for their strength & force, what thinge is of more strength, than to restore a man to his health, which otherwise was altogether lost▪ some man may perchaunce obiect to me and alleage, that many professors of Chirurgerie, with their charmes, hearbs full of poyson & false promises, destroy many people, who would easily haue recouered their health, if they had giuen no credit to such dissemblers. I answere, that such decei­uers deserue and merite to be grieuously punished and ba­nished out of all countries, for yee must vnderstand, that such pernitious and shamelesse people are not, nor should not in any wise, bee tearmed Chirurgians, but abusers of [Page] [...]he name thereof; for this cause,Libr. Digest. the prudent Emperour Iustiniā pondering the great damage, that redoundeth to to the common wealth, through permission of such igno­rants, straightly ordayned, that no gouernour, nor Iudge of prouinces or townes whatsoeuer, shoulde permit anye man, to practise Chirurgerie: but hee, who was receaued, and admitted lawfullye, by the Doctors, who are profes­sors of the same, which law is yet obserued, in all commō wealthes well gouerned, and especially in the most aunti­ent cittie of Paris, where the professors are learned, wise & graue men, who are so carefull of the weale-publique that they admit no man into their Colledge, except hee haue first past his whole course in the science of Chirurgerie. I doubt not, but these few words, all men of wisedome will confesse, that these charmes, with their Diabolicall hearbs, who trauaile through countries, deceiuing the people▪ are no wise to be called Chirurgians, but seuerely to be puni­shed, which I speake not of malice, or enuie to any p [...]ti­culer person, but for the aduancemente of learning, and profit of the common wealth, wherunto I refer my whole trauell and studies.

The second Chapter of Chirurgerie in ge­nerall, of Operations, and instruments of Chirurgerie.

I perceaued by your former discourse touching the originall of Chirurgerie & the excellencie thereof, the great desire you haue to profit therein, & to giue good example to all those, who would professe the same: In cō ­sideration whereof, at your instant request and intreatie, I am deliberate to conferre with you in that matter, seing both our leysures doth permit, to demaund of you in fewe [Page] wordes, the whole principall pointes of Chirurgerie, but, according to Cicero, seing all doctrine whatsoeuer, which is founded on reason,Cicero. libr. 1 Offic. should begin at the diffinition, to the end wee may the better vnderstand, that whereof we doe intreat, first I aske you, what is Chirurgerie?

It is a science or Art, that sheweth the maner how to worke on mans bodie, exercising all manuell operations necessarie to heale men in asmuch, as is possible by the vsing of most expedient medicines.

Why say you art or science?

Because it is deuyded into Theorick and Practtik, as sayth Hieronymus montuo.

What is Chirurgerie Theorick.

It is that part, which teacheth vs by rules only the demonstrations, which we may know, without vsing any work of the hand, & therfore we call it science.

What is practick.

It is that part, which consisteth in [...] of the hand, according to the precepts in [...], as Aposthumes against nature, Byles, [...] that be out of their natural place▪ [...] operations belonging to the worke of [...] shall heare in the Sixt Treatise.

Ere [...], let vs [...] what is the subiect of this [...].

[...]

Seeing the subiect is so [...] that the Chirurgian be [...] the preseruation, as recoue­rie [...].

[...] be so.

Howe, [...].

Arist [...] the [...] vs to begyn at [...] more [...] & difficile, as [...].

[...]

Fiue.

[...]

1 [...] first is to take away that, which is [...] & [...], as to take away [...]umors against [...], lo [...]pes, [...], warts, and such like, to draw the [...], to take awaye a six [...] finger or toe▪ [...] being dead, out of the mothers [Page] wombe, to cut a legge, being gangrened or mortified & the like. 2 Secondly to help and adde to nature, that which it wanteth, as to put to an artificiall eare, nose, or eye, a hand, a legge, a platten in the roofe of the mouth, which is needefull to those, who by the Spanish sicknes or lyke disease, haue the roofe of the mouth fallen. 3 The thirde is to put in the naturall place, that which is out of his place, as to put in the gutts the cawle or net that coue­reth the gutts, called the epiplon or omentum, after they by fallen in the scrotum, to put bones in their own place, being out of ioynt. 4 The fourth, to seperate that, which is contayned, as in opening aposthumes, opening a vaine, scarifying, applying of horseleaches, ventoses, by cutting the ligament vnder the tongue, cutting two fingers gro­wing together, by cutting the praepuce of the yarde, by cutting the natural conduit of womē being closed natural­lye together, or else by accident, as often chaunceth after wounds, vlcers & such like. 5 The fift to ioyne that which is seperated, as in healing brokē bones, bones that be out of their place, healing of woundes, vlcers, fistules, and such like.

What methode is to be obserued of the Chirurgian in working these opperarions.

First to knowe the disease next to doe the operation as soone as may be, surely,Land loupers and simple Barbers. without false promises or deceyte to heale thinges, that cannot bee healed, for there are some, who, voyde of knowledge and skill, promise for lucres to heale infirmities, being ignorāt both of the disease, and the reme­dies therof. These faultes be often committed of some who vsurping the name of Chirurgian, being vnworthie therof, haue scarce the skill to cut a beard which properly pertay­neth to their traide.

It seemeth by your words▪ that there are some infirmities pertayning to our art which are incurable.

There are diuers▪ like as Cancer occult, leprosie▪ elephantike particuler, also when the diseased re­fuseth the remedie proper for the cure thereof: as to cut a mēber being mortified, to make incisiō of the hydropick, [Page] and also when by the curing of the maladie, there ensueth a greater disease like as to stay altogether suddenly the he­morrhoides, which haue long run, to cut the varice on the leggs or elsewhere, because the humour taketh the course oftentimes to some principal part, which is cause of death. Also in healing the biles which come in the legs or armes, called malum mortuum.

What remedies then are most expedient to bee vsed in these diseases.

Re­medies palliatiue & preseruatiue to let the euill, that it in­crease not, as wee shall intreate of each of them in their se­uerall places.Conditions of a Chirurgian.

To doe all these operations, what qualities are required of the Chirurgian.

There are diuers,Lib. 7. Cap. 1. and first of all as Celsus sayth, that hee bee learned chiefly in those things that appertaine to his art, that he be of a reasonable age, that he haue a good hand, as perfit in the left as the right, that hee bee ingenious, subtill, wise, that he tremble not in doing his operations, that hee haue a good eye, that hee haue good experience in his art, be­fore he begin to practise the same. Also that he haue seen and obserued of a long time, of learned Chirurgians, that he be wel manered, affable, hardy in things certaine, feare­full in thinges doubtfull and dangerous, discreete in iudg­ing of sicknesses, chast, sober, pitifull, that hee take his re­ward according to his cure and habilitie of the sicke, not regarding auarice.

What conditions ought the sicke to haue.Conditions of the Sicke.

Diuers also, and first hee must haue a good opiniō of the Chirurgian that he haue a good hope to be cured of him, & be obedient to his counsells, for that auaileth much in healing of maladies, that he indure pati­entlye, that which is done for the recouerie of his health.

Which are the instrumēts, that the Chirurgian ought to haue to doe his operations.Instrumentes.

They are of twoo sortes, for some are common, others are proper, & the in­struments or remedies common be also of two sortes, for some be medicinals, & some be ferramentalls.

Why doe you call them cōmon.

Because they serue indif­ferently [Page] to diuers parts, and may bee vsed in all parts of the bodie.

Which are the medicinalls.

They cōsist in ordaining good regimēt, in things naturall, vnna­turall and against nature, in letting of bloode, also in applying plaisters, catapla [...]mes, linimentes, ponders, vn­guentes and such like.

Which be the instruments ferramentals.

Some are to cut as rasures, some to burne as cauters actualls, some to drawe away, as tenells incisiues, pincetts, tirballes, some are to sound, as to sound a winde, the stone in the bladder▪ and such like. Some are to sow wounds, and knit veines & arters as needles.

Which are the proper instruments.

Those which serue to one part onley, as in the head a trepan, with sun­drie other capitalls, in the eye, an instrumēt called specu­lū oculi, a needle proper to abate the Cataract, in the eare a ciring for deafnes or to draw forth any thing inclosed in the eare, some in the mouth as speculum oris, or dilato [...]ū for conuulsion, others are proper for the plurisie, others for the hydropsie, some to draw the stone, which are made of di­uers fashiōs, some are proper for womē as speculū matricis, sūdry are proper for the birth, as ye shal here in our treatise of the sicknesses of women, some are for the fundament as speculum ani, some for broken bones and such as be out of their place, as machnies, lacs, glossocomes.In his booke called Antido­tarium.

Which of these remedies are most necessarie to bee had alwaies with him.

Arnoldus de villa noua counselleth, alwayes to haue sixe to helpe in necessitie for thinges that are common, the first an astringent or retentiue to staye a bleeding or fluxion that commeth in any part, the second is basili [...] to make matter in a wound or an a posthume, the third some cleansing salue as Apostulorum or Diapeo, the fourth is to fill vp a wounde or bile, with fleshe that is hollowe, like as vnguentum aureum. The fift is cerat ga­len, or rosat mesne proper to appease a great dolor or heate, which oft chanceth. The sixt is called De [...]iccatiuum rubeum or such like, to drie and cicatrize the skin.

Howe manye kindes of ferramentes ought the Chirurgian com­monly [Page] to carrie with him.

Six, a paire of sheeres, a rasor, a lancet, a sound, a tirball, & a needle.

How many thinges are to be obserued by the Chirurgian before he vndertake any operation.

According to Haly Abbas there are fiue.Haly Abbas in his Chirurgery The first to knowe well the tempe­rament of the patience. The second, he must knowe the sicknesse and nature thereof. The third whether it be cu­rable or not. The fourth remidies proper and meete for the disease. The fift, the right way, to applie such reme­dies as be nedefull, of all these he ought to giue good rea­son and authoritie, of such famous men as haue written of this science.

In how many things consisteth chief­lye the contemplation of Chirurgerie.

In three things according to Fuchius.Compendium medicinae Fuchij.

Which are they.

The first, are those things, that concurre to the making & constitution of our bodie and therefore are called thinges naturall, the second are those thinges, which conserue the bodie from sicknesse and being rightly vsed nourishe the same, our auntients call them thinges vnnaturall, because if they bee immod [...]ratly and ill vsed they bee altogether contrarie to our bodies, the thirde, are those things, which be indeede contrarie to our bodies and therefore are cal­led things contrarie to nature,2. Therapen & multis alijs lo­cis. as Galen writeth.

Tell mee some thinge more particulerly of these contemplati­ons of Chirurgerie.

I am contented, if your leisure doth permit.

Then, we will in the nexr Chapter followe out naturall thinges.

The third Chapter of naturall thinges in Generall.

May it please you to prosecute the discourse of na­tural things, seing we haue alredie intreated of Chirur­gerie in generall, of the operatiōs & instrumentes Chirur­gaticalls.

I like verie well of this methode, howe [Page] many naturall things are reckoned by the Chirurgiā.

Seauen, the first is called Element, the second Temperament or complexion, the thirde humors, the fourth members, the fift vertues or faculties, the sixt works and effectes of vertues, the seauenth Spirites.

The Fourth chapter, of Elements.

Seeing according to your former diuision of naturall thinges Element is the first, then what is an Element.

It is the most simple part,5 metaphi [...]a. 3 whereof any thing is made & in the distruction thereof is lastly resolued.

Howe many elements are there.

Two according to the con­templation of Chirurgerie, viz. simples or intilligibles & com­posed o [...] sensibles.

Which are the intelligibles.

Those which are knowne only by the speculatiō & iudgement the which was first obserued by Hypocrates.

How ma­ny are they in number.

They are foure according to Arist, to wit, the fire, the ayre, the water, and the earth, the which haue foure diuers qualities, hot, cold, moyst, and drie.Lib. degenera­tione.

Are these foure Elements otherwise distinguished.

They are distinguished also according to their light­nesse and heauinesse.

Which are the light.

The fire and the ayre, and seeketh vpward by reason of their light­nesse.

Which are the heauie.

The water and the earth and by reason of their heauinesse they moue downwards.

Which are sensible elements.

They are simi­lar or like parts of our bodies, as sayth Galen. Secundo de e­lementis.

Howe many are they in number.

Twelue, to wit, the bones, the cartilages, flesh, nerues, vaines, arters, pannicles, ligamēts tendons, the skin, the fat grease, the marrowe, to the which twelue similar partes, some adde parts made of the superflui­ties of our bodie, as the haire and nailes.

The fift chapter of temperamēts, wherin is shewed the tē ­perature of mans body, of euery nation, and foure seasons of the yeare.

What is Temperament.

It is a mixtion of the foure qualities of the Elements as sayth Auicen, Cap. 1. de com­plexione. or as sayth Galen it is a confusion or mixing of hot, cold, drie, and moyst.

How many sorts of complexions are there.

Two, to wit, well tempered and composed, or euill tem­pered.

What is temperament well tempered.

It is that which is equally composed of the Foure qualities of the Elements, of the which compositiō and substance amongst all naturall things, there is but one so tempered, which is the inner skin of the hand, chiefly in the extremities of the fingers as sayth Galen, Galenus: Lib. 1 de tem­peramentis. and is called temperamentum ad pondus. There is another kind of this called temperament ad Iustici­am which is according to iudgment.

What is tempe­rament ad Iustitiam.

It is that which is composed ac­cording to the exigence and dignitie of nature, & is known by his operatiōs, for when any thinge naturally hath his operati­ons verie perfit we esteeme it tempered ad Iusticiam.

What is temperament euill tempered.

It is that in the which one Element, gouerneth and hath dominion more than other, as the hot doth surpasse the cold and so forth.

How many euill temperaments are there.

There are diuers, which indeede passe not the Limits of health: for some surpasse the temperate in one simple qualitie, some in too composed and so forth.

How many simple qualities are there.

Foure as you haue heard, hot, drie, colde, & humide, in like māner there are foure composed to wit, hot & drie, hot and humide, cold and drie, cold & humide, of the which Galen hath openly written.Lib. 1. artis paruae. Galenus. Lib. de ligamē tis.

What partes of our bodies are attributed to these foure qualities.

To the heate we attribute the parts most hot of our bodies as the spirit, the heart, the blood, the lyuer, & the kidnies, the flesh, the muscules, arters, veines, skin and milt. To the cold wee attribute the haire, bones, cartilage, ligamēts, tendio [...]s, mem­braines, nerues, the braines, & the fat grease. To the humide qualities, the braines, the blood, the fat grease, the flesh, the [Page] papps, the stones, lights, lyuer, kidnies, marrow. To the drie, the haire, the bones, cartilages, membraines, ligamēts, tendons, arters, veines, nerues, the skinne: neuerthelesse, some exceede others in these qualities, as you may perceiue by their order: For it is necessary in healing wounds & vlcers to know the tēperature of euery part, for other remedies are to be vsed in hard & dry parts, than in soft and humide parts.

How are the foure qualities cōpared to the foure quarters of the yere.

The spring time is hot & humide, most healthfull as saith Hiopocrates & continueth frō the X. of March vn­till the XI. of Iune. The sōmer begins at the XI. day of Iune,Aphoris. 19. & etiam de natu­ra humana. & endeth on the XIII. day of Septēber and is hot & dry. The Autume or haruest, frō the XIII. day of September vntill the XIII. day of December, & is cold, drie, very vnhealthfull, sickly, the which sicknesses, if they continue till Winter, are most dāgerous. The winter frō the XIII. day of Decēber vntil the X. day of March, is cold & humide, in this time of the yere men eat much, ingēder abundāce of crudities, of the which cō ­meth diuers sicknesses.

How many ways know yee the temperature of mans body.

Fiue waies to wit, by the con­stitutiō of the whole body, by the operations & functiōs, by the countries, wherin men are born by the color, & by the age which being al cōsirered, we may iudg of euery mans cōplexion.

How know you the tēperature of mans body by the cōsti­turiōs.

Galen saith those which are fat,2. de tempera­mentis cap. 6▪ be cold like as fatnes is ingēdered of a cold habitude. Those that be grosse. & full of flesh be hot, because much flesh is ingēdered of great abundāce of blod, as saith Auicē.

How know you the tēperature of mās body by the operatiōs.

Galen saith, that any crea­ture, plant, or hearb, is of a good temperature,1. treatise & 1. cap 1. de tempera­mentis cap. 6. whē they do well their functiōs natural.

How by the natiōs or countries know you the temperatur.

The people towards the South are melācholick, cruel, vindicatyf, always timide, they are sub­iect to bee mad & furious, as often chanceth in the Realme of Feze and Marock in Africk, Ethiopia and Egipt, where there is a great number of mad men, they are also subiect to be lepre, chiefly in Ethiopia, they be leane, pale coloured, black eyed, and are hot, by the natural aire,z. de tempera­mentis cap. 6. Galen they are also subiect to Ve­nus gaimes, [Page] because of the melancholicke spumous humor, which is cause, that the Kings of that countrie haue had all times a great nū ­ber of wiues & Concubines, so that some haue had three hun­dreth, foure hundreth, some a Thousand, as reporteth Bodin in his commonwealth.Lib. 5. They are subiect to the falling sicke­nesse and Scrofules, and feuer quartane, yet they are wise, mo­dest, and moderate in their actions, they are also proper for the contemplation of naturall and diuine thinges, they haue little interior heate, and for that cause are abstinent, because they cannot digest much meate, so we may saye, that those people, being subiect to greatest sicknesses and vices, are also adorned with greatest vertues, where they are good. The people to­wards the North are cold and humide, neyther so wicked, nor deceytfull, they are faithfull and true, yet because they are of a grosser wit and more strength, they are more cruell & barba­rous, they haue greater force and are strōger by reason of the thicknes & coldnes of the blood, they be verie couragious for the great abundance of blood and smaler iudgment, they haue great heate in their interior partes and therefore eate well and drinke better which is an vnhappie vice. They are highe in stature, great bodied, more beautyfull, than those of the South, lesse giuē to the lust of the flesh, & lesse subiect to ielosie which is a common vice to the people towards the East as Greekes and Turkes: or West, as Spayne & such like countries. But principally the people of the South, from whom is come the vse to geld men, whome they call Eunuches to keepe their wiues. Moreouer, they who are towards the North are more labo­rious and giuen to artes mechanicks, & more proper for wars, than sciences. The people betwixt the South and the North, as Italie, Faunce and such like, be almost of the Northen peo­ples temperature, but somewhat hotter, they haue lesse internall heate and force, than the Northern people, but more thē they of the South, and therefore decide their quarrells oftener by reason, than force. Yet it is certaine, that they of the Weste, draw more to the qualities of those of the North, like as those of the East, to the conditions of those of the South.

How [Page] know you by the coulor mans temperature. Galen. libr. de tuenda sanitate

Galen sayth those which are of color somewhat red, yellow, or blew, be of a hot temperature, those which are blacke, white, or leade color, are of a cold complexiō, otherwise be the foure colors, the red, the yellow, the blacke, & the white, the red is ordinarily sanguine, the black is melancholy, the yellow is collericke & the white is Phlegmatick.

How know you mans tem­perature by the age,

For as much, as there is a perticuler of the age, we will deferre it, till we come to that chapter.

By what outward marks know you euery mans cōplexion?

He of the sanguine complexion is fleshie, liberall, lo­uing, amiable, gratious, merrie, ingenious, audacious, giuen to Ʋenus game, red coloured, with diuers other qualities, which sheweth the domination of the blood, and it is hot and humide, & is in good health in sommer, and in winter by rea­son of his humidity. The cholericke is hastie, prompt, & in all his affaires enuious, couetous subtill, hardy, angrie, va­liant, prodigall, leane, yellow coloured, and is hot and drie, & is in good health in winter. The Flegmaticke is fat, soft,Galen de placi­tis. white, sleepie, slothfull, dull of vnderstanding, heauie, much spitting, & white coloured: finallie his temperature essentiall or accidentall is cold and moist, and in good health in sommer. The Melancholicke, which is eyther by nature or accident of colour liuide and plumbin, and solitarie, coward, timide, sad, enuious, curious, auaritious, leane, weake, tardife, and so foorth, and is cold and drie and are well in haruest. As tou­ching the complexiō of euery age, you shal heare in the chapter of age, and for the complexiō of euery part of the body ye shall heare in the poore mans guide.

The sixt Chapter, of Humors.

Thou knowest that the most part of all sicknesses proceedeth and are entertayned by some humor, and sometime by sundry humors together, therfore it is most [Page] necessarie, that the Chirurgian know perfectly the humors of our bodies, to the end he giue the better order, for the cu­ration of maladies, then tell me what is an humor.

It is a thin substance, into the which our nourishment is first con­uerted, or it is an naturall Ius that the body is intertained no­rished or conserued with.

Wherof proceedeth the hu­mors.

Of the iuice or chiles which is made in the sto­mack, of the aliment wee are nuorished with, changed by the naturall heate of the stomacke and parts neere thereto, theraf­ter brought to the lyuer by the veines meseraicks, and maketh the foure humors which differeth in nature and kind.

How many humors are there.

There are foure which represent the foure Elements aswell by the substance as quali­ties, whereof euery thing is made, Galen calleth them the e­lements of our body.

which are the foure humors.

The blood, the phlegme, the choller, and melancholie.

What is the blood▪

It is an humor hot, aerious, of good consistance, red coloured, swete tasted, most necessarie for the nourishment of the parts of our body, which are hot and hu­mide, ingendered in the lyuer, retayned in the veines, and is compared to the aire, as sayth Galen.

What is phleg­mie. [...]. de placi [...]is.

It is an humor cold and humide, thyn in consistance, white coloured, when it is in the veines, it nourisheth the parts cold and humide, it lubrifieth the the mouing ef the ioynts & is compared to the water.

What is choll [...]r.

It is an humor hot and drie, of thyn and subtill consistence, black coloured, bitter tasted, proper to nourish the parts hot and dry, it is comparrd to the fire.

What is melancholie.

It is an humor cold and drie thick in consistence, sower tasted proper to nourish the parts that are cold and dry and is compa­red to the earth or winter.

How many sortes of blood are there.

Two, naturall and vnnaturall.

How many wayes degendereth the blood from the naturall.

[Page]Two wayes: first by some alteration or transmutation of the substance, as when it becometh more grosse or more subtil than it should be, or else by adustion, when the most subtill becom­meth in choller, and the most grosse in melancholie: secondly through vnnaturall proportion and euill mixion with the rest of the humors and then it taketh diuers names as for example, if with the blood, there bee abundance of pituit, such is called Phlegmaticke, if the choller exceede, chollerick and so forth in the rest.

How many sorts of phlegmies are there.

Two, in like manner, naturall and vnnaturall..

How many kindes of pi [...]ite vnnaturall are there.

Ac­cording to Galen there are foure sorts. The first called vitre­a, because this humor is like vnto melted glasse, it is colde,2. de differenti­is febrium ca. 6 and proceedeth of gluttonie and Idlenesse, it prouoketh to vo­mit, causeth great paine in the partes, where it falles as on the teeth and Intestines. The seconde is called the sweete phlegmie, because in spitting of it, it seemeth sweete, it pro­uoketh the bodye to sleepe. The thirde is called acide or bitter Phlegmie, because in spitting, it seemeth bitter, it is colde and maketh the bodye hungrye. The fourth is salte Phlegmie, it maketh the bodye drye and thirstie. There are some, who make an other kinde, called gipsei, be­cause of the forme and hardnesse it hath like lyme called gip­sei: it is often in the ioyntes and is reckoned vnder the vi­trea.

How many sorts of choll [...]r are there.

Two in like māner naturall and vnnaturall.

Howe ma­nye wayes becommeth the chollor vnnaturall.

Two wayes, firste when it spilleth rotteth and is burnt, and then it is called choll [...]r adust by putrifaction: the o­ther is made of the mixture of the other humors.

In­to howe manye kindes is it deuyded.

In foure as sayth Galen. The first is called vitellin, because of the coulor and thicke substaunce,Tractatu de a­tra bile & mul­tis alijs locis. it is like the yolke of [Page] an egge, it is ingendered in the liuer, and the vaines, when by the vnnaturall heate, it dissipateth and consumeth. The se­cond is called verricuse, because this coulor representeth a wart, called Verruca. The third is called erugmous, because it is like the rust of Brasse or Copper, called aerugo. The fourth is called the blewe choller, because it is ble [...]e like A­zure. These three last humors, as sayth Galen are ingendred in the stomacke by the vicious meates, & of euill iuice, which cannot be digested and conuerted into good iuice.

How many sortes of melancholie is there.

Two, naturall and adust.

How many kinds of adust or vnnaturall are there.

Two, the first is that, whereof commeth the humor melancholicke, which is like the lees of blood, when it is verie hot and adust, or by some hot feuer, that the bloode it selfe doth putrifie, as sayth Auicen, and differeth from the naturall melancholie, as the dregs of wine burnt, from the vn­burnt.14. Method. Galen sayth that humor, which is like the lees of wine, whē it becommeth more hot, it ingendereth an humor against nature, called atra bilis, of the which no beast can tast. The second kinde proceedeth of an humor chollericke, the which by adustion is conuerted into diuers coulors, at the laste into blacke coulor, which is the worst of all.

Knowing these foure humors and their generation, we must knowe in like manner, that in our bodies their is concoctiō, ther­fore tell me how many kindes of concoction there are.

Lib. de consen­su medicorū.There are three, as sayth Iohannes Bacchanellus: The first is made in the stomacke, which conuerteth the meate we eate into the substance called chile, in the which the foure hu­mors are not, but potentially, the second is done in the lyuer, which maketh of the chile▪ the masse sanguiner, [...]s sayth Ga­len. 4. de vsu parti­um. The third is made, through all the body of the which are ingēdered the foure humidyties which the Arabs call humors nourishing or elementaries, 1. Cano. cap. 1. as sayth Auicen. The firste hath no name & is thought to be the humor, which drop­peth from the mouth of the veines. The second is called Ros, the which after it is drunken into the substance of the [Page] bodie, it maketh it humide, whereof it taketh the name. The thirde is called Cambium. The fourth is called Gluten and is the proper humiditie of the similar partes.

Haue not these humors certaine time, in the which they raigne more then other, in mans bodie.

Yes indeed,Com. in apli. 15. sect. 1. lib. 6. epide. Alexander a­pud pr [...]ble. 74. lib. 2. for the blood raigneth in the morning from three hours vntill nine: in like manner in the spring time: The choller from nine in the morning, vntill three in the afternoone: as in Sommer: the phlegme from three afternoone, vntill nine at night, as in autume: the melancholie from nine at night, vn­till three in the morning, like as in winter: and this is the opini­on of Hipocrates and Galen as touching the humors.

The seuenth Chapter of members & partes.

What call you members or partes. 1. lib.

Auicen speaking of members, saith, they are bodies ingendred of the first commixtion of humors.

How many sortes of members are there.

Fiue, of the which the first is cal­led principalles, the second are members that serue the princi­pall members, the third are members, that neither gouerne nor are gouerned of others, but by their owne proper vertues, the fourth are members, which haue proper vertues of themselues and also of others, the fift is called members excrementals & not proper members as others.

Howe many principall members are there.

Foure, to witte, the braines, the heart, the liuer, & the testicles: the first three are called prin­cipalles, because by them all the bodie is gouerned, and with­out them, men can not liue, the fourth, which are the testicles, is called principall, because without them, men can not be pro­created, as saith Galen.

Which are those, which serue the principall members. lib. de vsu partium.

The nerues serueth the braines, the arters, the heart, the veines, the liuer, the instru­mentes spermatickes, the testicles: by the nerues the spirit a­nimall is carried through all the bodie, the spirit vitall is car­ried [Page] by the arters, the veines serue to carrie the bloud through all the bodie, as also to bring the chiles to the liuer, the instrumentes spermaticke for the bringing and casting foorth of the seede.

Which are the members, which neither gouerne, nor are gouerned of others.

The bones, the cartilages, membranes, glandes, tendons, liga­mentes, fattee, simple flesh and so forth.

Which are those, which haue proper vertue of themselues, and also of others.

The bellie, the kidneis and the matrix,

Which are the members called excrementous.

The nayles and the hayre.

Are the members no o­therwise deuided.

They are deuided into parts similars and dissimilars.

Which are the partes similars.

The bones, nerues, arters, flesh and so forth, and are so called, because the lesse part of them hath the same name that the whole hath.Galen. lib. de differentijs morborum. cap. 3.

Which are the partes dissimi­lars?

The eare, the eye, the legge, hand foote &c.

Why are they called dissimilars?

Because when they are deuided, they loose the name of the whole, as the membranes of the braines are not called the braines, nor the membranes of the eye, the eye, and so forth in other dissimilar partes.

The eight Chapter, of Vertues.

What call you Vertues?

They are the cause whereof proceedeth the actions or powers as sayth Galen.

Howe many vertues or faculties are there.

1. De faculta­tibus natura­libus.Three, to witte, animall, vitall, and naturall, and those vertues haue a certayne simpathie one with another, for if one be hurt, all the rest suffer with it.

What is animall vertue?

It is that which commeth from the braines, and sendeth the sense and moouing through all the bodye by the nerues.

How many sortes of vertues animalles [Page] are there?

Three, to witte, motiue, sensitiue and principall.

Wherein consisteth the vertue motiue.

In the instrumentes that moue voluntarily, as the muscles and nerues.

Wherein consisteth the vertue sensitiue.

In the senses externe & interne.

Into how many is the vertue sensitiue externe deuided.

In­to fiue, seeing, hearing, tasting, smelling, feeling.

What is the vertue sensitiue interior.

It is a vertue that cor­respondeth to the fiue externall vertues, by one organe onely, and therefore is called sense common.

Wherein con­sisteth the vertue principall.

In imagination, reaso­ning and remembring

May these three vertues be de­uided seuerally one from another.

Yes, because one may be offended without another, which sheweth them to haue diuers seates in the braines particularly.

What is the vertue vitall.

It is that, which carrieth life through all the bodie.

How many sorts of vitall ver­tues are there?

Two, to witte, vertue vitall actiue, that is in doing operations, and vertue vitall passiue, in suffering operations.

What is the vertue actiue?

They are those vertues which dilateth the heart, and arters, as chaunceth in mirth and loue.

What is vertue passiue?

They are those vertues, which constraineth and bin­deth the heart and arters, as happeneth in melancholie, sad­nesse and reuenge.

What is the vertue naturall?

It is that which commeth from the lyuer, and sendeth the nourishment throughout all the body.

Into how many is it deuided.

Into foure, the first in attracti­on of thinges proper, the second in retayning that, which is drawne: the thirde, in digesting that, which is retayned: the fourth, in expelling that, which is hurtfull and offendeth.

Doe all these foure vertues their operations at once.

No: for first attraction is made, then retayned vntill perfect digestion be made, lastly vertue expulsiue, casteth forth all thinges hurtfull to nature.

The ninth Chapter, of actions and operations of vertues.

What call you actions of vertues.

They are certaine affections or mouinges actiues proceeding of ver­tues.

Howe many sortes are there?

Three, like as of vertues, animall, naturall, and vitall.

Seeing the difference is not great betwixt vertues and operations of vertues, it is superfluous for the present to insist further in that matter.

The tenth Chapter, of spirites,

What are spirites.

They are a substance subtill and aerious of our bodie, bredde of the part most pure and thinne of the bloud, sent through all the bodie, to the effect, the members may doe their proper actions.

In what partes of our bodie abound they most.

As sayth Andreas de Lorraine, they abound in the heart and arters, in the braines and nerues.In his dissecti­ons.

How many sorts of spirits are there.

Three, animall, vitall & naturall.

What is the spirit animall.

It is that which remaineth in the braines, of the which a great parte is sent to the eyes, by the nerues optickes, some to the eares and diuers other partes, but most to the eyes, therefore, those who haue lost their sight, haue the other vertues more strong, the which caused Democritus & other Philosophers put out their eyes,Democritus. to the end their vn­derstanding might be more cleare.

Is the spirit animal brought through all the nerues substantially.

No, but onely by the nerues optickes, because they haue manifest hollownesse, and not the rest.

What is the spirit vitall.

It is that which is in the heart and arters, and is made of the euaporation of the bloud and of the ayre laboured in the lights by the force of vitall heat, and thereafter is diffused through the members for the conseruation of the naturall [Page] heate.

What is the spirite naturall.

It is that which is ingendred in the liuer, and veines, and there remai­neth, while the liuer maketh the bloud, and other operations naturall, the vse of it is to helpe the concoction.

The eleuenth Chapter, of thinges annexed to naturall thinges.

Seeing we haue amply discoursed of natural things, and the number thereof, it shall be needfull in this place to know how many things are annexed to naturall things.

Foure, to wit, age, colour, figure, & kinde.

What is age?

It is aspes or parte of our life,Auicen de cō ­plexione cap. 3. in the which our bodies are subiect to diuers & many mutations.

Thou knowest, that all things which are created, if they be ma­teriall, should haue an ende, & that there is nothing vnder the heauens, except the soule of man, but is subiect to cor­ruption, and chaunge, as all philosophers doe graunt, as Aristotle, Hippocrates and Galen doe testifie, Arist. de 'long▪ et breuitate vitae. Hippo. lib. 1. de dieta. Galen. lib. 1. de sanitate. and it is cer­taine, that we from our birth are subiect to diuers alterati­ons, therefore tell me into how many diuers apparant mu­tations haue our auncients deuided the life of man?

In that there is found great controuersie, for the Aegiptians and Pithagoreans were of the opinion, that there were so many ages, as there are signes in an hundreth yeeres, thinking a man to liue onely a hundreth yeeres, & euery seuenth yeere, we may perceaue some notable chaunge, besides the particular chaunge in euery signe, both in temperature of the bodie, and manners of the minde. The most part of our late writers are of the opi­on that the naturall course of our life, endureth fine speciall mutations, which they callages, to wit, Infancie adolescencie, young age, mans estate, and olde age. The infancie is hot and humide, but the humiditie surpasseth the heate, and lasteth 1 from the houre of our birth, till thirteene yeeres, and is go­uerned by the Moone, as sayth Ptolomeus. In this time a man is subiect to many griefes and diseases, as feuer, the flux,Ptolomeus lib. 4. Iuditio. [Page] Wormes in the bellie, the stone, aposthumes, and such like. The adolescencie is hot & humide likewise, but the heate 2 beginneth to surpasse the humiditie, the voice beginneth to growe great in men, and the paps in women, it lasteth vnto 25. yeares, which is the time prefixed for the growing in height in this time they incurre many diseases, and chiefly the Scia­tica as sayth Gordonius, Gordonius. and it is gouerned by Mercurie, 3 who formeth the manners, & wit. The thirde age is youth▪ which is hot and drie, more hot than drie, and lasteth till 35. yeares, subiect to hot feuers, frenzies, and diuers other di­seases, and is gouuerned by Venus, which ingendreth greate cupiditie of lust. Mans estate is most temperate of all, and 4 lasteth vntill 50. yeares, and neyther augmenteth, nor dimi­nisheth, in this time men are subiect to hot feuers, flux of blod, pluresie, litargie, frenzie, and such like, and is gouerned by the Sonne,Ptolomeus. who is author of wisdome and grauity; Then com­meth 5 old age, which lasteth the rest of our lyfe, yet it may bee deuyded into three, first greene age, and is prudent, full of 1 experience, fit to gouerne commonwealthes, & lasteth till 70. yeares and is gouerned by Iupiter, author of wisdome & coun­sell 2 then beginneth, the second part of olde age, accompanied with many litle discommodities, the heate almost decayed, & is cold and drie, like plantes, which becometh rotten, and de­cay, this time is subiect to many diseases, as Epilepsie, Le­thargie, Numnes, and such like as sayth Gordonius, and is gouerned by Saturne, Gordonius. and is full of sloth, dull, froward, & vn­easie to be gouerned. Lastly followeth the third part of old age, 3 which is called Decrepite, vnto the which as sayth the Pro­phet Royall, happeneth nothing, but griefe and sorrow, all the actions, both of bodie, and spirit, are weakened, the feeling groweth remisse, the memorie decayeth, the Iudgement fay­leth, and so returneth into infancie, whence proceedeth the Prouerbe, bis pueri senes. This old age is set downe in the XII. Chapter of Ecclesiasticus. Some adde the fourth kinde of old age, called senium ex morbo. Although that our auntients, haue described the ages by yeares, yet I am of the [Page] opinion, that the ages should not be deuyded according to the number of yeares, thinking, that thereupon should depēd, youth or old age, but rather after the temperature of the body: for al men, that are cold, and dry, I call them old, so there be manye old folke of 40. yeares, and many yong of 60. There is a com­plexion, that waxeth soone old, an other later, those of the san­guine complexion, are long in growing olde, because they haue much heate & humiditie. The melancholicks waxeth soone old, by reasō they are cold, & dry. As touching the sex fe­minine, it becōmeth old sooner, than the masculine.Hipo. Lib. de partu. Hipocra­tes reporteth, that women in the mothers wombe are formed in seauen moneths, & in like space grow slolier then men, but be­ing born grow faster, & sooner wise, & becōe sooner old, for the feeblenesse of the body, & fashiō of life, being for the most part idle, & there is nothing, that bringeth old age soner thā sloth, & wāt of exercise.

Wherof proceed the colors.

Of the iust proportiō of the humors, which rule & gouern in mans body, as if there be a iust proportiō of the 4. humors, the color is red, if abundance of melancholick humor, it is liuide & black, if abundāce of chollor, the color is citrine & yellow, if phlegme, the colour is white & pale.

VVhat is figure, or habitude.

It is a thing, that sheweth the temperature, whereof the body is cōposed.

How many sorts of figures are there.

There are 4. the first is called quadrature, which is of 1 good temperature. The second is crassitude, or thicknes,2 and sheweth exceeding heate, and humiditie. The third ex­tenuation,3 which is hot, and drie. The fourth is very fat,4 proceeding of exceeding coldnesse & humidity.

VVhat is sex.

It is nothing, but a distinction betwixt man, and woman, the man is of a hot temperature, and the woman, and eunuches are cold.

Is it a general rule, that al men are hot and women cold.

No for Galer sayth,Lib. de pul [...]i­bus. that it is poss [...]ble to finde women of more hot temperature than men, but s [...]eldome, and sowe end naturall thinges, wherein consisteth the constitution of mans bodie.

The first Chapter, of the aire.

Seeing the aire is so needefull vnto vs, that no health may bee maintained, nor no defection cured without the same: as we see by the continuall inspiration that al liuing creatures draweth for their refreshing, as also [Page] for the regendring of the spirite animall, in like manner, the ayre may alter our bodies in three manners, to witte, by the qualitie, by the substance, & by the sodaine change­ment, as ye shall reade at more length in the poore mans guide: and is no lesse profitable and necessarie to our life then respiration, and without respiring we cannot liue one moment, as saith Galen. Therefore I would knowe of you what ayre is.

It is the matter of our respiration. 6. method et 8. de placitis Hippocratis et Platonis.

Howe many sortes of ayre is there.

Two, to wit, that which is good and that which is euill.

What call you good ayre?

That which is pure, cleane, thinne, ex­empt from euill inspirations, deepe valleis, cloudes, rotten smelles, farre from stanckes, mosses, cauernes, carrions and all corruption, vpon knowes, such ayre is best against all sicknesses, as well for the preseruation of the health, as cu­ring of sicknesses, as saith Cardanus. Lib. de diffi­cultate spirandi

What is euill ayre?

It is that which is contrarious to the other, thicke, rotten, neare hilles, mosses, stankes, dubbes, the sea, and townes that be lowe and close, infected with euill sa­uours, or scituated betwixt two hilles or places, where pas­seth the filth of townes, also that which is nebulous and commeth from stincking breathes, also by the celestiall influence as saith Hippocrates: in like manner that which is exposed to the south wind, and the ayre which is inclo­sed in close houses for certaine time, which becommeth mouldie and putrified, because euery thing that is hot and humide and wanteth euentilation, becommeth putrified, great townes neare the sea, as often we see in the ende of Sommer and Autumne, great maladies and dangerous, sometimes the plague, as writeth Cardanus, Lib de subtili­tate. for it entreth into our bodies by the mouth and nose, when we respire, of the which, often are ingendred maladies very difficill.

Whereof proceedeth the varietie of the qualities of the ayre?

Of three thinges, like as of Regions or Countries, of windes, and of the scituation of the place where we are.

Howe proceedeth the varietie of the [Page] ayre by Countries.

There are some which are euill tempered, and others well tempered, according to the Climate, where they are scituated, like as vnder the pole Articke and Antarticke the farre distant sunne beames, which maketh the temperature extreame colde, for the which it is inhabitable, yet there are some habitables, like as Scythia and other such Countries, vnder the equinocti­all Lyne, the intemperature is so extreame hotte, because of the right reflexion of the Sunne, especially betweene the circle Articke & Cancer, like as in the Antarticke and Capricorne, the aire is more temperate, chiefly in the mid­dest, according to the approaching of the Sunne, as wee see in the foure seasons of the yeere. Cardanus sayth, that those Countries which are mountainous,Lib artis paruae are most tempe­rate, and that a man may liue an hundreth yeeres, in such places. Plinie sayth, that men, beastes and trees are farre stronger, and more barbarous in hillie partes, then in o­ther partes, and that for their great libertie. Those which dwell in lowe partes and valleyes, are more effe­minate, as sayth Titus Liuius.

Seeing the ayre is so necessary for the curation of malladies, is there no way to alter and accommodate it by arte to the sicknesse?

6. epidemiorū.Yes verily, and for this cause Hippocrates counselleth in malladies cronickes, to chaunge the ayre and countrie, and in maladies commitialles, to chaunge the ayre, countrie and nouriture.5. therapeuti­corum. Galen counselleth those who haue vlcers in the lightes to dwell at Rome, because there the ayre is very drye: in common sickenesses wee helpe the ayre somewhat by Arte, like as in feuers, which are hotte and drie, wee chuse a house which is colde and humide: diuers windowes for the euentilation thereof, or windes made by Arte, also by casting colde water through the house, by spreading and strawing of flowers and braunches of trees which are colde and humide, like as violettes, roses, wilde vine berrie trees and such like: also beware to haue many people in the chamber, as [Page] counselleth Cardanus. Lib. 5. ar [...]s paruae. But when the sicknesses are cold and humide, as feuers putrified, catarres, hydropises, tu­mors pituitous, wee chuse houses which are hotte and drie. Also to spread and strawe flowers, hearbes, braun­ches of trees, which are hotte and drie, as cammomile, sage, lauander, marierome, spinnage and such like. Vn­der the signification of the ayre in this place, wee vnder­stand all manner of windes, little and great, the which is most necessarie to be considered, because they doe not onely alter and chaunge the body, but also the spirite. It goeth by the nose to the braine, by the mouth to the heart, by the pores of the skinne, and mouing of the arters tho­rough all the bodie, it furnisheth the aliment to our spi­rites, for this cause the diuine Hippocrates noteth, that the good and euill disposition of our spirites and humours de­pendeth of the constitution of the ayre and windes. For wee see where there is great trouble & varietie of windes, the people are arrogant, difficill to be gouerned, and very cruell.

Seeing that of the winde these accidentes fall, let me knowe what is Winde.

Hippocrates saith it is no other thing, but an vnstable motion of the ayre, the which beeing stirred by some motion, it pur­geth,

What nature is it of?

It is hotte and drie, like as it is made of an exhalation hotte and drie.

Howe many diuers sortes of windes are there?

There are foure principall, to wit, Eurus from the East, hot and drie: Zephyrus from the West, colde and humide: Auster frō the South, hot & humide, putrifactiue, it passeth by the sea Mediterrane: Boreas frō the North, cold & drie, resisting against putrifaction. Arist. attributeth two colla­terall to each of these foure,5. meteorum. & so in all maketh 12. some make two and thirtie, like as the Marriners, but the exact contemplation of these matters, is not much requisite in a Chirurgian Bodin saith in his common wealths, that the winds make great varietie in vs, for in countries where the wind is violent great, the people are turbulent in spirite, [Page] and there where the woundes are not so violent, the peo­ple are of a more quiet spirit.

What meane you by sci­tuation or place.

I meane as to be scituated towards the sea, stanks, dubbs, mosses and such as you haue heard, also those who haue no other aspect, but eyther to the South which is humide and putrifactiue, or to the West, which is cold and humide. Also to be dwelling in ground which is fat, the aire is hot and humide, and in ground that is full of Sand, hot, and drie, and in Marsh grounde and Fennes, cold, and humide, or in Stonie grounde, which is colde and drie. Titus Liuius sayth that the places change the nature of our bodies, as those which dwell in Moun­taines differ from those which dwell in lowe places, also sayth he those places and Countries which are fertill, the men are ordinarily Cowards, giuen to lust, the Countries and places barren, the people are more hardie and ingeni­ous, quicke spirited. Arist sayth those that dwell in cold Regions, are proude, cruell, and barbarous in their man­ners, verie strong, in hot countries they are wise and more fearefull, those which dwell in low Marsh Countries, are dull, sleepie, the which proceedeth of the disposition of the aire.

The second Chapter, of meate and drinke.

Seeing the aliment is no lesse to be cōsidered for the pre­seruatiō of the health, than the aire, it is necessarie to know what is aliment with the diuers sorts thereof.

Aliment is that, which augmenteth and nourisheth our bodi [...].

How many kinds of alimentes are there.

There are di­uers sorts, like as flesh, fishes, hearbes, fruites, corne, drinke, naturall & artificiall, condimentes simple and compound.

Are they all vsed after one intention.

No, they are of diuers natures and must bee vsed in diuers manners, [Page] according to the temperature of the bodie, as writeth Car­danus. Lib. 1. de sani­tate tuenda.

What sort of norriture ought we to vse most com­monly.

That which nourisheth well, ingendreth good iuice, of the which Galen his wryting in his bookes of the facultie of Aliments, and in the booke of Conserua­tion of health, as also Hipocrates in diuers places..

In the vsing of Alimentes, how many things are there to bee ob­serued.

Nine, to wit, the goodnes, the quantitie, the qualitie, the vse and custome, the appetite, the order, the hower, the age and time of the yeare.

First then we must consider, that he who woulde haue his bodie entertayned in good health, must vse meates of good nourriture, then tell me what is Aliment, which ingendreth good iuice.

It is that which is light of disgestion, that nourisheth well, ma­keth litle excrements and ingendreth good blood as saith Cardanus, such as Capons, Partridges, Larks, Veale,Lib. de sanita­te tnenda. Mut­ton, Kidds, yolkes of egges, some kinde of fishes, but few as saith Cardan. good wine, bread of Wheate that is ney­ther too new nor too stale, as sayth Auicen. 3. lib. de sani­tate tuenda. Also good Ale, that is old, cleare, well sodden, taken moderatly, for otherwise the fume and vapours of it,25. lib. cap. 57. are more dangerous then that which commeth of wine.

Haue the aunci­ent mediciners spoken any thing of this of drinke.

Ga­len nor Hipocrates haue made no mention of it, the Arabs haue esteemed much of it and inuented dyuers wayes to make it yet farre differring from the maner we vse in ma­king thereof. Auicen and Auerois who haue written at large of it, say that it hath the vertue to quench the thirst, prouoketh sleepe, and tempereth the body.

Which are the Elements which ingender euill humors.

All that are of euill disgestion, like as Bacon, yet neuerthelesse, Galen greatlye commendeth, for the similitude it hath with hu­mane flesh, yet it is founde by experience that the greate vse hereof, causeth Leprosie, because Swine amongst all [Page] other beastes are most subiect to that sicknesse, for this cause sayth Tertullian and Baptist Mantuan that Moy­ses did forbid it to the Iewes, because they were alreadye subiect to that sicknesse, as writeth Arist. In like manner salt Beefe, Hartes flesh, Haires, Rammes, Goates, Geese, and all sorts of water Fowles, Cheese, Fruites, all sorts of legumes, all sorts of bread, excepting bread of wheate, ar wrireth Galen. Lib. de bono & malo succo. As for the proprietie of euery sort of ali­ment ye shall heare at length in our treatise, entituled the poore mās guide.

What meanest thou by the quantity of meate.

That we neuer eate more then contenteth nature,2. aphoris. and not according to appetite, as sayth Hipocra­tes let neuer a man, who would liue in health, fill himselfe too full of meate, nor be slow to exercise and trauell, and in so doing he shall sieldome be sicke, so some old writers sayth that we should eate to liue, but not liue to eate, as many doe nowe a dayes, like as the halfe of the people doth burst with morning drinkes, desiune, dinner, after­noones drinke, supper, and collation: so that they giue no leisure to nature, to disgest that meate, the which wrack­eth their bodyes, and offendeth God by such Gluttonye: The other halfe of the people is halfe hungred, who work­eth and trauaileth sore, yet we see they liue longer, and is lesse subiect to sicknesse.

Is there alwayes iust mea­sure to be obserued in meate.

No but in whole folkes, we vse according to their temperature, in sicke folkes in like manner, according to the diuersitie of the sicknesse, Galen counselleth in long sicknesses,Lib. ad glauco. the sicke shall vse the dyet more large, and in short sicknesses, the diet shall be meaner, when the sicknesse is in chiefe force, they must vse a verye spare dyet,5. aphoris. yet as sayth Hypocrates it chaunceth oft times greater accidents of ouer strayght a dyet,Lib. 1. sanitate tuenda. nor of a more large dyet. Cardan is of the opinion to eate little at once, for the Concoction is [Page] made the better, so there remaineth little Superfluities and excrementes, Plutarch, Plinie, and Macrebius, are of opinion that one sort of meate simple is best; & of most easie disgestion.

What doest thou ob­serue touching the qualitie of meate.

In whole folkes according to their temperature, in sicke folkes according to the diuersitie of the sicknesse, in Children [...]liments that are hot and humide, in hot sicknesses cold meates, in cold sicknesses hot meates and so foorth in others.

What doest thou obserue touching custome or vse.

The custome should bee obserued, for as sayth our auncients it is a second nature, we see that which is accustomed although it be not ouer good, yet it is better. Therefore if we chaunge, it must be done, by little and little,9. aphoris. as sayth Hipocrates I haue often seene men become sicke in other Countries, chiefly for the changing of the alimentes,Lib. 2.3. apho­ris. in like manner Hipocra­tes sayth what we haue appetite vnto, we should eate it, although it be worse, than thar we haue no appetite to: for it is better sayth he, because the stomack doth disgest it more quickly & better, than that which we take vnwil­lingly.

Thou knowest that good order is to be ob­serued in all thinges, but chieflye in meate and drinke, for the greate effectes that insueth thereof. therefore tell mee what order shoulde bee vsed in eating and drinking.

Cardan counselleth to eate that first, which is easiest to be digested, otherwise we force our stomack,Lib. de sanita­te tuenda. Lib. de victu in morbis acutis. yet the humides firste, Hyppocrates counselleth to vse lighte thinges in the morning, to open the Bellye, and such thinges at Night, as nourisheth the Body, also it best to eate before drink, for the disgestion is wrought, the better.

Is there any time obserued when a man should eate and drinke?

I [...] is alwayes best after some [Page] exercise, but to eate moderatly, chiefely when we are hun­grie, the exercise helpeth digestion, and augmenteth the naturall heate, in sicke folkes the time is obserued, accor­ding to his custome and force of the sicknesse, yet in the beginning of the accesse, it is not best to eate or drinke, except in great necessitie for lacke of strength: soone af­ter meate goe not to write nor reade, nor vse no profound meditation, for that deturneth naturall heat which should be occupied to digestion.

What obserue you touching age.

I obserue in children aliments humides are best, for in vsing of drie meates, you drie vp the bodie and hin­der the growing: to young men, who are exceeding hot and drie, vse alimentes of contrary qualities, like as to olde men, which are colde and drie, wee shoulde vse meates, which heateth & humecteth the parts solide, in like maner the young should eate oftner and more, because they haue aboundance of naturall heate, olde on the contrary, for lacke of natural heat. Hippocrates saith in his Aphorismes olde men fast easily, next, those which are in manly age, next, adolescencie and young men, but least of all, chil­dren.

What distinction make you touching the time of the yeere?

In winter which is colde and humide, we must vse meate hotte and drie, like as roste, and in greater quantitie: drinke little & good. In the spring time, which is hotte and humide, eate lesse and drinke more, but wea­ker: vse meates of good sucke. The Sommer which is hot and drie, we vse meates colde & humide diminish the ea­ting and augment the drinke more then in the spring. The Autume, which is cold and drie, we beginne to cat a little more, and drinke lesse then in Sommer or Spring time: & so wee followe the mutation of the time, by meates and drinkes which are of contrarie qualities.

What is drinke?

It is a liquor appeasing the thirst & mixting the meat in the stomacke.

What is thirst?

It [Page] is an appetite of a thing colde and humide, for the drinke doth humect and refresh either actualment presently or potentially to come. Pline sayth hot drinke is contrary to nature, we must not drinke so soone as we sit downe to the table, for it moues and augmenteth the Cat [...]ars, also there is nothing more euill for Cat [...]ars nor to drinke when we goe to sleepe. Here we must obserue in drinking, that we drinke neuer so much, that it it swim in the stomacke, as those doe, who drinke for pleasure, of whome Crinitus maketh mention saying that the first draught quencheth the thyrst, the second maketh a man ioyous, the thirde maketh him drunken, the fourth putteth him cleane out of his senses, Macrobius make mention that eating do make a man quiet and drink causes him clatter, drinke moderat­ly taken hath three offices, the first it helpeth the digesti­no, the second is to mingle the meates, third is to bring it to the Liuer, veines, and arters, and there is two sorts of it, the one norisheth, like as wine, beere and ale, the other doth not nourish, as water

The thirde Chapter, of mouing and exercise.

What meane yau in this place, by mouing.

All kinde of voluntarie exercise, as labouring, running, ry­ding, playing, wresling, leaping, dauncing, fencing.

Doe these exercises bring any commoditie to our bodies.

In right vsing of them there commeth great commoditie, and in ill vsing great and perilous accidentes. Hipocrates sayth, who desireth health, let him not bee dull to labour, for a man may not be healthfull if he trauell not to dissipate the excrements of the third digestion,Lib. de lusu pi­le. that is much recom­mēded by Galen, but he blames all exercise that moues the bodie vnequally.

What particular commoditie baue wee of exercise.

It helpeth the naturall heate, it quick­neth [Page] the spirite, it openeth the pores of our bodies, wher­by the excrements are consumed and wasted, it comfor­teth all our members, it confirmeth the inspiration and o­ther actiōs of our bodies.

What time is most mete for ex­ercise.

It is best before meate or long time after meate for the stomacke, being full of meate it hindereth the digestion, Fuchius reporteth that the Schollers of Al­maine, Lib. 2. compen medicine. play immediatly after meate which causeth thē to full of humors, crudities, scabbs and vlcers, Hypocrates sayth that labour,6. epidemior. meate, drinke, sleeping, playing, and women ought to be moderatly vsed, like as all other exer­cises, the exercise should be afore, or long after meate, as ye haue heard, when the digestiō is perfect in the stomack and veines, if otherwise it be vsed, there gathereth abun­dance of crudities and choll [...]rick humors, the exercise du­ly done purgeth the body of many excrements, the exer­cise ought to be done in this manner, after yee rise in the morning, ye shall walke a little, to the end, that the ex­crements of the first digestion may fall into the intestinies, and those of the second into the bladder, that done, spit out all in the mouth, throate, & stomack, wash the hāds, face, and rubbe it with a rough cloth, to cause it to exhall and dissipe the vapours.

What saist thou touching rest.

Like as exercise duly vsed hath great force for the cō ­seruation of health, so on the contrary much rest, not only dulleth the principall instrumēts of our bodies, but also the minde, it maketh many crudities, and thereupon great a­bundance of euill humors,De morborum causis cap. 5. Galen reckoneth idlenes to be cause of many cold maladies, as also the Mother of many mischiefes, the which were too lōg to recite in this place.

The fourth Chapter, of sleeping & waking.

Lib. 1. simpto­matuum causis Paul. agineta. What is sleepe.

Galen sayth it is a rest & quiet­nes of the bodie, and chiefly of the spirits and facultie a­nimall.

What is the cause of sleeping. Lib. 1. Hip. lib. de in somnijs.

The chiefe cause is in the braines, when the vapours ascendeth ther­vnto, and by the coldnes of the braines, those vapours are changed into humors, the which closeth the conducts of the nerues.

What things doth prouoke sleepe.

All such thinges as maketh abundance of vapors, like as wine, ale full of barme, milke,Card. lib. 1. de somnis. and all thinges that are moist and cold, and commonly after meate, vapors ascendeth to the head, and so prouoke sleepe.

Doe all men sleepe like quantitie.

That is according to the temperature of the person, for some sleepe longer, some shorter.

What space is ordinarily required for men to sleepe.

Seauen howers, eight howers, some Nine as Galen saith. Plinie sayth that in sleeping we spend the halfe of our time,6. de tuenda va­letudine cap. 5. it dul­leth the head, it hindreth to digest the crudities, it gathe­reth abundance of excrementes it hebeteth and maketh grosse the spirits of old folks and children, it rety [...] the ex­cremēts, in sleeping couer well they head & feete, for cold of the extremities is verye contrary to those that hath the brains cold & humide,Aristto. Plinie in the 7. of his natural history said that Epimenides did sleepe in a caue the space of Fifty 7. yeare being wearied & by the heate of the sunne, yet when he wakened he thought to haue slept but on day.

What time is most meete to sleepe.

Hyppocrates, Aetius, and others are of the opinion to walke on the day & sleepe in the night, for that is the institutiō of nature, al­so the sleepe should begin two howers after supper, such time is most meete for the digestion of our meates, for by slepe the natural heate is in the cēter of the body. Sleeping on the day filleth the braines full of humidity, also it hinde­reth the concoction of the which cōmeth ganting, ri [...]ting, winds, heauynesse of the members, chiefly of the head, & diuers sicknesses, as catarrhes,Lib. de contra­dicēt [...]us [...]e­dicorum. Cardan coūselleth to slepe in the day, but meaneth of such folke that doth not rest in the night

Whē men goe to sleepe, Which side shold they lie on.

First on the right side, because the meate goe more easily to the bottōe of the stomack, therafter on the other side. [Page] [...] [Page] [...] [Page] [...] [Page] [...] [Page] no wayes on the face, for that causeth defluxions in the eyes, as saith Iesus: nor on the backe, for that maketh heate in the raines,Lib. de oculis. apoplexie, the maire, the grauell, and diuers other accidents: in no wise, the handes vnder the head, as some doe, for that causeth defluxion of humors on the lightes: sleepe not soone after meate.

What is to be obserued in sleeping, of sicke folkes?

Hip­pocrates saith,In Aphorismis those sickenesses wherein the sleeping is painefull, esteeme them to be dangerous & mortal, if not painefull,Lib. de somnijs it is a good token.

Is it needefull to obserue dreames in sleeping?

Cardan saith, dreames are not to be neglected, because sometime, by that we know the af­fections of the humors, which demaineth: as for example, the sanguine dreames are merrie, the cholericke dreames are fierie, the melancholicke sadde, the phlegmaticke colde, for they thinke they see raine and snowe in their sleepe.

What meanest thou by waking?

Wa­king should be moderatly vsed, for much watching cor­rupteth the braines and the good temperature, it debillita­teth the senses, altereth the spirites, moueth crudities, alte­rations,3. Aphorismo­rum. heauinesse of the head, resolution of all the bodie, dissipateth the naturall heate. Hippocrates saith, that slee­ping and waking if they be excessiue, they are euill & pe­rillous, so mediocritie is best in all things. The cause of waking is drinesse & heat of the braines, it drieth the habi­tude of the body, & so much touching sleeping & waking.

The fift Chapter, of repletion & euacuation.

Thou shalt vnderstand, that repletion, plenitude & aboundance is all one matter, therefore I would knowe howe many kindes of repletion there is.

There are two, to wit, in quantitie and qualitie.

What meane you by repletion in qualitie.

I meane, when the qualitie of the meate excee [...]eth without the humors.

What meane you by quantitie?

I meane, when meat drinke [Page] and humors are in so great quantitie, that nature cannot o­uercome, and it is called excesse or satietie, of the which come infinite maladies.

Howe many kindes are there hereof.

Two, to wit, the one of meate, called Satietas of the Latins, & the other of the humors.

Is satietie of meate otherwise deuided.

It is yet deuided in two, to wit, the one is called satietas ad vasa, that is, when the stomacke and veines are so full, that it maketh them ouer large, as happeneth to them, who are alwayes eating and drinking in such quantitie, that they are constrained to vo­mit it vp againe, these people are more worthie to be cal­led beasts, then men, for that not onely offendeth God, but wracketh their owne bodies. The other sort of plenitude is called satietas ad vires, which is, when there is so great aboundance, that the vertue, force nor faculties of our bo­dies can not gouerne nor digest.

Tell mee what the qualitie of repletion of humors is.

It is when all the humors or one alone exceedeth & demaineth such as are good and loweable.

How callest thou it, when all, and when one onely demaineth?

When all, it is called ple­thore by the Greekes, and plenitudo by the Latins; & when onely one or all domene as the vitious domains, it is called cacochynne or iuice vitious, either of the choller, phlegme or melancholie

What is euacuation or inanition?

It is an outdrawing and taking away of the humors, which domains and molesteth our bodies, which are euacuated either vniuersally or particularly.

Which are the vni­uersall euacuations?

Those which are done by purga­tion, vrining, bleeding, vomiting, scarrification, exercise, friction, bathing, medicaments, digerents, hemerhoides, menstruous purgations, also by the acte venerian, in like manner by abstinence of meate, but that is done by acci­dent.

Tell me after what manner the euacuation vni­uersall is done.

By purgations, and by medicamentes catartickes accommodated to euery kinde of humor by thinges diureticks, by vomitors, by thinges which prouo­keth [Page] spitting and diuers others, which I leaue to the lear­ned mediciner. Phlebotomie, how it is done, when, and after what fashion, ye shal heare at length in the sixt Trea­tise, like as of frictions, The bodie is euacuated by the immoderate act of Ʋenus, like as diuers other mischiefes ensueth thereupon▪ Iesus lib. de oculis. and first of all, it is hurtfull to the eies, and all the organs sensitiues, to the nerues, the thorax, the neirs, and partes neare to the neirs, and diuers other partes of our bodies,Paulus Aege­neia. and maketh men forgetfull, prouoketh the goute, & dolors nephreticks, & diuers diseases of the bladder, bringeth soone old age, consequently death, it doth hurt, immoderatly vsed not onely to man, but to all ani­mals, Pliny telleth of two that died sodainely in the acte venerian, women are alwaies better disposed, as saith Hip­pocrates ▪ Notwithstanding the Bishoppe of Illerden in Spayne, in his booke intituled Consilium fraternitatis, re­porteth that in his time a woman complayned to the King of Arragone, that her husband did knowe her 30. times a day, and her husband confessing the same to the King, was commaunded vpon paine of death not to haue companie with her aboue sixe times a day, least the woman shoulde thereby be in danger of her life▪ wherein saith hee, wee are not so much to maruaile at the abilitie of the husband, as at the complaint of his wife seeing the verse saith▪ Et lassa­ta viris nondum satiata recessit. And also in the xxx. Chapter of Solomons prouerbs: Three thinges are insatiable, and the fourth is neuer satisfied. But because such as delight in this pastime will formalize, as also because the vsage here­of is sometime profitable to the Chirurgian, I will not al­together condemne it, but like as I haue set downe the in­commodities▪ so shall you heare the commodities hereof according as some learned men haue written.Lib. 1. cap. 15. Haliab Les. li. 5 Paulus Ae­gineta saith, the vsage of Ʋenus moderatly vsed, maketh the bodie more agill & quicke, it softneth the instruments being hard, it openeth the cōduits, it purgeth the phlegme, and is profitable for all passions phlegmaticks, for heauines [Page] of the head, it driueth away anger, sadnesse & melancho­licke passions, imaginations nocturnals, it procureth appe­tite, Aetius saith, it is a worke of nature,Lib. 3. cap. 8. and so being mo­deratly vsed, it is good, if the parties be hot and humide, it euacuateth the sperme, for otherwise it shoulde become in some qualitie venimous: so it deliuereth man of great euilles, of the which Galen speaketh. Hippocrates saith,6. de locis affectis. that the first act of Ʋenus ceaseth many great sickenesses: so these are the commodities of Ʋenus moderatly vsed. Abstinence also euacuateth the bodie, both in sicke folke and whole, but by accident as ye haue heard, the which is done two waies, the first, when ye neither eat nor drinke at all, and that is called abstinence: secondly when we take meat, but not so much as is needefull, for conseruation of the vertue, and that is properly called diet.

Which are the particular euacuations?

When the braines are dis­charged by the rouse of the mouth, and euidently by the nose, by the eyes and eares obscurely, the lightes by the trachearter, the stomacke by vomiting, the intestins by the fundament, the lyuer, the melt, the kidneis and the bladder by the vrine, the priuie partes of women by purgations naturall▪ of the which, some are done by the gift of nature, some artificially if neede be, as in others: of the which ye shall heare at more lēgth in my book of womens diseases.

The sixt Chapter, of perturbations and passions of the minde.

Arist. Deuideth the minde into two partes, to witte, the part of reason & the other without reason, and it is subiect to diuers passions, therefore tell me what thou callest passion of the minde.

It is a suffering of the minde by the iust course, the which maketh maketh maruailous mutations in the body, and therefore most necessary to be marked, be­cause of the great chaunces, which ensue thereupon,Cap. 5. de ani­malibus. as we may perceiue by the authorities of Arist. who saith [Page] the motion and perturbations of the minde, bringeth great motions and mutations to the naturall heate. In like ma­ner Hipocrates and Galen shew that many die by the mo­tions and perturbations of the minde: [...]idimiorū. [...] simpt. causis cap 5. & [...]. method. for the perturbati­ons of the minde either d [...]lateth or comprimeth the hart, for the which the vitall spirites are either cast foorth by the dilatation of the heart, or else contained by the great com­pression hereof, among the which ioy, hope, loue bring­eth the spirites outwardly, sadnes and feare, bringeth in­wardly to the center in diuers maners as ye shal heare.

How many such passions are there.

There are manye, but here I will reckon those which are most common, like as mirth, sadnes, feare, anger, shamefastnes, enuie, hatred, hope,Mirth. loue.

What is mirth.

It is an affection of the mind conceiued of a thing good, and pleasant, by the which the blood and spirits are sweetely spread, for the present goodnes, by the dilatation of the heart, if it be great, and last any space, there often commeth death, be­cause the heart is destitute altogether of blood. Arist re­porteth of a woman named Policri [...]a, that shee dyed for ioy, also [...] Phillippides a writer of comedies being conten­ding with an other, and ouercomming his neighbour, be­yond his expectation,Lib. 9. cap. 12. dyed for ioy, Valerius Maximus wr [...]teth of two women, one Chilo [...] a Lacidemonian, and Diagore, a Rhodian. that they dyed for ioy, for the returne of their sonnes, as also, because they had ouercome their enemies in the warrs▪ Gellius telleth of one Diagoras, who when hee saw his three Sonnes Crowned at Olympus for their vertue, dyed for ioy, embracing them in the presence of the whole people. These accidents happen oftner to women, then to men, because naturally they haue the hart more cold, and fewer vitall spirites, therefore the few spi­rits dissipateth soone and so dye. In like manner fainthar­ted men, yet ioy moderatly vsed doth many good thinges in vs, fi [...]st it refussitateth the spirit, it helpeth the concocti­on, and all the habitude of the bodie, it fortifieth the ver­tues [Page] animall, much laughing is hurtfull to young children,Sadnesse.

What is sadnesse?

It is an affection that reuoketh the naturall heat inwardly, toward the center of the body, but at great leisure it presseth the heart, and drieth vp the bodie, that hardly the spirit vitall can gouerne as before, or if any be, it is so feeble, that it can not goe with the blood, through the rest of the body, so consumeth the bo­dy, it becommeth atrophie and leane, and causeth death. Cicero writeth, saying, it were great good among men to liue without eating or drinking,Ad Atticum. but it were a greater good, if men could liue without melancholie, because the meate we eate, doth but corrupt the humors of our bodie, but sadnesse and melancholie doth consume both flesh & bones, & also gnaweth the entrailes, of the which diuers die. Plinie saith,Lib. 7. cap. 36. that one Petrus Rutillius after he knewe that his father had a repulse of his petitions, died for sad­nesse. Also Marcus Lepidus, after his wife was diuorced from him, dyed. In like manner Hely high Priest of the Iewes, and diuers other, which were too long to repeate. Also Antonius Boneuenus de abditis morborum caus [...]s sayeth of a boy that dyed for feare, by seeing of two men cladde in blacke in going to the stoole and so dyed 8. dayes after about the same houre, as doe the most part.

What is feare?

It is a motion, that reuoketh the spirite to the center, to the heart by the arters suddenly, which suffoca­teth the naturall & vitall heat, it causeth trembling, some­time the bellie looseth, and death ensueth, so I finde, that feare maketh the same accidents, that melancholie doth, but grreater in short time, it draweth the bloud and spirits to the heart, the visage groweth pale, the extremities cold, with vniuersall trembling, the voice is intercepted with great palpitation of the heart, it being suffocated, by the great aboundance of the bloud, and spirites, that it can not moue liberally. Galen saith this passion hapneth oft to women and people of colde temperature.5. De Symto­matum causis, Zenophon assu­reth that the great torments of feare is more vehement thē [Page] all present aduersities. Diuers learned men haue affirmed that men haue growen white in 25. yeeres, onely by the apprehensiō & feare of death.

What is anger?

It is a suddaine reuocation of the spirits to the externall parts with an appetite of reuenge: or it is an ardent heat or e­bul [...]sion of bloud done in the heart, with desire of venge­ance: whereof come euill accidentes, this inflameth the whole habitude of the body, causeth feuer, because by the inflamation of the heart, the spirit and bloud are troubled, likewise the braines and nerues, of the which commeth Frenzie and diuers other accidents: it bindeth the heart & lightes.Shamefastnesse

What is shamefastnesse?

It is a moue­ment of our body next to anger, by the which one know­ing and suspecting his owne fault,Haliabbas. li. 5. would be angrie with himselfe, seeing the iudgement of others: in this passion the bloud returneth in & suddeinly out, so the cheekes be­come redsome dye. Plinie saith that one Diodorus profes­sor of Dialecticke, hauing propounded to him a question, and not answering it as he should, dyed for shame. Vale­rius maximus reporteth of Homere, that he died for shame, because he coulde not resolue a question propounded to him by fishers.Enuie.

What is Enuie?

It is a triste op­pression of the heart, angrie at the felicitie of some other man.Hatred.

What is hatred?

It is an old habitude malicious, bredde of anger, by the which the heart would reuenge the iniurie.Esperance.

What is hope?

It is a mo­tion by the which the heart desireth the good future, it o­peneth and dilateth it, like as ioy for the present good.

Loue. What is loue?

It is a feruent motion, by the which the heart desireth ardently, & endeuoureth to draw to it, a good, assured and apparent, not much different frō hope, except the loue is more ardent.

The first Chapter, of Maladie.

Seeing thou sayest that the first of the three thinges contrarie to nature is Maladie, then tell me the definition thereof.

It is a disposition against nature, that hurteth manifestly the operations of the bodie.

Then tell mee what is health?

It is a constitution according to na­ture, which maketh the actions of our bodie perfect.

How many kinds of maladies are there?

Three, to wit, Intemperi [...], Euill confirmation, and Solution of conti [...] ­nitie.

What is Intemperie?

It is a maladie in the similar partes digressing from the owne temperature.

Howe many wayes is that done?

Two wayes, to wit, ei­the [...] by the simple intemperie, by the aboundance of a hu­mor onely, as colde, hot, moist, or drie.

What is Euill confirmation?

It is a vice in the partes organicks, ey­ther in the figure, magnitude, or scituation, as for example, that which should be naturally right, is oblique & so forth, as if a part were augmented or diminished contrarie to na­ture: in like māner in the number of partes, as if a man had sixe fingers, or foure, also in the scituation or collection, as if partes naturally ioyned were disioyned, as happeneth in dislocations,

Which is the third kind of maladie?

Solution of conti [...]itie both in the similar and organicke parts, which hath diuers names according to the varietie of the partes where they are.

The second Chapter, Of the cause of Maladie.

What is the cause of Maladie?

It is some affection, which maketh sickenesse, of the which some are externes, some internes.

Which are the externes?

They are called procatarticks or primitiues, as strokes, falles, shot and such like, or euill nourri [...]r.

Which are the internes.

They are two, to wit anticedents, and coniunct.

Which are the causes antecedents.

E­uill humors in the body.

Which are the causes con­iunct.

It is that which maketh the sicknes presently, and is alwayes with the sicknes, and where the sicknes is not, it is absent.

Howe commeth the cause of mala­die.

There are some, we haue from the Mothers wombe, and from the parents, which wee call maladies heriditaries, some doe ingender after our birth, as by the regiment of life, strokes, and falles, as you haue heard.

The third Chapter, of accidents and Symptomes.

Lib. de simpt. differentijs. What is accident or Symptome.

Galen sayth that symptome is any thinge, that chaunceth to man, by nature, so the causes interne of sicknesses, may bee cal­led Symtomes.

How many kinde of Symptomes are there.

Three, to wit, the first is when the action is offended, which may be done three waies, that is eyther abolished, diminished, or deprauated, as for example, in blindnes, the sight is abolished, dimished as suffocation as happeneth in the beginning of Catarack, deprauated as for a certaine time, as in changing the simple affection of our body, or the whole habitude from one extremitie to ano­ther, as the naturall heate into inflamatiō, the scabs of the flesh into leprosie, the third is in the vice of the excremēts, by immoderat retention, or expulsion as the Hemorhoides, the purgations of women, the vrines, these or any of these retayned, or euacuated, ouermuch maketh great accidents and so we end this treatise.

The first Chapter, of the causes, signes, and curation of Aposthumes in generall.

Now it is neceslarie wee come to the exercise of Chirurge­rie for the more sure vnderstan­ding of the same, wherein wee will begin at tumors er aposthumes a­gainst nature, demaunding first of you, what is an aposthume. Definition.

It is a disease composed of three diuers maladies, to wit,Galen. 2. ad Glan. cap. 7. euill cō ­plexiō in the similar parts, euill composition or constitutiō in the instrumētall parts, & dissolutiō of cōtinuity in both [Page] similar & instrumentall parts, offēding the actiōs of the mē ­ber where it is.Cause.

What is the cause of Apostumes?

Some are generals, and some are specials.

Which is the generall cause?

Either fluxion or congestion.

What is fluxion. It is a mouing of the humors of the bo­dy to some certaine part, the which either by the quanti­tie or qualitie or both together, may not be receyued by the parte without offence.Galen lib. 13. method. cap. 5. & 6.

Which are the causes of fluxion?

They are double, to witte, eyther in the parte or partes that sende or in the parte or partes that receiue.

Howe is the fluxion made in the part that sendeth?

When the facultie retentiue of the part is ouercharged with humors, which offend either in quantitie, qualitie, or both, for then the part dischargeth it selfe, by the vertue expultrix, chiefly when it is strong, al­so when the parte that sendeth, hath connexion with the part that receiueth, or when the patt that receiueth is in­ferior to the part that sendeth, or if the said partes haue any sympathie tog [...]her, as the stomacke with the braine.

Which are the causes in the partes, that receyue?

They are diuers, as weaknes, not hauing force to repell or driue them elsewhere, the vesselles and conduites large, where the matter doth passe, or else because it is soft in substance and so easie to receiue: sometime for the dolor, which ma­keth attraction of the matter from the partes neare to it, or great heate which draweth and prouoketh fluxion.

Galen lib. 2. de differ. febr. cap vltimo & ca. 7. de curatione p. sanguinis mis­sionem & 6. e­pedemiorum. What is congestion?

It is a masse of matter contrarie to the nature ingendred of the superfluities of the thirde concoction, of the aliment and foode which are distribu­ted for the nouriture of the parts of the bodie, which chaū ­ceth when the aliment is not so digested, as it may well be appropriated to the part, which shoulde be nourished.

Which are the causes of congestion?

They are ei­ther imbecillitie of the facultie concoctrix of the part, that it can not digest that, which is sent to it by nature for the nouriture of it, or imbecillitie of the facultie expultrix, that can not expell the superfluities, that resteth commonly in [Page] the partes▪

By what meanes knowe you the tumors made by fluxion and congestion?

The tumors made by flux­ions are with great dolor, rednes, pulsation, and make the degrees faster, than the other, which are done by conges­tion. Those which are done by congestion, g [...]owe little and little, and doe diminish in like manner, when they come to their declination.

Which are the speciall cau­ses of aposthumes?

Three to wit, primitiue,Haly abbas lib 8. antece­dent, and coniunct.

Which are the primitiue causes?

They are external causes as falles, strokes, and other externall violences, which moue the humors of our body, also great heate of the aire, or meate or drinke, taken ouer hot or ouer cold.

which are the causes antecedent?

They are internall not knowne as the presidents, the which ingēdreth not only the maladie, but also entertaine such as the humors naturalls offēding in quantitie or qua­litie, also the intempetature, feeblenes and euill con­firmation, dolor of the partes.

Which are the con­iunct causes?

The coniunct is the matter gathered together in the place, & is so called because it is with the sicknesses and norisheth it. with the dispositiō of the mem­ber.

Which are the generall signes of aposthumes. Signes generall

Tumor or swelling in any part otherwise than the naturall disposition, offending the action, also difference of the partes, which should be like to other dolor and heate.

By what signes know you euery kinde of tumur. Signes.

Either by the colour, intemperature, hot, cold, hardnes, or soft­nes, dolor, tension, mordica [...]ion, as also by contimation of the fluxion, for first the colour is like the humor, as if it bee red it is of the sanguine humor, if white, of pituite, if black, of the humor melancholicke, if yellow, of choll [...]r. Fur­ther if there be heate, it signifieth, either sanguine, or chol­ler, or some burnt [...] or if cold, waterie or windy, it signi­fieth the humor pituit [...]ous or melācholick.Galen 14. meth cap. 9. Com. 2 3 apho lib. 1. prog. Hardnes with-dolor, signifieth phleg [...]ō, if without dolor [...]schir. If softnes without dolor it signifieth Edema, tensiō betokeneth great [Page] repletion of winde, if mordication, it signifieth the acrimo­nie of the humor that maketh the tumor.

Howe many sortes of aposthumes are there. Difference.

Two, hot and cold.

Which are the hot.

Those which pro­ceede of blood and choller.

Which are the colde.

Those which come of phlegme or melancholie.

Which are those that proceede of blood.

phleg­mon, Carbunculus, Phimus, Phigetlon, T [...]rminthon, Fermiculus, Gangrena, Authrax, Tuberculus, Opthalmi­a, Schinancia, Bubo.

Which are those that come of choller.

Eresipelas, Herpes, Formica, and Empe­tigo.

Which are those which proceede of the petuite.

Galen lib. tu­mor. cōtra na­turam cap. 5. & 13. motho. cap.Oedema, all windie aposthumes, Atheor [...]ma, Steo­tema, and Mellericeris, As [...]ites, Lenchophlegmatia, bron­co caele.

Which are those, that come of melancholye.

Schirrus, Cancer, Leprosie, Dracunculus, Wartes, Clauus, Thimus, Morphea nigra & alba: of all which we will hereafter intreate perticulerly in seuerall Chapters, at this present it shall suffice to knowe, that they proceede of the foure humors.Iudgment.

What iudgement giue you of tumors.

I giue some to be cureable, some dange­rous, some dolorous, some long in healing, and some to be mortall.

Which are cureable.

Those which are in the partes musculous and bodies of good tempera­ture.Gal. ad Glanc. cap. 4. & lib. 1. & 4. method.

Which are the dangerous.

All those, which doe penetrate internallye in the bodie, and those, which are very large not pointed, as sayth Hipocrates, and and those,1. prognostic. Gordon perti. 1 which are in parts verie sensible.

Which are the dolorous.

Those which are in the parts ner­uous, and membranous, and are ingendred of a sharp and byting humor.

Which are long in healing.

Galen sayth that those, which happen in rich and delicate persons, because they refuse fit remedies for the curation of such tumors, also all that are harde and in euill disp [...]sed bodie [...] and hydropicks, Elephanticks, all such as are long in healing▪

Which are mortall.

Those which [Page] are venemous, or taken the course inwardly towards the noble partes, or those which are in the noble partes.Degrees. How many times or degrees haue the aposthumes.Gal. lib. de to­tius morbi. ca. 3. & cap. 1. de morbo. tēpo­ribus. Aetius lib. 4.

Foure, to wit, the beginning augmenting, state or vigor, and declination.

What is the beginning.

It is whē the tumor doth first appeare and beginneth to swell.

What is the augmentation.

It is when the tu­mor groweth more and more, as also the accidents.

What is the state or vigor.

It is when neyther the tumor nor accidents grow, but remaine in one estate.

What is the declination. Aetius lib. 4. cap. 31.

It is when wee perceiue the tumor, and also the accidents to disminish with a dissipa­tion of the humor, eyther by resolution, or supuration.

What is resolution?

It is the euacuation of the humor by the pores of the flesh insensible to vs.

What is sup­puration?

It is a vertue which maketh the humor ga­thered in the place, into matter: so all aposthumes do ey­ther end, by one of these two determinations, or else by induration, or corruption, so in all there are but foure ter­mination, the best is resolutiō in the beginning, the worst corruption, but supputation is better, than induratiō.

Which are the signes of these terminations?

The signes of resolution are lightnes or ease of the member tumified, diminution of dolor, pulsation, and tension,Paulus lib. 4. cap. 17. & com. aphor. 47. lib. 2. with itching in the parte. The signes of [...]upputation, are dolor, pulsa­tion, augmentation of heate, and feuer, with eminent tu­mor. The signes of induration are diminution of tumor, and the accidents precedent, with a manifest hardnes. The signs of corruptiō are diminutiō of feling of the dolor, with change of the coulor, and so becommeth by little & little black, and euill sauoured.

What is the generall cure of aposthumes? Cure.

Ar for the cure we must vnderstan'd that eyther the tumor or swelling is in making, or is alreadie made, for the which cause, we haue two intenti­ons, the one to stay the fluxion of the humor to the place,Galen 13. me­thod▪ cap. 2. the other euacuate the humor gathered in the place.

[Page] How stayest thou the fluxion?

First I consider if it come of plenitude of all the body & thē I stay it by letting blod, if the region,Gal. ad Glan. ca 2. & lib. 3. met. cap. 4.5.6. & cap. 9. de cura­tione per san­guinis missio­nem & 5. meth cap. 3. aire, time of the yeare, & strength of the pa­tiēt do permit, after the forme ye shall heare in the 7. trea­tise: also by bathing, exercise, vnctions degerants, and ab­stinence. In like maner if cacochymie or plenitude of hu­mors, I heale it by vomiting, purgations and Clisters. If through imbecillitie of the part, I fortifie it, by meete re­medies, if by the situatiō which is lower, I situate the part in such fashion that rhe parte offended is higher, than the whole. If dolor be the cause, I stay it, by vsing anodine re­medies, as ye shall heare in the sixt treatise. If great heate, I stay it by cold things.Gal. lib. 5. sim­plic. cap. 19. Gal. lib. 13. me­thod. cap. I stay and deturne the fluxion, by scarifications, ventousing, cornets, horshleaches, straight binding, frictions, & such like.

By how many waies do you fortifie the part?

By three waies, that is, by colde and humide things, or cold & drie or cold and stiptick, so any part may be delibated three wais, that which is relax­ed with heate & humiditie, must bee cōforted with cold & drie things, the hot & drie, is healed by cold & humide things. If [...], and opennes of the pores, it is cured by things cold and stiptick.

Which is the se [...]ond intentiō.

It doth consist in euacuating, that humor, which is made, to the end the member may returne into his owne estate.Galen lib. 14. method. cap. 1.4.5. Gal. lib. 1. prognost. & com. a­phor. 35.

How is euacuation done.

Two waies, first by dryuing the humor to some other part, as to repell it in­wardly, also in fortifiing the member.

When shall re­pecussiues be vsed?

In the beginning, & that aswell on the sore, as about it, but that which is on the sore, must not be so astringent, nor corrobaritiue, as that which is about it.

How many kinds of repercussiues ere there?

There are diuers, for some be cold without astriction, like as bol armenie, plantine, the stone hermatite: some bee▪ hot, as galles, red wine, nuts of Cipres, wormewood, mastick and such like.

Are they not otherwise deuided.

Guy­do of G [...]lea [...] doth deuide them into proper & commune: the proper, as oxycrate, solanum, bol armenie, wormwood [...], & such like: the commune, as whites of eggs, [Page] mallowes, oyle of Roses, camomill, mastick white colyriū & such like.

How shall these diuers sortes be vsed?

When the matter is hot, the repercussiues shalbe cold, and when it is cold, they shalbe hot.Gal. lib. 14 method. cap. 3.

Are repercussiues in­differently vsed in all sicknesses?

There are ten excep­tions wherin the propers are not vsed: first, when the mat­ter is in the emunctoirs of the noble partes, secondly if the matter be venemous, thirdly being thick & euil to remoue, fourthly when it is verie hard impacted in the place, fiftly, when it hapneth in the crisis of a sicknes, sixtly, when the matter commeth of a cause primitiue, seauenthly in a body, plethorick, eightly when the part is weake, and the body destitute of force, ninthly whē it is in the noble parts, tenth­ly when it is with vehement dolor, and in that we vse ano­dines, and not repercussiues.

How is the second inten­tiō done?

By euacuting, that which is done in [...]he place, and that by resoluing, and discutient medicaments, and e­uaporatiues, that are meanly hot and humide: likewise by drawing emplasters, by sucking, ventousing 'incisiō of the part grieued, as sayth Auicen; but yet in both the euacua­tions, we must regard the quātitie and qualitie of the mat­ter, which the tumor is composed of, as also to the nature of the place. where it is, for we must not cure those, which proceede of blood, as those which come of phlegme, chol­lor, or melācholy: also we must respect the nature of parts,Gal. ad Glanc, cap. 2. for we must vse other remedies in soft & humid parts as the flesh & glādes, thā in hard & dry parts, as nerues, ligamēts,Gal. lib. 7. me­thod. cah. 13. & ca. 7▪ lib. 4. me­thod. cartilages & bones. We must also haue respect to the parts of the body, for some are simples, others cōposed, some of one tēperature, some of another, so the remedies must be v­sed to the part. We must also respect the cōfirmation of the part, for some are hollow without, or within, some are soft,Gal. 2. ad Glan. Gal. 7. metho. cap. 1 [...]. easie to receiue fluxiō: in like manner we must regard the cōmunications of the veines one with an other, also to the cōmodity of the cōduits, to expell the excremēts, as also to the vertue of the place, for som are sēsible, some not, as al­so the diuersity of the parts for some are noble parts as the braine, hart, & lyuer,Gal. artis par­uae cap. 9. which send the vertue through al the body by the nerues, arters, & [Page] veines, others doe serue the principall parts, without whose action we cannot liue, like as the stomacke, the kidneyes, bladder and sundry others. [...]len. lib. 2. ad G [...]aue. cap. 2. In partes that are sensible, wee must beware to apply medicines that loose & resolue [...] or to apply any thing that is of a strange quali­tie [...] and venemous.

Are there no other thinges to bee considered in the cure of tumors?

We take our indica­tion according to the diuersitie of the tumor.

How many sortes of tumor are there?

Foure, some are hard, some soft, some inward, & some vlcered.

What remedies vse you in these apostumes?

In hard apo­stumes, we vse remedies, that soften, and haue a hot and somewhat drie vertue, wee vse no resolutiues in such tu­mors, by reason the matter waxeth hard like a stone: the soft are cured by hotte thinges, that resolue and open the pores: the vlcered apostumes, like as formica, are healed by colde things: the inward are cured, by diminishing the matter, with bleeding, purging and other generall reme­dies, abstaining from all strong drinke, violent exercise, & perturbations of the minde, like as anger, feare, and the rest, which yee haue heard in the treatise of vnnaturall things: the rest of the cure pertaineth to the iudgement of the expert Chirurgian,Antonius Be­ueuenius. Hollerius. Marianus san­ctus. vsing such remedies, that soften and make ripe, as cassia fistula, triacle, and solanum, which haue great vertue to resolue hidden apostumes, as writeth Hollerius and Marianus sanctus.

If the apostumes ende not by resolution, induration nor corruption, but by sup­puration, what is to be done?

It must be opened.

By howe many wayes?

Two wayes, either by them­selues, or helpe of the Chirurgian?

Which are ope­ned by themselues?

Those which are hot, eminentes, soft and tender skinned.

In what time doe they open?

Some in tenne, fifteene or twentie dayes, some in fortie or threescore dayes:Hipp. 2. progn. but according as we apply fitte remedies, some open sooner, and some are longer in ope­ning.

Which are those, which are opened by the helpe [Page] of the Chirurgian?

Those which are hard, large and thicke skinned, cold, and in bodies euill disposed, in parts membranous and the emunctoires.

How many waies helpeth the Chirurgian?

Two wayes, either by canter actuall, potentiall, or by incision.

Howe many wayes maketh the Chirurgian his incision?

Three wayes, in length, breadth, and circular.

What meane you by the length?

When it is according to the rectitude of the muscles, nerues & membranes, to the ende, the action of the part may be preserued:

When by the breadth?

When we haue intention, to destroy the action of the part, as in spasme, or conuulsion,Cornelius Celsus. we cut the nerue or muscle ouerthwart, to saue the rest, for better it is, that one mem­ber be debilitated, then to lose the whole bodie.

Whē vse we incision circular?

When the cauitie is great, to the end the matter may euacuate the better.

You haue answered to me sufficiently touching apostumes in generall, I would haue you hereafter particularly to intreat of euery one of them by themselues, beginning at those which proceede of bloud, and first with Phlegmon, because it is most common, Galen. 13. meth cap. 1. and causeth many diuers accidents, thereafter, followe out the rest in order, aswell generall as particular, so at our next meeting, we will intreat of woundes after the same method.

The second Chapter, of Phlegmon.

PHlegmon is a tumor against nature, ingendred of de­fluxion of bloud in diuers partes of the bodie,Definition. but most commonly in the soft partes, and is of colour redde, sore, hard, inflamed,Galen. 14. me­thod. cap. 1. accompanied with feuers and diuers other accidents. Of it there are two sortes, the true Phlegmon is ingendred of naturall bloud, being in any parte more then is needefull for the vse thereof, the other commeth of vnnaturall bloud, altered by some chaunge, as by mixtion of one or moe of the other humors with it,Differ [...]. so according [Page] to the domination of the humor, it taketh the name, as for example, if the choller domaine amongst the bloud more then the rest of the humors, the tumor shalbe called phleg­monerisipelatus, and in like manner in the rest, as phlegmon edematus or schirrus, so Galen saith, that the humors are sel­dome found alone,Lib. de diffe­rentijs morbo­rum. cap. 12. but mixed together. The cause is triple, primitiue, antecedent, and coniunct. The primitiues are externall and first motiues, as great vsage of meates, which ingender much bloud,Cause. also all those thinges which may moue the humors and prouoke fluxion, falles, strokes, brea­king of the bones, contusion, heate, excessiue labour and such like. The antecedant cause [...] great superfluitie and a­boundance of bloud, offending either in quantitie, quali­tie or both, intemperie, euill confirmation, and dolor of the part. The cause coniunct or continent, is the bloud or mat­ter affixed in the affliged parte. The signes, are inflamati­on,Signes. rednes, hardnes, feuer, dolor, and pulsation chiefly, it being in maturitie.Gal. 13. meth. cap. 1. Haliabbas. lib. 8. The iudgementes, the small ones doe often resolue, the great ones doe often apostume, some­ti [...]e degender into great sickenesses, according to the euill disposition of the bodie and partes,Iudgementes. where it chaunceth, as mortification and schirre. Sometime it returneth to the place it came frō, as in the emunctoires of the noble parts. As for the curation, it shall be reduced to foure pointes, ac­cording to F [...]chius and Togatius, Cure. the first in good diet of life, secondly in staying the humour, that floweth to the place, thirdly in euacuating that which is in the place, fourthly in correcting the accidents, which often chaunce, as saith Galen. As touching the first, which is good diet, as saith Galen, Com. 3. epide­miorum. it shall be obserued in sixe thinges not na­turals, which shall be colde, contrarie to the humor, which is hotte, sometime it shall be colde and humide, and if it be with feuer the humor, that floweth, shall be diuerted by taking away the cause, as repletion of the euill humors, by bleeding,Gal. 13. meth. cap. 6. purgations, and also by strengthening the parte, if it be debille, also by frictions, ventouseing and binding: [Page] The humor shall be euacuated in diuers wayes, according to the degrees of the apostumes, as in the beginning, we must vse repercussiues, as whites of egges, oxycrate, rose and plantaine waters, cataplasmes of bol armenie, terra fi­gillata, barke of pomegranate, henbane, oyle of roses, vn­guent of roses, album rasis, diacalcitios or populeon. For the augmentation, which is the second degree, we vse re­percussiues and resolutiues, like as mallowes, plantaine, ro­ses, wormewood, barley flowre, oyle of camomill, oxi­crate, pouder of roses, and mirtle, sodden wine called sapa, rose water, vinegre, saffron, of which things, you may make cataplasmes, liniments, fomentations, as you shall finde ex­pedient. In the vigor, we vse repercussiues and resolutiues in like force, like as mallowes, parietarie, althea rosted vn­der the ashes, oyle of roses, camomilli with a little beane flowre. In the declination, we vse only resolutiues: Auicen counselleth to soften a little, which shall be done with fo­mentations of althea, origan, lyne seede, fenigrec, flowers of camomill, roses, which thinges shall all be sodden in white wine mingled with a little barley meale and hony, vnguent of aragon, martiatum, or agrippa de althea, de melil [...]to, or diachilon paruum. We correct the accidents, which is the fourth point, as dolor, which must be appea­sed by all meanes, for the great accidents, which often doe ensue. For the which we vse oyle of roses, waxe and wine sodden together, as counselleth Galen. Also cataplasmes of white bread and milke, water, oyle of roses, violettes, or camomill, or annise seede, or sweete almondes, yolkes of egges with a little saffron, in like manner the flowers of mallowes, camomill, and mellilot sodden in wine, putting thereto a little barley flowre and goose grease, lyne seede, also vnguentes of roses, and populeon. If these thinges be not sufficient, we take the leaues of henbane, poppie rosted vnder the ashes, and tempered with the iuice of sorrell, and housleeke, put to it a little hennes grease, and saffron.Gal. lib. 1. simp. cap. 6. Gal. 13. meth. cap. 6 If the matter take the course inwrdly to some noble parte, wee remedie it by application of ventouses, cornettes, [Page] frictions, straight ligatures, and such like. If the matter com to a dispositiō schirrus, we must vse medicamēts, that soften. & digest, as ye shall heare in the Chapter of schir. If [...]t tend to putrifaction it shalbe helped by deepe scarifi­cations, cataplasmes made of beane flower soddē in vine­ger and honye, and such other remedies, as ye shall heare in the Chapter of Gangren. Oftentimes this tumor ten­deth to suppuration,Lib. 4. cap. 17. which we knowe as sayth Paulus by the great swelling and rednes of the place, eminent, great heate, dolor, pulsation, and feuer, and such like: those thinges being perceiued we passe from resolutiues to sup­pi [...]atiues, as to foment the place, first with hot water or oyle,Gal. 2. ad Glan. cap. 7. & lib. 5. suplic. cap. 8. & aphor. 22. lib. 1 also with honie and water called, Hydreleon, ma­king a cataplasme with wheate flower sodden in Hydre­l [...]on, putting to it a little fresh butter, Calues greace, Henns or Goose. Also you may make a suppuratiue of Lillie roots Sorrell, Parretarie, and Mallowes, sodden in Hydrelion put thereto a litle flower of Fenegreck, Lyu-seede oyle of Lillies with a little sower leauen, after it is taken of the fi­er, put to it twoo yolkes of Egges, this sort of remedie ap­peaseth well rhe dolor, for the same effect, we vse the em­plaster called Dilachilon magnum or Basilicon. The suppu­ration made we know by the diminution of the accidents, and the tumor which is pointed, also with pressing on it with the two thumbes we find it soft, with great innunda­tion.Pau. lib. 6. cap. 34. Then if it open not shortly of it selfe, it must be done by a ruptor or lancet, otherwise it waxeth hollow and pu­trifieth within. In the opening of it, there are three tules to be obserued as yee haue heard in the generall Chapter.Gal. 13. metho. cap. 5. Here we must obserue, that the incision be made in the in­ferior part,Gal. aphor. 27. lib. 6. Celsus lib. 7. cap. 2. the matter must not be euacuated at one tyme; make the incision the length, eschewing nerues, sinewes, veines and arters, and not by the breadth, as sayth Aui­cen. When it is opened, we vse the yolke of an egge, with a litle Turpintine & oyle of Roses, for a certain space ther­after hony of Roses or sirupe of Roses,Lib. 1. cap. 26: mundificatiue de a­pio [Page] apostolorum, or my mundificatiue set down in the poore mans guide, or any other thing, that munifieth, sometime we adde a little egiptiac, specially to those which with­stand the former remedies, the vlcer cleansed, wee mixe with a little Turpintine and Honye some pouder of Irish a­loes, and thus, or some little aureum with these pouders, thereafter the emplaster of Diacalciteos, or red desiccatiue and such like, so the vlcer healeth.

The third Chapter, of the tumor Feruncle or Dothine which proceedeth of Phlegmon.

WE haue spoken in the generall Chapter of diuers tu­mors, which come of the sanguine humor, as Phigethton, Phinia and diuers others, but by reason, they may be cured by the generall r [...]r [...] of Phlegmon, we let them passe▪ and speake of the rest beginning at F [...]runole, called by the Grecian Dothene. F [...]runcle is a tumor sharp pointed, with inflamation and dolor, chiefly when it groweth to matter, and is ingendered of a thicke [...] or in the soft parts,Definition. and groweth commonly to the bignesse of a doues egge, and is for the most part in the skin.Celsus lib. 5. Cause. Paul. lib. 4. ca. 23. The causes are externall or internall, the internall is abundāce of blood, the externall is in the vice of the skin, also the suppression of the purga­tions in womē, & wearing vnaccustomed clothes: also by suddaine taking a colde aire after a great heate,Hip. lib. de hu­midorum vsu. Cure. or vehe­ment heate, immediatly after cold. The cure first consist­eth in generall remedies as purgations and bleeding, next lay on it a little Diachilon, with henns greace or Basilicon, Galen counselleth to c [...]we wheate in the mouth fasting and lay on it. If it bee deepe and much inflamed,Lib. tumo. cō ­tra naturam. often­times it degenerateth into Anthrax and Carbuncle. and in that ease, it must bee cured, as yee shall heare in their proper Chapters.

The fourth Chapter, of Anthrax or Car­buncle.

Ʋ ƲE must vnderstand, that there is no difference be­tweene Anthrax and Carbuncle, sauing that An­thrax is the Greeke worde, & Carbuncle the Latin worde, and is so called, because it burneth the place where it is like coales. Carbuncle is properlye defiined to to bee a p [...]stule inflamed black,Definition. burning the place, where it is sore, with many blisters about it, as if it were burned with fire or water.Gal. tougastius. The cause is diuers according to the sundrye kindes thereof:Cause. the cause of the simple Carbuncle is an Ebullition of blood, thick and bot, where it falleth in any place, it burneth, & maketh vlcers, with a scale on it, ac­companied with great inflamations and dolor.Signes. The signs of the simple are those,Cel. lib. 5. ca. 8. there appeare manye little blacke Pustules, not eminent, sometime pale, and grow sudden­le red with great inflamation about them, the place is har­der then it ought to be, the sicke looseth appetite, and co­ueteth sleepe, accompanied with cold sweates and feuers. The signes of the maling are, vomiting continually, want of appetit [...]e, trembling, sounding beating of the hart, the face waxeth white and liuide. The iugdmentes are, if it happen neare the stomack or throate,Iudgement. it hindereth the re­spiration as sayth Celsus. That which rypeth and cōmeth to matter is good, that which appeareth and goeth away with Feuer is mortall, that which is first red, ne [...]t yellow, is not euill, as sayth Auicen, that which is first pale, and afterwardes blacke, is euill, all those which are in the e­munctions of the noble partes▪ are most dangerous. The cure consisteth in vniuersall and particuler remedies,Cure. the vniuersall are a good dyet of life, which shalbe called and humide like vnto the regiment in Phlegmon, resisting al­wayes to the malignitie of the humor, his drinke shal­be [Page] made with sirupt of Lemmōs, acetosis s [...]plicis, capilli ve­neri, granatorum, bluglossi, with water of the sayd things: vse alwayes the tabletts of the margarite frigide, conserues of Roses, and buglosse, bol armenie and terra sigillata, and Iuorie in pouder, the opiats which shall bee made of the same ingredientes, are made of sirupe of Lemmons and Treacle, vsing rhis epitheme on the noble partes Rec. aquae scabiosae, rosarum nenupharis an. 2. vnc. aquae buglossi 1. vnc. trechiscorum, rasis, camphor [...] an. 1. vnc. corallorum rubro­rum 1. drag. di. triasandali & boli armenici an. vnc. 1. cro­ci & aceti par [...]um, fiat epithema. Vse clisters, and bleede much as counselleth Galen and that in the same side vsque adauimi defectum. The perticular remedies are these, first we make deepe scarifications, and it with water and salt,Paulus lib. 4. cap. 25. called aqua marina, we laye horsleache [...] on the scarificati­ons vsing a cataplasme on the part of Crummes of white bread, leaues of Plantine, arnoglosse, flower of Lentilles,Galen lib. 5. meth. cap. 10. soddeu in vineger and honey.Hipp. Hipprcrates counselleth to applie canters actualls, or some caustick medicament, as oyle of vitrioll, vnquenched lyme, quoniam in extremis morbis extrema sunt adhibendaremedia, and also ventouses, & medicines, which haue vertue, to draw the venim from the noble partes. Paulus doth counsell to seperate the infected from the other partes, and rase it from the roote,Gal. 13. metho. cap. 6. holleris lib. 1. de mate­ria chirurgica. afterwardes vse this cataplasme to prouoke the fall of the scale, which also mitigateth the payne, compo­sed of Lyn-seede, Mallowes, Violets, yolkes of Egges, Butter, and Barley meale. For the sharpnes of the hu­mor, put about the parte affected vnguentum de bolo, and on the pustulles the pastules of Andronius and Musa. Gal. When the scale is fallen, cleanse the vlcer with sirupe of Roses, honey of Roses and Turpintine, mundificatiue di apio, this done cicatrice & fill it vp as other vlcers. Some counsell to take the consolida maior, Guido Rog [...]nt & theodericu [...]. and bray it betweene two stones and lay on it.

The fifth Chapter of Gangren and [...].

Definition. Gal. 2. de locis affectis et 2. ad Glanc. cap. 10. com. in aphor. 50. lib. 7. Ʋ ƲHen the inflamation neither resolueth▪ returneth inwardly, nor suppureth, nor becommeth hard, it degendreth into Gangren, which is a mortification not al­together of the part, but tending by little & little through the great violence of the inflamation: for thereby the veines, and arters are stopped, that the naturall heate may not passe, so the parte easily corrupteth, and waxeth gan­grenated.Cause. The cause is, great quantitie of bloud in the member, which letteth the spirite to passe, so bindeth and intercepteth it▪ Gal. 2. ad Glan. in such sorte, that the arters cannot worke their transpiration and requisite exhalation, so for want of naturall heate, the members suffocates. Also great ap­plication of cold medicamentes, as repercussiues in phleg­mon and erisipelas, or some violent externall cause, chiefe­ly in the feete or handes, as colde, sometime crisis of feuer or maligne maladie, strait ligatures, contusions, stroakes, or biting of venemous beastes, chiefely in the wayes, and passages,Signes. when the spirites doe passe. The signes are, if it came of inflamation, wee perceiue the redde colour to decay, dolor, pulsation and feeling, it waxeth pale, soft and blacke, and in pressing on it with thy fingers, it falleth downe and riseth not. If it come of colde, we perceiue great beating paine, great coldnesse, without motion or feeling▪ accompanied with trembling and shaking. If it come of straite binding, hurtes, or biting, wee knowe it by the markes and precedent signes and others, according to the diuersitie of the cause.Iudgementes. The iudgementes are, if it be not helped presently, the force of it is so vehement, that the parte dieth presently, and the partes neere to it, and so causeth death of all the bodie. If the muscles and nerues be not hurt,Paul. lib. 4. and the person young and of good constitu­tion, [Page] and well seene vnto in the beginning, it is not difficil.Celsus. The cure after generall remedies,Cure. as purgations and blee­ding: is diet, in vsing cordialles,Gal. 2. ad Glanc cap. 9. Arnol­dus de villa no­ua. Paul. lib. 4. cap. 19. deepe scarrification on the part, and washing it with water and salt, applying on the part, cataplasmes made of flowre of beanes, barley, Orob, and Lupines sodden in honey and vineger, putting to it a little powder of roses and mirtl [...]es, a little myrhe and aristolochia, washing often the sore with oximell. If neede require, to vse more strong remedies, take egipciac, and mixe therewith a little arsenic, or orpiment, and put in the scarrifications, which remedies must bee vsed with good iudgement, noting where the gangren ceaseth. The furie of the maladie being past, cause the scarre to fall, with honey, butter, and yolkes of egges. If none of these pre­uaile, but that the gangren becometh in sphasell,Cornelius Celsus. we must vse the like cure, as in sphasell, for the safetie of the rest of the bodie.

The sixt Chapter, of Sphasell.

Ʋ ƲEE must heere consider the differences betweene Gangren & Sphasell, for Gangren is the Latin word, and is a mortification of all the partes where it hapneth, Gal. 2. ad Glanc cap. 9. sauing the bones, and is cureable: but Sphasell or [...]deration is a mortification both of soft and solide partes, and is no wayes remedied, but by amputation, it is called the fire of S. Antho­nie or S. Martiall. The cause is, as you haue heard in Gan­gren, ioyned with an euill disposition of the bodie, Definition. and an hu­mor venemous, which commonly corrupteth the bone, Albacrasis lib. 2. cap 87. afore it make any externall showe, Cause. sometime it proceedeth of olde vl­cers, that haue bene long orpressed, with rotten matter, and so corrupteth the bone & causeth mortification, also biting of vi­pers & mad dogges. The signes are these, Signes. the member waxeth blacke, as it were burnt, afterwardes rotten, which in shorte time ouercommeth the whole bodie, the skinne doth come frō the fleshe. The Iudgementes are, Iudgementes. that it is for the most part [Page] incureable, and the patient dieth in a colde sweat. The cure, in so much as may be,Celsus lib. 5. consisteth onely in amputation of the member,Cure. which shall bee done in this manner, for the friendes must first be aduertised of the danger, because of­ten death ensueth, as you haue heard, either for apprehen­sion, weakensse, or fluxe of bloud. For this cause the lear­ned Celsus calleth it a miserable remedie, yet we vse it, by reason in so doing,Celsus lib. 5. cap. de sphaselo there is some hope, and in not vsing of it, there is none, but sodaine death, for better it is to loose one member, then the whole bodie After this, wee must apply on the place of amputation, for there is diuersi­tie of opinions: Hippocrates and some others counsell to cutte in the ioynte,Lib. de hemen. for it is more easie to be done, and also the marrow is not discouered, as in other partes, and the fluxe of bloud is not so great. Others thinke it best to cut foure inches from the ioynt, either aboue or vnder, accor­ding to the putrifaction, which is both more easie, and sure then in the ioynt. For these and sundry other circumstan­ces, I aduise to cut foure inches from the ioynt in all ampu­tacions, sauing onely if the mortification or riuing of the bone end in the ioynt, thē it may be cut in the ioynt, chiefly in the knees: but wheresoeuer you make your amputacion, remember to cut rather a little of the whole, then to leaue any of the infected, for if any remaine, it infecteth the rest, and so requireth newe amputacion. The place of amputa­cion noted, we situate the sicke, after a fitte māner, hauing respect both to the nature and qualitie of the parte, and to our owne commoditie, then you shall haue two men to holde the patient, next, the Chirurgian shall commaund the sicke to bend and put out the member, to the ende the skin, veines & arters may be the more lengthened, that af­ter the amputacion, they be more apparent so be knitte or canterized. That being done, the Chirurgian shall pull vp the skin & muscles, as much as he can afterwardes he shall take a strong ribband, and bind the member fast, aboue the place two inches, where the amputacion shall be. The vse of this ribband is diuers, first it holdeth the member hard, [Page] that the instrumēt may cutte more surely, secondly, that the feeling of the whole part is stupified, & rendred insensible, thirdly the fluxe of bloud is stayed by it, fourthly it holdeth vp the skin and muscles, which couer the bone, after it is loosed, and so maketh it more easie to heale. The bandage thus made, we cut the fleshe with a rasor or knife, that is somewhat crooked like a hooke, the flesh being cut to the bone, it must be scraped with the backe of the saide knife made purposely for that effect, to the ende the periost, that couereth the bone, be not painefull in cutting the bone, o­therwise it teareth with the sawe, and causeth great dolor, and also letteth the cutting. This done, sawe the bone, & being cut, we loose the ligature, and draw downe the skin to couer the bone in all parts. If there be great putrifactiō, let it bleede a little, for that dischargeth the part, & so is lesse subiect to inflamation, then we put the extremities of the fin­gers on the orifices of the great veines and arters to stay them from bleeding, till we either knit, or canterize them one after another, as shall be thought expedient. Where there is putri­faction, we stay the fluxe of bloud by canters actuall, Gal. 2. ad Glanc & where there is no putrifaction, nor malignitie of humor, we vse the li­gature. The canter or actuall fire, maketh a scale, stayeth the bleeding, & draweth to it & consumeth the malignitie, & vi­rulencie of the humor, which is in the part, so in that point is better then knitting, by reason that in knitting we loose much bloud, and by drawing the veines, b [...]ick decourbing or other instrument, they doe breake, also being knit, doe often vnloose, so I find the fire more expedient, being done in this ma [...]ner. We must haue three or foure little instrumentes of iron, crooked at the ende, the point in forme of a button, made red hot, which wee take, and apply on the veines one after another, holding them a certaine space, till the scale be made, yet not burning much of the veine. In amputacion without putrifaction I find the ligature more expedient, being done thus, first thou shalt holde thy fingers on the veines, and in the other, let one loose, and take hold of it with thy beck de corbing or other meet instrument, taking a little flesh with it, then put through a needle with a strōg threed, knit with a double knot, tying a little of the flesh with the veine, which will [Page] make it hold the better, but if this slip, as oft it happeneth, yee shall doe in this manner, first in putting through the needle, begin in the vtter skin [...] an ynch aboue the wound, by the side of the veine, cause it come out a crosse in the wounde by the side of the veine, yet lower down than the orifice thereof,The way to knit veines. then put through your needle in the other side of the veine through the wounde & cause it come out of the wound on the skin an inch broade from the place it went in, then knit it hard, putting a little peece of cloth doubled, betwixt the two threads, to the end the knot en­ter not into the skin, this way of ligature may be vsed in diuers partes of our bodie. The blood being staunched, we vse this following astringent pouder. Rec. boli aimeni­ci 3. ounces farine volatilis 2. ounces picis, resine, sanguinis draconis an. one dram, of this pouder you shall cast on the wound with drie flax, thereafter an astringent or defensiue made of the foresaide pouders with whites of Egges and oyle of Roses, lay it on flax in like manner, that shall bee wett in oxycrate to couer the sore, thereafter, take a doubled cloth▪ sufficient to couer the sore & partes neare to it, wet it likewise in oxycrate, wherein cast the foresayd defensiue: thy bandes, wet likewise in oxycrate, bind it well▪ so that it be neither too straight, nor too slack, then situate the member in good sort, and remoue it not in three daies, chiefly in winter, which is to be obserued according to the accidents, which happen. In changing these remedies beware to take away the s [...]are or knotts of the thread, for auoyding whereof we rubbe the part with cerot of Galen, to the end the defensiue cleaue not to it. If there chance any veine or arter to open, we shall dissolue a little vitrioll in vineger. and lay on the veine on flax the breadth of a Groate, this will stay it presently, as I haue of­ten proued. If two or three open, cause thy seruant to put his fingers on them, and knit them, as ye haue hearde afore. The second dressing shall be done in the same ma­ner,Secōd dressing. or at least some astringment chiefly on the veines and [Page] arters, and so continue, till such time, that there is no more feare of blood, which will continue 8. or 10. dayes, on the rest of the wound, vse digest [...] made in this forme. Take Turpintine well washed in Plantine water vnc. 4. hony of Roses vnc. 1. barley flower halfe an ounce twoo yolkes of Egges, and incorporate all well together, and lay it on the sore, till it be perfectly suppured, thereafter mundificatiue d [...]appio, apostolorum & such like with this emplaster com­posed of equall portions of Diapalma and red Desiccatiue for a certaine time, next vse this Cicatrizant to the entier curatiō. Take tutia praeparatae, plumbi crudi, antimonij crudi corticis granati, bala [...]stiorum, nucis muschatae, boli armeni­ci, sanguinis draconis an. drag. 1. accipiantur omnia simuli cū vnciis tribus vnguenti diapomphol [...]gos & fiat magdaleon bo­ne consistentiae. In the meane time, if there be any excres­cence of flesh, we correct it with pouder of alume, sauine, or oker, or pouder of Mercurie, taken in a little quantity, these or any of them, may be applyed alone, or mixed with some vnguent. This operation is most learnedly set down by my good friend M. William Clowes one of her Maies­ties Chirurgians,Clowes. in his obseruation with an sure methode to staye the flux of blood. For a further declaration of the premisses, I will recite a historie, which I did see during the siege of Paris, where through great hunger, cold, and other miseries, hapened many grieuous sicknesses, as gan­grens and mortifications: amongst the rest, there was a Spanish souldior, who had blacknes on the toes of his feete as if they had been burnt, I cut off his toes, & scarified the rest, and vsed such remedies, that he healed. Shortly after there hapened the like in the toes of the other foote, which I would haue cut, and cured as the first, but he esteeming it a deformitie, would not suffer mee, so that the griefe by delay waxed so violent and furious, that by the aduise of the best Chirurgians in Paris at that time, I was constray­ned to cut off the whole legge, & so helped him. This hi­storie haue I alledged to shewe the daunger of delay, and [Page] that if any such thing happen, wee should not deferre it, but proceede as ye haue heard. Thus we end the tu­mors, which proceede of the sanguine humor, and here­after we will prosecute those which come of choller, be­ginning first with Erisipelas.

The seauenth Chapter, of tumors Bilions called by the Latins Flaua bilis and first of Erisipelas.

WE said, that there were 2, sorts of hot tumors, to wit, Phlegmon whereof we haue spoken, and Erisipe­las,Definition. whereof in this Chapter we will speake. Erisipelas is a tumor which proceedeth of the humor chollerick,Haly abbas lib 8. Gal. 14. metho. cap. 2. & lib. 2. ad glanc. cap. 1. Lib. & cap. cita to. Arnold de vil­la noua. with great inflamation, dolors, for the most part not eminent, without pulsation, and is of pale and red colour. It is cal­led in Greeke Erisipelas, in Latin Iguis sacer, in our tongue wild fire, it differeth not greatly from Phlegmon as sayth Galen: some esteeme them to differ, because the one pro­ceedeth of blood, the other of choller, they differ also in coulor, the one is red, the other oftentimes pale, the phleg­mon entreth deepe in the flesh and muscles, and so remai­neth in the skin. Of this there are two sorts, the first is the true Erisipelas which commeth of choll [...]r only, but when it is mixed with the humors, there commeth three kindes of it,Gal. 2. ad glanc as ye haue he [...]d in phlegmon. The cause of this tu­mor is abundance of the chollerick humor,Cause. great heate of the sunne, stroakes, falles and vsing of hot medicaments, which mooue the fluxion, and drawe the humor to any part of the body.Signes. The signes are these, the tumor is li­ [...]e, vehement heate, dolor, mordicant, & sieldome com­meth to maturitie, it appeareth often in the neck and face, by reason of the tendernesse of the skin, the coulor is not perfetered but mixed, and so is somewhat pale. If it bee vlcered,Iugdmentes. it is better then if it strike in, that [Page] which commeth out is good, that which appeareth in the the face and in woundes is euill, those which happen in the matrix are mortall, those which appeare in the heade,Hip. 25. aphor. are verie daungerous, and if good remedies bee not vsed, the partie dyeth as sayth Aegineta. As touching the cu­ration, there are twoo thinges to bee obserued,Cure. euacua­tion generall, and refrigeration with consolidation of the part, the waye of life shalbe colde and humide con­trarie to the humor, which is hot and drie, as ye haue hearde in the generall Chapter, abstayne from wine, stronge drinke, all sweete thinges, from anger,Paul. lib. 4. cap 21. Cel. lib. 5. cap. 26. Gal. 14. meth. cap. 3. vehe­ment exercise, greate heate and such like. The humor must bee euacuated by purgations, clisters, and blee­ding, and sometime scarified, if it become liuide, be­ing first fomented with hot water, and vse thinges on the sore which are colde and humide, as Solanum, Housleeke, Lettice, Succorie, Vmbilicus, Veneris, Cu­cumbers, take the iuyce or water of these or anye of them, wet a cloth therein, and laye it on the sore, which is most expedient, when it is in the face: al­so colde water and oxycrate as counselleth Galen and Auicen, for the same purpose cerot Gal [...]n oft wash­ed in plantine water, is verye good. If there be ve­hement dolour as oft chaunceth the rootes and leaues of Henbane being rosted vnder the ashes, and mixed with a litle Populeon are very good: likewise vnguentū album cum camphora, also the cataplasme of Barley flower, Lyn-seede sodden in Hydromell or oxycrate, putting to it a little pouder of Camomill and oyle of Roses: remember that all these remedies must bee li­quide, often remoued, and the place well cleansed, that no thing remaine on it. If it come to a bile or vlcer, cure it as Herpes.

The eight Chapter, of Herpes.

HErpes is a little vlcer accompanied with tumor, which pro­ceedeth of the pure bilious humor,Definition. Gal. li. ad Glāc. cap. 1. without mixture of any other humors. It occupieth most commonly the extremities and outward partes of the skinne, and is comprehended vnder erisipelas, like as formica and impetigo, which are called com­monly chollericke pustulles. There are three kindes of it, the first is made of the thinne cholar, which burneth onely the skinne,Difference. Gal. com. aph. 45. lib. 6. Hipp. lib. 22. predict et 6. aphor. et Gal. lib. contra na­turam. and is called simply Herpes, the second is made of a more thicke choler, which vlcereth a great part of the skinne, and is called Herpes depascens, by reason that it eateth and consumeth the skinne: the third kinde is made of choller and pituite together, accompanied with some malignitie, as com­monly happeneth to those, who are infected with the neapoli­tane disease, and is called by our auncientes, Herpes miliaris, because the pustull is little, like the graine called milium. The pustulles haue diuers denominations, some call them papula, or eruptions pituiteous, others call them ecthim [...]ta, others call them apenthemata.Hip. lib. 3. epidemiorum. Gal. The cause & signes differ not from those, which ye haue heard in the precedent Chapter. As for the cure,Cause. it consisteth in three partes, first in staying the fluxion, by euacuation vniuersall and prouocation of vrine,Signes. Cure. and good dyet,Gal. 2. ad Glan. et lib. 14. meth cap. 17. as ye haue heard in erisipelas: secondly, in euacuating that which is in the place, by such thinges as haue the vertue to discusse, digerre and drie lightly and not humect, as in eri­s [...]pelas.Oricasius lib. 7 synopseos cap. 34. Then in the beginning we shall vse vine leaues, plan­taine, gooseberrie leaues, arnoglosse, putting thereto a litle & barley flowre with some honie. Furthermore the barke of the pomegarnet, dissolued in wine with a little fine flowre, & made in forme of a cataplasme, is good. The third intention is, in drying vp of the vlcer, by reason that all vlcers whatsoeuer, require de [...]cation by gentle medicaments,Hipp. lib. de vlceis. excepting alwayes the maligne vlcers, and in them we vse more shrong and mor­dicant [Page] remedies: first we shall vse fomentations of roses and plantaine sodden in wine or water, and an vnguent made of oyle of walnuttes and waxe, thereafter washed in smithes wa­ter, also the vnguent cerusse, or this vnguent thus made. Rec. vnguent. populeonis cerat. refrigentis Galeni, cerussae an. dram one dim. litargyri 3. ounces, olei rosacei 1. ounce malaxentur omnia simul, et fiat vnguentum. The other pustulles, like as formica and impetigo, be cured commonly by generall euacua­tions, other defedations of the skinne, which proceede of the humor melancholicke or chollericke, are cured by vniuersall e­uacuations, by sweating and bathing, and by applying some vnguent on the part affected, as vnguent. enulat. putting there­to sometime a little mercurie. This vnguent is most excel­lent for this purpose, as also for the itch, which happeneth to young children. Take elle campagne rootes and seethe them in the iuice of plantaine, fumitorie, yolkes of egges, hogges grease or fresh butter, being all mingled together, put thereto a little brimstone well puluerized, with oyle of hypericon,Rogerius tract secundo. so make an vnguent of good consistance.

The ninth Chapter of tumors which pro­ceede of the pituite, and first of Edema.

HAuing amply spoken of the two hot tumors, as also of those which doc commonly come of them, nowe in like manner we shall shew of the two colde humors, the one ingendred of melancholie, the other of phlegme or pituite. Edema is a soft tumor without dolor, white co­loured. Of it there are two sortes, like as of phlegmon,Definition. the one is the true naturall Edema,Cal. 2. ad Glanc cap 3. ingendred of the pure phlegmaticke humor, the other is bredde of the phlegme mixed with the other three humors, & taketh diuers names, according to the principall humor as ye haue heard. And like as there are two sortes of it, so it may bee named two wayes, to witte, either maladie, or symptome of maladie [Page] as happeneth in the feete of those, which are hydropicke, and haue bene long sicke,Com. aphor. 2 sectione 1. et lib. 6. epid. et aphor. 12. secti. eius. lib. et lib. de officinae medici. Cal. 2. ad Glanc cap. 3. et aphor. 21. lib. 4. de curatione victu in morbis acu­tis. which are accidents of these ma­ladies, and require no particular curation, sauing onely rub­bing of the part with oyle & salt, or water and salt, or oxy­crat in wetting a cloth therein & laying on it. The cause is a phlegmaticke & vaporious fluxion of humors pituitous and flatuous in any part of the body, as also imbecillitie of the part, which can neither digest, nor expell that which is contrarie, also great idlenesse. The tokens are these, the tumor is soft, colde, in pressing on it with the fingers, there remaineth a hole, and riseth not againe, it is cleare, and not dolorous and happeneth oftenest in the weakest parts, as in the ioynts and glandulles,Cause. Lib. 14. meth. cap. 4. and in the extremities, as in the face and feete in colde weather, and in olde folkes, or after maladies in people that are full of humors,Signes. and make no exercise.Gal. 2. ad Glanc cap. 3. Paul. lib. 4. cap. 27. et 14. meth cap. 4. This tumor turneth seldome to matter, except in hot places, by reason the matter is cold: it endeth often by resolution, sometime it turneth to schirre, or nodosities, or some other kinde of cold abscesse, and that by the great vsage of digestiues,Iudgementes. which make the matter waxe hard. In the cure there are two pointes to be obserued,Cure first, to di­uert the fluxion by remedies that haue the vertue to cleanse the pituite humor, as Diaphenicon, Catholicon, Diacarta­mi, agaric & such like, for the administration of the which, you shall vse the counsell of rhe learned Physition, also in dyet in the sixe vnnaturall thinges tending to heate and drought,Gal. lib. de at­tenuatione victus. cap. 1. eate rosted meates rather then sodden, but in little quantitie, abstayne from all thinges that breede phlegme, as fruites, potages, cheese, fish, hearbes, water, sadnesse and much sleepe, drinke wine with little water, and vse bread that is well baked, vse things to corroborate the principall partes.Hipp. 6. epide. Abstaine from women, espeacially if the sicke be weake, yet wee finde the vsage of women to be good in maladies pituitous, for that heateth and drieth, vse sildome bleeding in this disease. The second intenti­on consisteth in taking away that which is in the place,Gal. 2. de sani­ [...]te tuenda. [Page] which is in the place, which shall bee done according to the times and degrees of the tumor,Lib. 4. meth. cap 4. first we shall vse me­dicines repercussiues and discutients, which shal be meane and not strong. Galen doth much commend oxicrate in this case, by reason the vineger repelleth by the colde vertue, and resolueth by the drie vertue: if it he not sufficient, mixe with a fewe ashes of the oake tree, sal nitre, or quicke lyme, Gal. 2. simp. Paul. lib. 4. cap. 27. Auicen. tract. 2 cap. 3. also the emplaister di vigo, or a fomentation of camomille, me­lilot, rosemary, sage, wormewood, Origan, hyssope, redde ro­ses, of each one handfull one ounce and halfe an ounce of salt and sulphure, seethe them in smithes water with a little vine­ger, and foment the part, with a spounge or cloth. For the same purpose you may make cataplasmes of the flowre of beanes and lentilles, and branne sodden in vineger, putting thereto a little of annise seedes, mirtles, or iris, the emplaister of melilotus also is good. Rogerius counselleth to take the iuyce of walwoortes and sorrell, and marathum, take of euery of them a reasonable quantitie, and seethe them with the vn­guent de althea, honey, oyle and butter, make a cataplasme thereof. If this tumor commeth to ripenesse, cure it, as other apostumes, if it waxe hard and schirrus, cure it as yee shall heare in the Chapter of Schirre.

The tenth Chapter, of the waterie and windie tumors which depend of Edema.

YEe haue heard in our generall Chapter,Definition. of diuers kinds of tumors phlegmatickes, which pertaine to Edema, whereof wee will speake hereafter, beginning with the windie tumors, which are nothing but certaine windes or inflations ingendred by a spirite, thicke & vaporous,Gal. 14. meth. cap. 7. Auicen. lib. 4. cap. 2. & not of subtill substance, & aerious: sometimes these winds are inclosed vnder the skin, & within the membranes, which [Page] maketh distention, sometime dolor according the part where it is. They are sometime in the ventricle, in the Puddings, and in the capacitie betweene the puddings, & & the peritō,Difference. as in Tympanies, & soundeth like a drum, it is somtime dispersed amōgst the muscles, & this is proper­ly inflation differing from Edema, for in pressing with the fingers, the print doth not remaine, but the other kind ap­proch neare to the nature of Edema, which is the flatuosi­ties dispersed in the muscles of other parts musculous. The cause of this tumor is too much vsing of colde flatuous meates,Cause. Gal. lib· 3. sim­tomatū causis. which ingender the humor Phlegmatick and cau­seth these windes, also the cause may bee in the ventricle and puddings, also in the obstruction, and stratghtnesse of the passages, and imbecilitie of the naturall heate, as sayth Galen. The signs are tumor, softnes more cleare, than E­dema, 2. ad glanc. cap. 6. & oribasius lib. 7. sinop. ca. cap. 50. & by pressing the fingers, there remaineth no marke as in Edema, by knocking on it, it soundeth like a blad­der full of winde and so in these points it differeth from E­dema.Signes. The cure shall consist in two poyntes, first in diet, which shalbe hot and drie,Paul. lib. 4. ca. 28. eate litle and of light digesti­on,Cure. let your bread be of good wheate well baked and sal­ted, vse things too corroborat the naturall heat & discusse the thick cold vapors and attenuat, also to corroborat the ventricle with aromaticall thinges, and electuaries, as Dia calaminto aromatico, gariophillato dia galinga, rose & such like. Eate good flesh as mutton and veale, rather rosted than sodden, let the drinke be Claret or white wine. The secōd consisteth in euacuatiō of the humor which is in the part, by topical remedies which haue vertue to clarifie the skin to the end the vapours may passe out, and are called discutientes or carmen [...]atiues, as annis-seedes, Isope, fen­nell, parsly, baccaelauri, Iuniper, paritorie, rosemarie, ca­momill and mellilot, oyle of Irin and Bayes: of these wee may make cataplasmes, fomentations, lessiues, according to our owne Iudgment, also limments of Camomill and Rue, Lillies and a little Aquauitae or the emplasters called [Page] baccae lauri, oxycroci & de vigo, mixed together, make an emplaster and lay to the sore. Also a new spong wet in lexiue, also lanra succida, wet in wine and oyle, if these windes make dolor,Paul. lib. 4. ca. 28. as commonly wee see in the chollick passion, first appease the dolor, then euacuate the matter, which shalbe done according to the part, habitude of the person, and discretion of the learned Chirurgian. Vse al­so clisters carmenatiues, if the flatuosities bee in the intes­tines, applie three or foure ventouses on the bellie.

The eleuenth Chapter, of the tumors Phlegmaticks called Atheoroma, Steotema, and Mellericeris.

THese tumors are called commonly ecressences phleg­maticks, by reason they procede of the humor phleg­matick yet they differ from the other tumor by reasō they are in a membrane, like little bagges,Auicen. Paul. lib. 6. cap. 36. they are also of a diuers strange sorts of matter of the which they take their names as Atheorema is also called because in it is cōtay­ned a matter like gruell, called by the Greekes Athera. The Steot [...]ma is so called, because in it is contayned a hu­mor like Greace, called by the Greekes Stear, Definition. Mellerice­ris is so called, because in it is contayned a matter, both in coulor and consistence like honey, called by the Greekes Meli, and is hardest of them three to heale. As for the o­ther tumors, as br [...]nco [...]eli, ganlion▪ testudo, and the resi­due we shal speke hereafter in the particuler tumors, these tumors happen most commonly in places membranous, where there is scarsitie of flesh, as on the ioynts, hands, & diuers partes of the face. The cause is pimitiue,Cause. antecedēt and coniunct, the primitiue or first motiue strokes falles. violent forces, immoderate eating and drinking. The an­tecedēt cause is abundāce of humors, chiefly of the phleg­matick vnnaturall., engendred by euill diet, the cause con­iunct is the diuers kind of substance contaened in the part. [Page] The signes are,Signes. that they appeare by little and little with­out eyther dolor or president inflamation, neuertheles by reason of the diuersitie of the substāce contayned in them, they haue diuers signes, the Ateorema is long in figure, in pressing on it, it goeth in slowly and returneth not suddē ­ly,Togalius cap. de ateoremate. it is soft without dolor, the coulor of the skin vnnatu­rall in the which is found sometime with the matter, haire sometimes bones and such like. The signes of the Steot [...] ­ma are hardnes, and if it goe in, in pressing on it, it retur­neth not easily, it is large, in the which is contayned with the accustomed matter,Petrus Franco, de steotemate. bones, cotten, and such like, of the which I fonde great quantitie in the knee of a Nun, whom I cured in Paris of a Steotema. The signes of mel­liceris, are, great softnes in touching, cleare, in pressing on it, it goeth in easily and returneth easily, and is rounde in figure, and contayneth besides the matter accustomed, a grauelly hard matter,Cure. In the cure there is a simple inten­tion, to wit, euacuatiō of the matter, which is in the place, and is done either by a launcet, or cauter potentiall, not e­uacuating all the matter at one time. Here we must con­sider that those tumors, are sōetimes inserted with veines, arters, nerues and tendons, which require great dextetie in the operarion▪ In taking awaye of the bagge, wherein the matter is contayned, to the end yee offende not the former partes: for better it were to leaue the operation by reason that oftentimes, there commeth greate flux of blood, as I haue seene chieflye on the temples. The tu­mor being opened, yee shall vse such medicaments, for the cleansing thereof, as yee haue heard in other tumors. The matter euacuated, wee must consume the whole membrane, wherein it is inclosed, otherwise it will re­turne, we consume it with pouder of Mercurie, egiptiac or such like, thereafter incarnate and close the wound as in others. Some vse only resolutiues on these tumors, but such things are both tedious and vncertaine,Paulus lib. 4. & Aetius 15.

The twelfth Chapter, of tumors ingendred of the Melancholick humor called by the Latins atra bilis or nigra cholera and first of Schirre.

SEing we haue suffitiently spoken of tumors ingendered of the sanguine chollerick, and pituitous humor, now it resteth to speake of those which proceede of melancholy, called tumor Schirrus, by reason the Greeke word Schirr signifieth hardnes,Definition. Schirre is a tumor hard with litle or no dolor, or feeling, whereof there are two kindes,Gal. 2. ad glanc cap. 5. the one is called the true Schirre exquisite, the other is falles. The true is as ye haue head,Difference. the false is altogether without fee­ling, yet hardly may it bee perceiued.Gal 2. ad glanc. cap. 9. Gal lib. tumo­rum cap. 9. & lib. 5. simpl. cap 9. There is an other sort of Schirre ingendred of a phlegmātick, thick & tough matter, and is composed of an humor thick and cold. The cause is a cold drie humor either of matter melancholick, phlegmatick, or both, for first when the blood is made in the liuer, there is ingendred in it a malancholicke humor,Cause. Gal. 14. meth. cap 3. which is like the dreggs of wine, which afterwards is dra­wen to the milt, for the nouriture thereof, specially by the vsage of such meates, as are apt to make the same, and the milt weake to draw the same, then it goeth into the veines and is mingled with the blood, which by there vertue ex­puitrix, expell it by the Hemorrhoides,Gal. 5. simpl. ca. 8 lib. de locis aff. cap 3. or varices & some­time disperseth it through the skin, and breedeth the Morphew or Leprosie. Sometime it is caste on the most weake partes, and according to the place and qualities of the humor, breedeth eyther Schirre or Cancer.Gal. lib. 3. meth cap. 16. If it bee cast on any drie part, as ligamentes, tendons, ioyntes, ends of the muscles, or in the milt, kidneis, lyuer, or matrix, it causeth Schir. If it bee cast on the softe partes, as partes glandules, as the pappes, the emunctoires and face, and the priuie partes it maketh cancer. The cause also maye bee sadnesse, suppres­sion of the Hemorrhoides and menstruous purgati­ons,Paul. lib. 4. ca. 32. also by too much applying of cold medicines [Page] on tumors, as erisipelas or phlegmon: for by that meanes, the most subtill doth resolue, and the rest doth become hard.Signes. The signes are these, the tumor is hard, and groweth slowly, of colour liuide when it commeth of melancholie, when of phlegme, it is white, and when of both humors together, it is of a mixed colour, as liuide and white, and insensible, because the humor is so thicke and drie, which closeth the conduites of the nerues, so that the animall spirite is inclosed in such sort, that the part hath no feeling. Those which haue no feeling, are altogether incureable, those that haue any feeling,Iudgementes. if they be taken in the begin­ning, may be helped in some sort, but hardly, those which come to suppuration, degendreth easily into schirre. The Cure consisteth in three thinges, first in diet, tending to heat and humiditie,Cure. abstayning from anger, sadnesse, feare, and venerian exercise: the second point consisteth in eua­cuating the matter antecedent, by purgations & bleeding, by prouocation of the flowers, & hemerhoides: the third point is, to euacuate that which is contayned in the place, which is done by things remollientes and resoluentes,Gal. 2. ad Glanc like as the grease of hennes, cockes, calues or geese, also gūme armoniac, stirax, galbanum, rootes of althea, lillies, ca­momill, of these we make liniments and cataplasmes, also the emplaister of Diachilon magnum, et album de vigo with double mercurie.Gal. 2. ad Glanc Galen commendeth goates dirt to bee an excellent remedie, to discusse tumors schirrous. Sometimes it happeneth in the tendons, and then it is hea­led by perfumes made thus. Take the stone called pyr [...]es or any other stone, that is red hotte, and quench it in strong vineger, and then receiue the smoake on the sore part, then apply remollientes, sometime after the perfume the gūme ammoniac dissolued in vineger is good,Gal. lib. tumo­rum contra na­turam. cap. 6. et 4. meth cap 9. et 2. ad Glan cap. 11. and must be vsed with great discretion. If none of these serue, and it tende to suppuration, we must not vse too hotte remedies to stirre it, by reasō it degendreth easily into Cancer, for the which haue recourse to the next Chapter. In some partes it may [Page] bee cut, so yee cut all, and leaue nothing adherent to the whole partes, nor no roote of it. For the great fluxe of bloud, which happhneth, either knit the veines, or staunch it, with canters actuall, the which is dangerous, when it oc­cupieth the internall partes, for the which Hippocrates for­biddes to seeke the exquisite cure of the occult Cancers.Lib. 6. aphor. cap. 38.

The thirteenth Chapter, of Cancer, which the Greekes call Carsimonia.

Ʋ ƲE must vnderstand, that Cancer is comprehended vnder the tumor Schirrous, yet there is great diffe­rence, for in Cancer there is great dolor, punction and pul­sation, which is not in schirre, it groweth sooner,Definition. Celsus lib. 5. cap. 28. Auicen. tract. 2. cap. 15. Guido. and hath great veines about it. Cancer in Latine is the sore of a beast, Guido saith, it is called Cancer, either by reason it sticketh to the parte, like the fish Cancer, or because it is round and hath veines about it, like the feete of a Crabbe, and is also like vnto it, being liuide of colour as also be­cause it gnaweth, eateth, and goeth like this fish. It is a tumor inequall, hauing the sides hard, eminent, turned,Difference. and dolorous. There are two kindes of it, vlcered,Paul Aegin. cap de carsinomate Lib. 4. cap. 26. and not vl­cered, the vlcered is immobill, hot by accident, hauing ma­ny veines about it, like the feete of Cancer, the not vlce­red is called Cancer occult. The cause of it is a melancho­licke humor, drie, not onely in the part, as schirre,Cause. but also in the veines about it, the which by continuation of time, maketh it more sharpe and maligne,Gal. 14. meth. whereof commeth Cancer vlcered: also euill diet, vsing of thinges that breed thicke corrupted bloud, with other such causes,Gal. 2. ad Glanc Paul. lib. 4. cap 26. as ye haue heard in the precedent Chapter: the debilitie of the milte and weakenes of the part. These tumors for the most part are ingendred in womens pappes, chiefly in those, who haue great & very fleshie pappes,Aetius. 4. tract. lib. 4. cap. 43. by reason they are glan­dulous and colde of themselues: they breede also in the [Page] conduites of women, lippes, nose, eyes, eares, roofe of the mouth, legges, handes, and fundament, by reason those partes are weake,Signes. & haue little naturall heate. The signes are dolor, tumor, and they seeme soft, but in touching are hard, the vlcers inequal, sordides, the sides swelled, horrible to looke on, pale coloured, euill sauoured, by reason of the humor,Iudgementes. which is most sordide and stinking. As for the iudgement, those in the stomacke, head, shoulders, necke and vnder the armes are all incureable, because these pla­ces can not be cut, for the great fluxe of bloud, which may happen in them.Aetius lib. cita. Hip. lib. 6. aph. 38. Some are little vlcered, some much, some recent, others inueterate, some in one parte, and some in another, some more maligne then others, and for the most part are incureable. It hath diuers denominations accor­ding to the partes, as if it come in the face, it is called noli me tangere, Ioh. de Vigo. lib. 2. apost. Alexander tral. cap. de carsino­mate. if in the thighes or legges, it is called lupus, if in any other part, it is called cancer: The cure of this shal bee in the beginning to stay the melancholidke humor frō setling in the place, and growing, which must be done by fitte remedies to purge the melancholicke humor,Cure. and by bleeding, if the age and time permit, then abstayne from all meates, that ingender this humor and heate the bloud, such as olde haires, salt flesh, harts, goats, spices, mustard, pottage, cheese, fishe, and such like, walke not much, abstaine from great trauell, sadnesse and anger, vse meates that breede good bloud, as mutton, veale, kiddes, capons, all sortes of fowles, sauing water fowles, drinke whay, cor­roborate the liuer and milte. As for locall remedies, first if it waxe great, and in fitte places, some counsell to cut it, in such sort, that there remaine no roote, but my opinion is not to doe such thinges, but rather followe the counsell of Paul, Paul. lib. 4. cap. 26. which is, to take the iuice of morrell, plantaine, let­tice and sorrell, centorie, shepheardes purse, wette a cloth in these iuices and lay on it. Also I haue often vsed, the v­rine of a young maid in the same fashion, and oyle of roses, veri [...]ce, litage, cerusse, burnt leade, diapalma, of these ye may make fit remedies to keepe it in one estate, & correct [Page] gently the acrimonie of the humor. If these things let not the augmentation of it, we must goe to the cure of can­kred vlcers in the treatise of vlcers, and thus we ende the Treatise of tumors in generall.

The first Chapter, of Hydrocephalie and physocephalie.

HYdrocephalie is a waterie humor, which occupyeth the whole head and Physo­cephalie is a windie humor,Definition. which doth the like, these tumors are contained ey­thet betweene the pericrane and skin, or betwixt the muscles,Difference. or betwixt the pe­ricran and crane, or betwixt the crane & mēbranes,Com. aphor. 3. lib. 4. de rati­one victus. Cause. which couer the braines, called dura mater & pia mater, but the tumor in this case is not great. The cause is eyther inter­nall, or externall, the internall commeth from the matrix, and of the Mothers milke, which is too waterie,Rondoletius. and such like foode as breede waterie humors. The externall cause commeth of cold, presently after the birth it hapeneth al­so, through vnskilfulnes of Midwife, as I haue sometimes seene, which draweth & presseth the childs head so much at the deliuerie, that the veines and arters breake,Paul. lib. 6. cap. 3. Aetius lib. 6. cap. 1. not be­ing as yet strong, so the blood sheddeth through the rest of the head, and degendreth into water. The signes are great tumor with deformitie of the head,Signes. the eies & face swelled, as doth appeare in the Hydropicks.Iudgments. The iudge­mentes are these. such as are within the crane, are incura­ble, those that are betwixt the crane and pericrane, or be­twixt the pericrane and muscles may be cured. As for the curation of the curable they are healed partly by diet,Cure: and by vsing of things drying and abstayning from things hu­mide, also by externall remedies applied to the part, that drie with some astriction and comfort the head, which shalbe done by liniments, fomentations, vnguentes made of calamint, origan, betonie, camomill, me [...]ot, anthos, red roses, also ye may make lessiues of the vine ashes, also shaue the head and applie this emplaster following. Rec, olibani vnc. 1. sarcacoll [...] drag. 1. gummi arabici, seminis ra­phani [Page] & anethian, 1. vnc. di. ole de spica parum, cerae quan­tum sufficit, fiat emplastrum. If the humor be in great a­bundance, or that the crane or membraines are offen­ded, we must vse incision and perforation of the crane, thē eauc [...]ate the humor & heale the woūd as in others. There is yet a kinde of this called Macrocephalie, which is a su­pernaturall greatnes of the Pan and flesh, & not properly tumor and receiueth no curatiō, but is si [...]ldome seene: one of this sort I saw in Paris of the quātity of a pot of 3. quarts

The second Chapter, of the tumors called Nodus or Ganglion which commeth in the head.

Definition.THese tumors are sometime hard, otherwhiles soft al­wayes round which chanceth for the most part in the dry neruous parts, but chiefly on the head, and ioyntes, on the hands & feete. The causes are strokes and wearines of the ioynts & such other as ye haue heard in A [...]roma,Cause. as also the signes.Paul. lib. 6. cap. 3. The cure first consisteth in good diet, es­chewing al meates which ingender grosse humors, eate of things of good digestion,Cure. abstaine from drinking of water, purge & bleede▪ Auicen. haunt no humide place: as for the p [...]rticu­lar remedies we must vnderstand that this humor is some­time inclosed in the membraine, & in that procede as in A [...]oma, sometime it is not inclosed▪ and thē we may ap­plye a cake of leade rubbed with quicksiluer, or an empla­ster resolutine made of galbanum, O [...]basius lib. 7. sinopseos. ammoniac oyle of lillies and bayes, brimstone & virioll roman calcined. Sometimes it is with corruption of the bone, in that case, the humor must be euacuated, and the exfoliatiō of bone procured, as ye shal heare in the chapter of vlcers with corruptiō of the bone.Heurnius lib. 2 praxis medici­ [...]. For diuers other diseases of the head, haue your re­course to heurnius demorbis capitis.

The third Chapter, of the tumor in the eye called Lippitu­do and Opthalmia in Greeke.

[Page] OPthalmia is an inflamatiō of the whole eye,Definition. but chiefly of the membraine called coniunctiue with great rednes & dolor. The cause is either externall, or internall,Gal. 1. de accid morb Paul. lib. 3. cap. 22. the ex­ternall, as strokes, heate, dust, winde, great cold, rubbing, or some moate in the eye:Cause. the internall [...]ause is defluxion of the humors, being nere to the braines, as also the veins ex­terne & interne of the head, wherof procedeth fluxiō, also the sanguine humor, chollerick or phlegmatick, which as­cēdeth to the head. The signs are manifest,Gordon pertic. 3. cap. 2. like as great in­flamatiō, rednes, heat of the eies & tēples, dolor,Signes. repletiō of the veins, hardnes, this sicknes hath 4. degrees, like as other tumors & hapneth oftē to yōg childrē, & others who haue weake eies, which is the cause, that they are subiect to the fluxiō of humors. The iudgmēts are, the matter of this is som­time hot, otherwhiles cold, Iudgments. and those which happē in winter are the worse, thē those which happē in Sōmer, if they be neglected & euill handled, there follow euill accidēts, as spots, rupture of the cornea and diuers others. If the dolor be vehement, it is dāgerous, for corruptiō & corrosion of the cornea.Gordon lib. ci­tato. As for the curatiō, there are 3. things to be obserued, the first is good diet, eate litle chiefly at night,Cure. abstaine frō al vapo­rous things & al euil digestiō, fishes, fruits, spices, salt & hu­mide things, abide neither in great darknes, nor too much light, for great light dissipeth the spirit, & sometime cau­seth blindnes, as we read of the soldiors of Xenophanes, who through going long in the snow, became almost al blind.Zenopha. Also Dioni [...]s tirāt of Sicil made blind his prisōers after this sort, first he imprisōed thē long in a very dark place, thē he brought them suddēly into a great light, & so made thē all blind. All colors are not expediēt for the sight, the white dis­sipeth the spirits & draweth them to it, the black maketh them too dul, & there is n [...] color that cōforteth the sight, but grene, blew, & violet, which nature sheweth vs in the compositiō of the eye, for the tunic v [...]e a sheweth the greene & blewe of the part, that looketh to the humor custalline. Endeuor to be lax­atiue, walke not too much, beware of al perturb [...]ons of the spirit, [Page] from smoake and dust and blowing of Alchymie, for both it hurteth the eye and consumeth the substance, & maketh men miserable both in bodie and goods, hold vp thy head, and abstayne from wine and women and such like, as yee may perceiue by these verses of the learned Gordoniu.

The second intention consisteth in euacuating & diuer­ting the humor by pilles, clisters, bleeding of the veine Ce­phalicke, ventouseing on the shoulders, frictions on the thighes, legges and extremities, also by opening the veine and arters of the temples. The third intention is in the to­picall remedies, Iesus lib. de oculis. Galen 13. therapeutic. Hip. de oculo­rum morbis. as collyrs of diuers sorts, according to the di­uorsitie of the degree and time of the apostume, as in the be­ginning of the inflamation, take plantaine and rose water, of each halfe an ounce, two whites of egges, and a little fennell water, womens milke, the mu [...]ilages of hipsileon with a little trochistes of rasis sine opio, a litilt caiphure put of thiis in the eye, and at night make a cataplasme of an apple rosted, and lay on the eye: or this remedie, which I haue often prooued not one­ly in the opthalmie, but diuers other maladies of the eyes. Take two ounces of white wine, as much rose water, and euphrage, halfe a crownes waight of Tutie prepared, as much of aloes, 3. or 4. leaues of Massi, put all in a violl and stoppe it close, set it three weckes in the sunne: instill thereof in the eyes. In the meane time vse emplaisters on the temples of mastick, de bolo et contra rupturam and such like, to stay the fluxion. For the great dolor, vse the roasted apple with a little womens milk or a little plantaine water, put betweene two clothes, likewise for the vehement dolor, the bloud of a pigeon or henne vnder the winges instilled is verie good, there are diuers other remedies, whereof we shall intreat more at length in the poore mans guide [Page] like as also of Egilops, and Enchilops, with diuers other ma­ladi-s of the eyes.

The fourth Chapter, of the tumors in the eares.

THere come many grieuous diseases in the eares, some­time outwardly, and sometime inwardly,Definition. occupying sometime the whole eare, sometime a part thereof. The cause is,Cause. an hotte humor and biting descending from the nerues of the fift coniugation with the dura mater disper­sed in the conduite of the eare: sometime a vaporous spi­rite & cold thicke humor, which maketh difficultie of hea­ring, and sometime deafenes. The Signes are manifest.Signes. The iudgementes,Iudgementes. young people are more grieuously tor­mented then olde, and die often, afore it come to suppura­tion, and that within 7. dayes, by reason of the great acci­dents, as feuer, lightnesse, sounding. In old folkes it com­meth oft to suppuration, yet the dolor is verie vehement, by reason of the nerue of the fift coniugation, also for the membranes and propinquitie of the braines, nature hath giuen it an exquisite feeling.Gordon. partie. 3. The cure consisteth in reme­dies vniuersall and particular, vniuersall, as good dyet, ab­stayning from wine and all strong drinke and fumie,Cure blee­ding of the veine Cephalicke, and vsing of clysters, or some gentle medicines according to the humor, as ye haue heard in Opthalmi. As for particular remedies, they differ not much from others, except that we vse no repercussiues, abstayne from all cold remedies, by reason of the nerue which is deepe and hollowe. If the dolor bee vehement with heate, vse oyle of roses, mirtles and cidoniorum with a little vineger, mixe all together, and drop a little in the eare: cattes water distilled is good as saith Quersitanus. If it tend to suppuration, handle it as other apostumes.

The fifth Chapter, of the Tumor that commeth behinde the eares, called Parotides.

NAture hath placed by the rootes of the eares, cer­taine little glands, to the ende they may receiue the vennemous matter deposed by the braines.Definition. Parotides is an in [...]amation or apostume of the glands behind the eares.Paul. lib. 3. The cause is,Cause. the humor which easily descendeth from the head,Paul. lib. 3. cap. 23. Lanfranc. tract. 3. partly because nature hath ordeined them for recep­tacles, as ye haue heard, and by reason they are soft, colde, and the passages large, that bring the humor. Sometime the cause commeth of the whole bodie, like as in crise of feuer,Alex. tral. lib. 1. cap. 34. it may come of any one of the foure humors, or all mixed together, which may easily be knowne by the ac­cidents. The signes are, tumor, dolor, vehement feuer, pul­sation,Signes. with such other, as yee haue heard in tumors. The Iudgementes are,Iudgementes. that those by crisis, without signe of ma­turation are euill, and if it goe to the internall partes, it is for the most part mortall, as saith Auicen. The Cure ge­nerall is to vse clisters,Cure bleeding in the veine Cephalicke, vsing good dyet, eating thinges of light digestion, not va­porous, abstayning from strong drinke: the particular re­medies differ not from the cure of other apostumes, except that we vse no repercussiues, but onely maturatiues, at­tractiues,Fuchius de medendis morbis. and anodiues, and some digerents in the begin­ning, like as oyle of lillies, Iris, camomill, bitter almondes, with sheepes wooll, or a cataplasme of digerent hearbes. It is best not to abide the perfect suppuration, but so soone as may be,Dodoneus. to cause it open, for by that meanes, the vene­mous vapor doth dissippe, the dolor ceaseth, and nature doth more easily discharge. It may bee opened by canter, or lancet, but beware of the nerue, veine and arters, for the great accidentes that happen.Lanfranc. 3. tractatu. Bacchanellus de consensu medicorum. Being openeed, it must be cured by suppuratiues, mundificatiues, incarnatiues, and desiccatiues, as ye haue heard in others.

The sixt Chapter, of the Tumors in the nose, called Sarcoma, Ozena and Polypus.

THe nose is a part of the bodie, by the which the braines doth discharge the excrements, in the which do chaūce three kindes of maladies, yet not much different,Definition. the first is called Sarcoma, which is an excrescence of fleshe against nature, the second is called Ozena,, which is most dange­rous & ill sauoured, the third is called Polypus, which diffe­reth not frō Sarcoma, sauing that it is not so great.Paul. lib. 3. cap. 29. Polypus is a tumor, which proceedeth of the bone ethomides, and sticketh fast to it. The cause is rotten humor thicke and viscous, which commeth from the head.Cause. The signes are manifest to the sight, and by the narration of the sicke. The Iudgementes are these, that which is hard and blacke,Signes. must not be touched, that which is soft may bee healed,Iudgments. if the excrescence be white, and soft without dolor,Me [...]nes. de compos. medi­cament. cap. 3 Auicen 5. tract. cap▪ 2. Auicen Rondol et Mesmes. it is easie to heale, if it be redde and browne, with dolor, it is very difficill: if it occupie both sides of the nose, either the sicke sleepeth with open mouth, or else he suffoketh. The cure is most diff [...]cill, as I haue oft seene, and better it were, to vse remedies palliatiues, then to aduenture any perfect cure,Cure. yet the cure in so much as may be, is by vniuersall remedies, as purging and bleeding, and in good dyet.Lib. de meden­dis morbis. Fuch [...]ns coun­selleth to rubbe the head with such things as haue vertue to corroborate & drie the braines. The particular remedies shall be according to the Tumor, which is sometime hard, otherwhiles soft, the soft must be taken away with instru­ment, or canter, or some causticke pouder,Halyabbas. lib. 9. as pouder vitri­oll, mercurie, arsenit, allom▪ spuma aeris, atramentum suto­rium: ye may mixe any of these pouders with some vnguēt anodine or honey, vse de [...]ensiues for the inflamation, vn­guent pompholigs with a little balaust is good. Also this water: Rec. bolaustiorum, corticis, malorum granatorum, an. lib. 1. gelangae, caudae equinae, linguae passerinae, et her [...]iariae an. manip. di. radic▪ bis tortae 4. vnc. sumitatū piri siluest. manip. di. [Page] contundantur & simul distilleutur & fia [...]aqua, de qua fre­quenter abluat nares, adde to it a little Allum. If eyther this or the other, which is harde, degender into an vlcer can­crous, touch it not, but vse such remedies, as ye shal heare in the vlcer Cancrons.

The seauenth Chapter, of the tumor in the mouth called Vunla, or Columella.

THe mouth as sayth Gordon is the instrument of voice in beastes, and speaking in men, in the which happen diuers grieuous and dangerous passions, but we wil intreat of those, which are moste daungerous, beginning with Vunla, Gordon partie. 3. which is called in our tongue the pap of the mouth. Nature being prouident that nothing should offend, hath placed in the roufe of the mouth this little peece of fleshe for diuers reasons, first that we may pronounce and s [...]eake clearer, for which cause it is called plectrum vocis, also that the aire enter not in the trachearter,Gal. lib. 11. de vsu partum. till the force and im­petuositie of the cold be corrected, for we see in those who wāt it, haue both deformity of speach & refrigiratiō on the lightes.Definition. Ʋunla is an inflamation or aposthume either in forme long, and is called Columella, that is like a piller, or like vnto the vine berrie called Ʋua. Brunus lib. 7. Cause. The cause is eyther interne or externe, the interne are hot humors, which come from the head, and cause an inflamation, also ascē ­ding from the stomacke, as happeneth in rotten feuers, in like manner of abundance of blood. The cause externe is cold,Aetius sermo. 8. cap. 45. Signes. Cough, excessiue eating and drinking at vnacosto­med howers, chiefly at night. The signes are manifest to the sight, chiefly in pressing downe the tongue, accompa­nyed with dolor and feuer, & paine to swallow any thing, the sick thinketh, that he hath alwayes something in his mouth. The iudgmentes are, that sometime, it falleth so much,Iudgments. that it filleth vp the whole throate, so the sick suffo­foketh, [Page] in case it be not quickely cutte, if it be cutte alto­gether, the patient waxeth dumbe, or at least, speaketh so, as he may not be vnderstoode,Aetius serm. citato. and his drinke doth auoyde by the nose, which accidents I did see in a Chanon of S. Honorie in Paris who was my patient. The Cure consi­steth, first in the forme of dyet, tending to colde and drie,Cure. vsing meates of light digestion, drinking no strong not fu­mie drinke, often vsing of clisters, and bleeding in both the armes, if ye perceiue plenitude, ventouses on the shoulders, and opening the head, with sca [...]rifications,Gal. 13. therap. Trallianus. frictions on the necke, opening of the veines vnder the toungue. The particular remedies shall onely be, plantaine, rose or com­mon water, with a little vineger, & wash thy mouth there­with, holding it a while therein: Or this, take barley, plan­taine, shepheardes purse, the barke of the pomegarnet, of each one a little, and seethe them in water, putting there­to after it be strayned, a little syrrop of violettes or roses, and vse it as the former. Or this pouder, made of Allum, balaust, terra sigillata, roses, redde sugar,Rondoletius. mixed all toge­ther, and put in a little instrument meete for that purpose, to apply it to the sore: the like may bee done with a little pepper and salte brayed together, as also water of allom. If by none of these the greatnesse doth diminish, it must either be cutte with sheeres, or burned with can [...]er actuall,Pareus. cap. de columella. Albicrasis lib. 2 Celsus lib. 6. Hipp. progn. 3. cap. 9. or consumed with causticke medicaments, like as oyle of v [...]trioll, strong water, pouder of coters. The best remedie which I haue found in this disease is cutting of it with the sheeres, thereafter wash the mouth with oxicrate, or some astringent water, or redde wine mixed with allom water. Sometime it tendeth to suppuration, which if it happen, cure it with gargarismes, and such other remedies expedi­ent for vlcers in these partes: if all this fayleth, haue re­course to the poore mans guide.

The eight Chapter, of the Tumor of the of the Amigdalles, called by the Greekes Paris [...]himia, & by Latines Tonsilla.

AT the roote of the tongue, Nature hath placed two little glandes, like vnto almondes, for which cause they are called Amigdalles, Definition. & are there placed for diuers reasons, but chiefely for receyuing the humiditie of the braines, which if it fell onely on the toungue, would trou­ble the speech, and also that the toungue should be moist­ned with some humiditie, otherwise it should become drie in speaking. The Cause is, great aboundance of viscous humiditie,Cause. mordicant, which commeth from the head, drinking of strong and fumie drinke, walking morning and euening when the dewe is fallen,Fucbius de medendis morbis. also great aboundance of bloud, and sometime in children through the bitternesse of the milke.Signes. The signes are euident to the sight, chiefely in pressing downe the tongue.Iudgementes. The Iudgementes are do­lor, feuer, accompanied with such inflamation, which cau­seth the sicke to suffocke.Cure The Cure consisteth in good dyet, eate little and of light digestion, abstayne from all strong drinke, as in other inflamations, vse clisters & blee­ding in the arme as also the veines vnder the tongue, vse ventouses▪ and frictions on the necke, gargarismes, refri­geratiues, and desiccatiues. If it apostume, as often hap­peneth, it must be opened with a lancet, if the Tumor doth so augment, that the sicke is in danger to suffocke, thē thou shalt make incision on the trachearter, betwixt the thirde and fourth ring, cutting onely the membrane that holdeth them together, and not the proper substance of the carti­lage, so the ayre shall auoid, put in a tente of siluer, that is hollow, into it, till the inflamation be past, thereafter close vp the wound,Andrew Scot. This was practised by Andrew Scot one of the King of Scotlands Chirurgions in Paris most cūningly▪ To doe this operation, thou shalt holde backeward the pa­tients head, lift vp the skinne with the hand, and cutte it in length, so the membrane shall bee discouered, then make your incision, with a Bistorie in the said place: during which time, vse externally, medicamets about the necke, that are [Page] made of barley flower, lint seede, and fenegrec, with such like, as shall be found most expedient, according to the de­gree of the maladie. It is good to vse this remedie, which hath vertue to close the soft partes, & drie vp the pituitous humor, which is fallen on the part, and hath the vertue to soften the glands interne, as also to loose, and is thus made. Rec. nidi hirundinis 3. vnc. pulueris nucum cupressi. 1. vnc. rosarum 1. vnc. se. accipiantur cum oximelite, fiat cataplasma. Rondeletius de curandis mor­bis. This operation of incision, is very dangerous, if it bee not well made, by reason of the fluxe of bloud, which often doth happen, as also for the nerues, which passe that way. I cured an apothecarie in Paris after this method, and he healed, sometime it degenereth into Schirre, and then it must not be touched, but by remedies palliatiues.

The ninth Chapter, of the Tumor in the throat, called by the Greeks Schinanch, & by Latines Angina or Strangulatio,

ANgina is an apostume or inflamation of the interior muscles of the throat, whereof there are foure kindes,Definition. Paul. lib. 3. cap. 24. the first is great inflamation in the throat, the second is a humor contayned behinde the Amigdalles,Difference. which hinde­reth swallowing, & sometime suffocketh, the third is great tumor and inflamation toward the chinne,Aetius serm. 8. cap. 47. both externally and internally, the fourth kind is, when the vertebres of the necke goe out of their place, whereupon the tongue reti­reth frō the proper scituation, with difficultie of breathing: The cause is either great cold ayre, vsage of colde drinke, also it proceedeth of multitude of humors not of all the body, but of the head▪ and partes neere to it.Cause. The Signes are difficultie of breathing, feuer, dolor in the throat.Signes. Paul. Aegin. lib 3. cap. 27. The Iudgements are these, if it come sodainly through a feuer, without any apparance outwardly in the neck, it is mortal.Iudgementes. The Cure consisteth in remedies vniuersall and particular,Cure. the generall shall bee in ordering good fourme of life, in the sixe vnnaturall things, eate little, drinke ptisan, sleepe little, vse clisters, and some light purgations, bleede in [Page] the veines cephalicks in both the armes, also in the veines vnder the tongue.Hip. 4. de victu in mo [...]bis acu­tis & Paul. lib. alligato. The particuler remedies are to vse fric­tions, ventou [...]es with scarifications on the shoulders, ap­plication, of hot bread to diuertise the humor with this li­ment on the neck, vnguent refrigeratine, oyle of camo­mill, Lillies and violets, with a little hennes greace, ther­after apply sheepes woll on it, as it cōmeth frō the sheepe, in the meane time gargarize the mouth with plantiue wa­ter, vineger, or whay or with this that followeth, take bar­ley, plantine, pimpernell, chereuill and seeth altogether, after the [...]bullition, put to it a little Diamoron or honey, of Roses. Diuers other remedies are set downe by Paulus & Mesues. De metho. cu­ram dor. mor­borum. Rondeletius. Or this Re. aquae solani, plantaginis caprifolij, an. lib. se. aceti vnc se. diamoron vnc. 3. fiat gargarisma. If it turn to suppuration vse this gargarisme, take the rootes of mal­lowes, and althea, sorrell, and lyn-seede, of euerye one a little, boyle it in Cowes milke, putting thereto a little of the musilages of Psilion, which thou shalt hold a certaine space in the mouth, the matter being become to maturi­tie, open it with a lancet, thereafter this cleansing garga­risme composed of decoction of barley honey and sirupe of roses, being cleansed, ad to the said decoctiō a litle allum, balanse and mirrhe & sicatrize the wound. All this time kepe good diet and abstaine frō womē, beware the mat­ter take not the course to the lyghtes which is most dan­gerous. If any bone, or pycke bee in the throate, ye shall vse the remedie set down in the poore mans guide, which is most excellent and easie to be had.

The tenth Chpter, of the tumor which commeth at the roote of the teeth called Epulides.

Definition. EPulides is a tumor or excrescence of flesh, which com­meth at the rootes of the teeth or betweene them in great quantitie, chiefly about the teeth called mol [...]res it augmenteth by little and little.Cause. The cause is a sharpe, [Page] biting▪ humor which commeth from the head & stomacke, as chaunceth in putride feuers, by the euill vapors which ascendeth, and corrodeth the gummes, it happeneth also after vlcers in the mouth, chiefly to those, who haue beene ill cured of the Neopolitane sickenesse. The Signes are manifest to the sight & touch, as saith Auicen. Signes. The Iudg­mentes are, that sometime it is as great as an egge,Iudgementes. some­time it groweth to both the iawes, in such sorte, that the mouth cannot open.Paul. lib. 3. Cure. The topical remedies consist in vsage of thinges discutient, as decoction seminis lini & such like,Gol. de comp. medicam. Paul. lib. 3. cap. 26. sometime it suppureth, and then cure it, as in others ye haue heard. Sometime it neither suppureth nor discusseth, and then yee shall proceede as I did in Paris to a Gentlemans boy, who had his mouth so growen together on both sides, that nothing almost could enter therein, and it was in this wise. First, I made incision, and cutte the most part of the excrescence, so consumed the rest with causticke powders, and produced the cicatrice, and he healed. To others, I haue knitte the excrescence with a threede, the which I finde more sure, and not to be feared, neither for fluxe of bloud nor inflammation, that which remained after the threede was fallen, I consumed it with pouder of mercurie, allom, vitrioll, aqua fortis and such like. Sometime this Tumor is hard and schirrous for the which ye must vse pal­liatiues, as in the Chapter of Schirre. As for the maladies of the teeth, the way to correct and helpe their deformitie, to drawe the corrupted, and put artificiall in their place, ye shall heare at length in the Treatise of the poore mans guide.

The eleuenth Chapter, of the Tumor which happeneth vnder the tongue, called Batrachos or Rannuculus.

RAnnuculus is a tumor of the veines vnder the tongue, and is sometime of such greatnesse,Definition. that yee would thinke it another tongue,Paul. lib. 3. cap. 26. Cause. this happeneth of [...] to children [Page] and old folk,Paul. lib. 3. cap. 26. so that the voice is intercepted. The cause is a slyme pituitous humor which disc [...]deth from the head: and when the tumor is excrescence of flesh,Cause. the cause is as of other excresc [...]nces. It is cōmonly wrapped in a chest or little membraine like as At [...]ma. The sig [...]es are euident and it is in coulor like a frogge called R [...]na, Signes. wherof it ta­keth the name, with gret tumor in the veins of the tongue, which suffoketh the sick. In opening of it the sick somtime becommeth madde as I did once see: Iaques Guilmio Chi­rurgian reporteth to haue seene it foure times.Cure. As for the cure, that which happeneth in childrē is healed with gar­garismes, resoluentis and iucisiues, in old folke the veines vnder the tongue, must be opened. If the ranuill be great it must bee cut & drawen away,Aetius serm. 8. cap. 37. the superfluitie, which re­maineth shalbe dried with sall ammoniac, flos aeris & such like. Sometime we cut it with a bistorie, and apply ca [...]er [...] actuals. As for the litle pustulles which come in the mouth that the Latins cal Aphthae, as also diuers others, yee shall heare at length in my Treatise of the deliuerie of women, where I intreate of those diseases which commonly hap­pen to yong children.

The twelth Chapter, of the tumor in the neck called by the Latins Stuma or Scrofulae.

Definition. STruma is an inflamation of bloud and pituite in the soft and glandulous partes as vnder the chyn and oxters on the papps, and b [...]tweene the thigh and the body, and may happen in any part of the body.Gal. 14. methca 11. Cel. lib. 5. ca. 25 Iohan. de vigo cap. de tumo­ribus pituitosis The matter that is in­gendred of, is a rotten thick matter, & congealed blood like glandes. The cause, are falles, & strokes, or humor pi­tuitous mixed with melancholie, also drinking of euil wa­ters, where through many were infected at the siege of Paris also the retentio of the excremēts of the braines,Cause. which should auoide by the muoth,Theodericus li 11. Gordon pertic 1. nose, eares & eies. This di­sease happeneth oftenest to yong children both for the ra­riti [...] of the skin, and gulosite, for the which some cal them Scrofulae, by the simtlitude of a greedie beast, called Scro­fa. [Page] The signes are apparent to the sight in the parts where they are, sometime few in number, sometime many,Signes. and are couered membranes, like At [...]oma & Steotoma.Iudgementes. The Iudgements are, that those which are superficiall, mobill, and not many in number, may resolue, vnmoueable,Baraia pallia. hard & maling, doe not resolue, or hardly receiueth any curation, those that are great, and neare the tracharter, are difficill in opening, by reason of the nerues recurrent which being cut, the sick waxeth dum, they are also difficill,Aetius & Leo­nidas. when they are accōpanied with veines for feare of flux of blood. The cure cōsisteth in remedies vniuersals & p [...]rticuler as in good regiment, eate litle and of light digestion,Cure. abstaine frō such things as ingender grosse humors, purge oft, blede in both thy armes, ha [...]nt no humide places, the drink shalbe com­posed after this forme, take Scrofularia 3. parts,Auicen. Scolupen­dula 2. parts, Pilosella and Brassica of ech a litle, the toots of Reddish and Aristolochia a little, seeth them al in white wine with a little honey, till the halfe be consumed, of this ye shall vse 3. ounces in the morning euery 2. daies once. I haue vsed to diuers with good seccesse a decoction laxa­tiue the space of 15. or 20. dais, also my confectiō set down in the poore mans guide. The p [...]rticuler remedies are to rubbe the part with a little salt butter, fryed in a pan with a litle vineger till it grow black, some vse the emplaster de vigo, with mercurie, also the cataplasme, set downe in the Chapter of Paristhimia. If it tend to suppuration, vse this, take the leaues and roots of mallowes,Rondeletius de curundis mor­bis. lillies of ech 2. oun­ces, leaues of camomill one hādful, make a decoctiō, to the which adde the flower of beanes, lyn-seed and [...]enigreck, an. 3. ounces, swines greace that is flesh a pond, & make cataplasme, putting to it a litle oyle of [...]rin and lil­lies, this [...]ath the verru both to digest & [...]ype. Whē it is o­pened cure it, as ye haue heard in others. Sometimes chil­dren hauing scabs in the head, & the brains humide, & by wrong lying, & taking cold in the night, haue the glandes tumified, for remedy wherof, apply oile of camomill anis­sedes, & swete almōds, with a litle hennes greace & butter If the tumor be hot, add to it, oile of roses, & violetts, it is good also to rubbe it, with fasting spittle, till it growe [Page] hotte. I haue heard of sundrie that haue beene cured perfectly by George Boswell a very learned Chirurgion of S. Iohns towne in Scotland, who is most skilfull in our Arte.

The thirteenth Chapter, of the tumor in the necke, called Bruncoceli or Hernia gutturis.

THis Tumor, which the Greekes call Broncon, is rounde, great,Definition. ingendred of the humor Phlegmaticke, betwix the trachearter and the skinne,Paul. lib. 6. Difference. sometime occupying the most parte of the necke: of the which there are diuers kindes, according to the matter contained therein, sometime like at [...]r [...]ma, o­ther whiles like a [...]enfrisma.Cause. The cause is not different from those, that it is like vnto, yet some are external, some internal: as coldayre, drinking of euill water, as those who dwell in Pie­mont, who are much subiect, because the most parte of their drinke is melted snowe: also the retention of the purgations in women, and great aboundance of the humor melancholicke. The Signes are most euident to the sight: The Iudgementes are,Signes. that those that come by nature, are incureable, and those which are like a [...]e [...]frisma must not be touched,Iudgementes. Paul. cap. de hernia gutturis Rolandus lib. 3 those that are verie great, aocompanied with veines, are very dangerous, & in no wise to be touched, those that are tractable, must be ope­ned by canter, or lancet, eschewing alwayes the veines. The cure is like vnto at [...]r [...]ma,Cure. in the beginning it is good to apply a cake of leade rubbed with quicke siluer, or the emplaister de vigo with mercurie, and rubbing it with thy hand, till it grow redde, and vse things to prouoke spitting, for the which it shall be expedient, to vse fiue or sixe graines of the arabicke pouder, in the meane time vse good dyet, and thinges to cause loosenes of the bellie: bleede in both armes if the maladie requireth. Ye shall heare of this at more length in the Treatise of childe­birth, by reason sometime it happeneth in time of trauailing.

The fourtenth Chapter, of the tumor cal­led Ane [...]risma.

ANe [...]isme is an tumor sofr to the touch the which is ingendred of bloode and spirrit vnder the skin and muscles, which happeneth in diuers partes of the bodye,Definition. chiefly in the neck, for which cause we speake of it in this place. The cause is eyther dilatation, incision, or ruption of the arter,Paul. lib. 6. cap. 30. which often chaunceh to women in the time of their birth, to water men and others who vse violent la­bour through crying, or greate violence,Cause. which di­lateth the arter. The signes are, this tumor in pressing on it with thy finger, thou shalt feele great pulsasion,Signes. and the tumor of the same coulor, as the rest of the skin, it is soft in touch, and yeildeth to the finger, by reason the spirrit re­tireth into the arter, and hauing taken away the finger▪ it doth returne presently and in returning making a noyse, by reason of the blood and spirit, which returneth at a litle incision, this happeneth when the Ane [...]frisme is done by An [...]stomis, that is being opened and cut.Gal. lib. tumo­rum cap. 11. When the ar­ier is riuen, as happeneth in women, and those of great ex­ercise, there issueth foorth more abundance of blood, thā spirrit, and is more harde, than the other, and maketh lesse noyse in retiring. Those which are superficiall in the exterior partes, as the head, legges, and armes, may bee knit, and are cureable,Iudgments. those which are profunde and in­terior, as in the brest, as of happenth to those, who sweate excessiuely of the Venerian sicknes, also those in the neck, vnder the armes and flanckes, and where there is great di­latation of great arters are not cureable, but death ensueth in few dayes.Paul. lib. 6. If the tumor be opened the patient dieth pre­sentlye: this happeneth oftentimes by the vnskilfulnes of the Barbors and Apothecaries, that meddle therewith, & and ruine a number of people through their ignorance, as I haue often seene, for such people esteeme all tumors, that [Page] are soft, to be opened, as common Aposthumes. In Paris 1590. there happened such a disease to one called Cap­tane Tayle, who was one of the chiefest Captaines amongst the Spaniardes, on the right side of his neck for the which I as Chirurgian ordinarie to the regiment, was sent for, & found that it should not be touched, of which opiniō was also my companyon Andrew Scot a man verye expert in his art who was at that time in great practise at Paris, Andrew Scot. and now Chirurgiā to the King of Scotland, I ordained reme­dies to let the encreasing of it, which receipt of mine be­ing sent to the Apothecarie, he thought it not meete me­dicine, for an aposthume, as he termed it. he sent for his brother, the glorious Barbor, who seing the Captaine, found no difficultie but sware with great othes, that he had charmes for al sotes, and the Apothecarie sware, that hee had salues for al sores, & so presētly opened it with a lancet, ro auoide the matter, as they thought which being the spirrit & bold came forth with such violence, that the Captaine died pre­sētly. I doubt not, but that in these countries, there be many such things cōmitted by such ignorāts, & so destroy many people. I vse alwayes in such, chiefly in the neck, & vnder the arms, and in the paps, these remedies that I prescribed to the Spaniard, that is, first to draw blod in both the arms, next to apply on the sore cerat Galen or de bolo, or this Ree. pulueris suhtilissimi, boli armenici, sanguinis draconis, myrti­lorū, lapidis calaminarii in aceto extincti, absinthei, an. vnc. 1. cum cerato refrigerātis Galeni quantū sufficit, fiat vnguentū siue magdaleon. For the same effect I vse a cake of lead rub­bed with quicksiluer, these things will hinder the growing for a time, although it be nere the noble parts. If it be in the extremities, as legges or armes, they may liue a long time, by the vsage of the aforesaid remedies. I knew a wo­mā in Paris who had one very gret in her thigh & liued 10. yeres, if it be litle and superficial, I find no better, thā cata­plasme made of claret wine with the crops & leaues of cy­pres, which I haue often vsed on the arme, when the arter hath been opened in stead of the veine. Otherwise I knitt [Page] them after this forme, first I incise the skin long-wise, next discouer the arter, and being discouered, I passe a needle with a double thread vnder it, two inches aboue the inci­sion or ruption of the arter, and thē knitts it with a double knot, voydes awaye the blood contained, and cureth the wound, according to the estate it is in.

The fiftenth chapter, of tumors or aposthumes in the paps.

THe papps, which are part is glandulous ordained by na­ture, partly for the decoration of women, and partly to be answerable to the 2. chābers of the matrix▪ Definition. & are ordai­ned for the generation of milk, & are subiect to diuers di­seases, as other parts of like substance, here we wil only in­treat of the aposthume, which hapneth in them. The cause is such, as ye haue heard in other aposthumes,Cause. and the re­tensiō of the purgations, also abundāce of thick and knot­ty milk. The signes are, such as ye haue heard in others, as dolor, pricking, tensiō, rednes & feuer.Signes. The cure consisteth in vniuer [...]all & perticuler remidies, vniuersall, as purgatiōs,Cure. bleeding, chiefly of the veines saphens, vētosing & friction on the thighes with other cōuenient remedies for the pro­uocatiō of the purgations, as ye shall heare at length in the treatise of the diseases in womē. Vse good diet, tending to humidity. The perticular remedies differ not frō others, sa­uing that we vse familiar & weake repercussiues, because it is nere to the noble parts: in the beginning it shalbe good to foment the pappe with hot water vineger & oyle of ro­ses, or this, take the flowers of camomill, lyn-seede & fe­negreck of ech half a pound, the iuyce of mallowes, roses, and plantine of each three ounces, vineger two ounces, wet a cloth therein and lay on the sore. If it tend to matu­ration, vse this the crum of white bread, and beane meale of ech halfe an ounce, flower of Fenegreck half an ounce, Mallowes, althea and lillie roots of ech a little, seeth them in milk, putting therto the yolke of an egge, fresh butrer & a little saffion, when it is come to suppuration open it with [Page] canter or lancet, vacuate the humor, and cure it as other a­postumes: make a bandage to holde it vp, and labour not with the arme on the sore side, for that maketh attraction of milke to it.

The sixteene Chapter of the Tumor in the thorax, c [...]lled Pleurisie.

Definition. PLeurisie is an inflammation, and tumor of the mem­branes which knitte & couer the ribbes, whereof there are two sortes,Difference. false and true: the false is outward, in the muscles of the short ribbes:Paul. lib. 3. Gordon. partic. 4. Auicen. 13. cap. de pleurit. the true is that which cometh in the membranes which knitte the ribbes. The Cause is externe and interne, the externe is great heate or colde, also great vsage of strong wine,Cause. or very cold water, violent ex­ercise,Aetius. serm. [...]. cap. 68. or colde ayre after great heat: the internall cause is great repletion of all the body & foure humors, but chiefly the bloud and choler, which make the most subtill part of the bloud ascend from the veine caue, to the veine azigos, thereafter in the muscles, veines & membranes inte [...]stals. The Signes,Signes. as saith Galen are great dolor from the shoul­ders to the nethermost ribbe,Gal. 5. de locis affectis. cap. 3. punction in the side, continu­all feuer, difficultie of respiring, coughing, hard pulse, great alteration with want of appetite,Iudgments. The Iudgementes are these, that which commeth on the right side, is not so dan­gerous, as on the left, if the spittle be blacke, liuide and vis­cous with continual cough and vehement dolor, long con­tinuing,Auicen. lib. 4. it is mortall. If the vrine bee thicke, blewe or blacke, it is mortall: if the cough bee very drie, and cease not, it is an [...]uill signe: If the spittle be white, light, equal with little cough, and the patient sleepeth well, good ap­petite, and the vrine redde coloured, it is a good signe. The Cure consisteth in vniuersall and particular remedies,Cure. vni­uersall as clisters, bleeding in both the armes, chiefly in the side opposite to the sore, keeping good dyet, abstayning [Page] from all strong drinke, women, violent exercises, pertur­bations of the minde: the particular shall be cataplasmes and liniment [...]s of flowers of camomill, melllot, annise seede, lin [...] seede and fen [...]gre [...], if the dolor bee great and doth continue, Fuchius counselleth, frequent applycation of ventouses, with scarrification of the parte affected. If by these remedies the paine doth not cease, neither that ye perceiue any euacuation of the humor, neither by the mouth, vrine nor fundament, it is to be suspected to turne into Empiem, which is a collection of matter betweene the ribbes and the region of the lightes, sometime with corruption hereof, for the which we make incision, either by canter or lancet, but rather by the canter, for neither doth it close so soone, nor is so dolorous, the opening shall be betweene the third and fourth of the true ribbes, be­ginning at the nethermost, and so counting vpwarde, sixe inches from the ridge of the backe. If yee see tumor emi­nent in any place of the thorax, open it in the most conue­nient place: Hippocrates counselleth to decouer the third ribbe, and bore it with a trepan to let out the humor, when it is open, put in a hollowe tente, either of siluer or leade, let not all the matter auoyde at one time▪ but by little and little, and cure it as other apostumes.

The seuenteenth Chapter, of the Tumor in the nauell, called in Greeke [...]c [...]mphalon, or Eminentia vmbilici.

Ʋ ƲHen the Peritone is dilated or riuen, the Nauell doth swell or tumifie in such sort,Definition. that sometime it riueth, the cause is often in the midwife, that either knit­teth too neare, or too long: by the neere knitting,Cause. either it slippeth, breaketh, or causeth conuulsion & other grieuous [Page] diseases: by the too long knitting, it giueth place to the in­testine or [...]mentum, or some bloud or fleshe, waterie or windie vapors doe occupie the eminent place.Signes. The Signes are knowne by the diuersitie of the matter contayned therein:Theodericus lib. 3. as if the omentum: it is softe, and in cullour not different from the rest of the flesh: if the intestine, the tu­mor is softe and inequall, and returneth into the capacitie with a noyse: if humiditie or vapours, the signes are, as in waterie and windie tumors: if bloud, which happeneth through the infecting of some veine or arter, the signes are, as in aue [...]risma: if excrescence of flesh, the tumor is hard and obeyeth not easily. The Iudgements are these, when the dilation is great,Iudgments. it healeth not easily, and often riueth by some violence or coughing, The Cure is, first in good regiment tending to sobrietie,Cure. Celsus. lib. 6. cap. 17. abstayning from all statu­ous meates, and such, as ingender crudities, little mouing and such like▪ Particular remedies consist in emplaisters astringent, or the emplaister set downe in the practise of Petrus de Angilla:Cap. de emi­n [...]ntia vmbilici also fomentations astringent, and ban­dages, chiefely in the beginning. If that helpe not, re­duce the puddinges and quafe, and cause the sicke to hold in his breath, till ye knit the production, let it fall of it selfe, and produce the cicatrice. If it bee riuen by violence, or great cough, that the intestine commeth out, as happened to a woman, whom I cured in Paris, yee shall inlarge the wounde with a conuenient instrument, reduce the in­testine, and vse▪ the sutor pellitor, and cure it as other woundes. If there bee winde and water in the place, cure it, as ye shall heare more at large set downe in the Chapter of Hernes.

The eighteene Chapter, of the Tumor in the belly, called Hydr [...]psie,

HIdropsie is a Tumor against nature, ingendred of great quantitie of water, winde or phlegme, Definition. sometime disper­sed through the whole bodie, and is called vniuersall: Gal. lib. 2· de facul. natura. et cap. 6. lib. 5. de locis affectis. other­whiles in some part thereof, & is called particular, most com­monly in the capacitie of the Peritone, of the which there are three kindes, to witte, ascites, timpanites and anasarca. Difference. Asci­tes is a maladie, that causeth the bellie and legges to swell, Theodericus. through a waterie humor, the rest of the body is small and leane. Tympanites is a maladie, in the which is more flatuosi­tie, and lesse humor, and in touching soundeth like a drumme. Gal. com. 2. aph Called drie hy­dropsie by Hip. Anasarca or L [...]ncophlegmatia is a disease, wherewith the whole bodie▪ but chiefely the priuie partes are swollen with a pituitous humor, white and clare, accompanied with feuer. The cause is either externe or interne: externe as stroakes,Cause. falles, heate, colde, fluxe of bloud,Theodericus partie. 6. or great and long run­ning of the hemerhoides, or through dissenteria, also great vsage of humide meates, as sewens, euill water, and such like, whereof we had good proofe at the siege of Paris, al­so euill regiment, Plato saith, that in the time of Apollo and Aesculapius, neither caiter nor hydropsie, nor many other diseases which now raigne were knowne, and that, through their great sobrietie. The cause interne commeth chiefely of the vertue alteratrix and concoctrix of the liuer,Signes. in like manner apostumes of the liuer,Gal. de facul na. cap. 7. et 5. de locis affectis. et lib. 3. cap. 29 Alexander Trallianus. Hip. lib. 2. prognost. Gordonius pa [...] ▪ also passions of the stomacke, through the vice of the veines meseraicks, in­testine, matrix, bladder, lightes, milte, and kidne [...]s. The Iudgementes are, that all hydropsies after a hotte feuer, or in the feuer, are euill: if after apostume of the liuer, it recei­ueth no curation, if by vsing remedies the sicke groweth better, & within 3. or 4. daies is ill againe, he healeth not, [Page] if hee become laxatiue, and haue no ease of his paine, it is mortall, if the spittle, the breath and extremities do stink, they are signes of death, if flux with difficultie of resprati­on, he shall die within three dayes, of all sorts ascites is the worst, those that are yong and robust, vsing exercise, and if the humor be not putrified,Cure. may be cured. For the cure hereof, there are 3. intentiōs, the first is good diet tending to hot and drie,Paul. lib. 3. cap. 48. & lib. 4. ca. 6. of good nourriture and light digestion it is good not to drinke at all, but if it be any, let it be a little old man. I knewe a man, that was cured, by abstayning from drinke halfe a yeare. Anthonius Bene uenius repor­teth that he knew men cured,Lib. de abditis morbor. causis. by abstayning from drink a yeare, without vsing any other remedies. Let their bred be of barley, wherwith shal be mingled the pouder of worm­wood▪ annisseede▪ betonie, calamint, calamus aromaticus, succorie, fennell, which thinges may also bee put in their pottage & drinke, asses & goates milke is also good. The second intention is, with fomentions and vnguentes reso­tiues, as ye haue heard in Edema. The third intention is to corroborate the intemperie of the lyuer as is ample set downe by Albucrasis. Some counsell to make incisiō the which I haue often seene,Lib. 3. haly ab­bas & Guido. but with euill successe, & there­fore not to bee vsed, as being reiected by Celsus, Paulus, Trallianus▪ Gordonius and others. The manner of incision is thus, make the incision with a bistorie by the nauell▪ but 3. fingers vnder it, towards the flanck, shuning the Linaea, put a hollow tent in it, and euacuate the humor by little & little. I haue set downe an excellēt remedie in the poore mans Guide for the curation of this disease, if the fault be not in the liuer, whereby I healed many in Paris, during the time of the siege. There are many other things, which might be spoken of this matter, which I leaue to the me­diciners, being more medicinall, than Chirurgicall, but by reasō that sometime it falleth vnder the Chirurgians hāds, I thought good thus much to intreate of it.

The ninteenth Chapter, of the Tumor in the fundament, called Condiloma.

THe fundament is subiect to diuers passions, as Condilo­ma, ficus, atrices, hemerhoids, rhadiae, clausio, Definition. paraly­sis, pruritus, fistula. Celsus. lib. 6. Paul. Aegin. cap. de condil. Fernelius lib 5. symp▪ et parti. morb Gordon partic. 5. Condiloma is a certaine excrescence of flesh, hard, tuberculus, and membranous in the brimmes of the fundament, sometimes accompanied with great tumor and swelling, and are called Condilomata, sometime not swelled, and are called Atrices. The cause is the weakenesse, softnes, and lowe scituation of the part, also defluxion of humors,Cause. which become rotten, for the which it is of hard curation.Celsus. lib. 6. The signes are manifest to the sight,Signes. accompanied with great tumor and dolor. The Cure consi [...]th in good regiment, and rest, often purging with clisters, bleeding in the arme,Cure. to diuert the hu­mor, if there be any inflammation, vsing vomitors, & thinges to prouoke vrine. The topicall remedies are, in the beginning to vse linimentes of oyle of roses, cidoniorum, with whites of egges, thereafter vse remollientes and discutientes: if it tend to suppuration, vse such remedies, as ye haue heard in others, putting thereto a little of tapsus barbatus, it must be opened in forme circular, this counselleth Gordon, to the ende the mat­ier remaine not long there in, which easily causeth fistule. If the excrescence be great & hard, they must be consumed with causticke medicamentes, as counselleth Celsus. Sometime the fundament is closed, as I sawe in Picardie in the Towne of S. Quintin in France, where I brought a woman to bedde, that had two children, the one had excrescence of fleshe and dyed soone after it was borne, the other had a membrane, that closed the passage of the excrementes, which I c [...]tte with a bistorie, and it healed. This hapneth often to maides in their conduites, for the which doe the like, or haue recourse to Celsus. Lib. 7. cap. 28. Or to the mans Guide.

The twentie Chapter, of the Tumors in the Fundament, called Hemerhoides.

THe Hemerhoides are an inflamation or voiding of bloud,Definition. of some one or moe of the fiue veines, which goe about the Fundament, of the which there are diuers kindes,Symptom. morb. lib. 5. as saith Fernelius, some are interne, which are not to be seene, others externe, some swelled and voide no hu­mor, but in tract of time returne inwardly, some open, and auoyde aboundance of melancholicke bloud, which ma­keth great payne. The cause is great aboundance of me­lancholicke,Cause. pituitous or bilious bloud, also great vsage of mordicant medicines, as saith Gordonius. The Signes are these, if the humor be colde, the sicke feeleth great heaui­nesse,Signes. and dolor, and trembling of the bellie, if the humor be hotte, there shall be great pulsation, euill coullor of the face, heauinesse of the eyes. The Iudgementes, this dis­ease is dangerous and difficill, for sometime the great eua­cuation causeth the hydropsie,Iudgementes. euil colour, and weake­nesse of the bodie, which often endeth in fistule. If they be sodainely stayed, they ingender dangerous maladies, and often death, the humor taking the course to some o­ther part, as the liuer or the lightes, as saith Bartapallia: if they voyde moderatly, it is good, and preserueth the sicke from melancholie, leprosie, strangurie, griefe in the sides, and inflamation on the lightes. The naturall course of them is to voyde euery moneth once,Hip. 6. epid. or at least foure or fiue times in the yeere. The Cure is somewhat difficill, the part being sensible and colde,Cure hauing no force of it selfe, also being in a lowe place, easie to receiue fluxion, and being in a priuie place, hard to come to at all times: yet in so farre as may be, it consisteth in good dyet, abstayning from all thinges of euill digestion, and which breede me­lancholie, nexte, the bodie shall bee gently purged, then bleede,Finchius lib. 3 de medendis morbis. Baptista Mon­ [...]anus. if eyther they flowe moderately, or be painefull, al­so bleede in the veyne in the ham or foote, If they be tu­mified, applie a horsleach, and some medicaments to make [Page] them open, and ease the paine: as cataplasmes, fomen­tations, halfe bathes, or sassettes of henbane, tapsus barba­tus, violettes, redde roses, mallowes, lintseede, all soddeu in milke and applyed on the parte. Also the yolke of an egge, oyle of roses, rose water and creame applyed after the aforesaid manner, are of great force.Poore man [...] guide. Some for this purpose vse hogges doung hotte on the part, for the appea­sing of the payne, as you shall heare further in the poore mans guide, Or this, take sorrell, violettes, henbane, of e­uery one a little, roast it vnder the aeshes and mixe it with a little hogges grease and lay it on the sore. If they voyde much, applie ventouses on the shoulders, with astringent and corroboratiue emplaisters on the os sacrum and fundament, made of sanguinis draconis, masticke, mallowes with the haire of an olde Hare cutte very small, and a little pouder of roset, Montanus. mixe all together with the white of an egge, and lay on the foresayde places. If the payne be vehement and interne, take a tente, wette in the foresaide remedie, and put in it, or take this vnguent, composed of rosat. m [...]snes, cerat. Galen & comitissae mingled all together in a morter of leade. paulus counselleth, when there are diuers, to leaue one open for a cer­tayne space, for feare the humor take the course to some noble parte. There are diuers other familiar remedies, for this purpose, which shall be set downe at large in the poore mans guid.

The one and twentith Chapter, of the Tumor in the Intestine, when it falleth, cal­led by the Latines, Exitus longanouis or Ani prec [...]dentia.

EXitus longanouis is the fourth comming or rather tur­ning ouer of the great Intestine,Definition. which happeneth through the laxation of the muscle Sphinter, the which maketh it fall, & tumifie, which is most common to young children. The Cause is externall & internall:Cause. externall are [Page] falles, and stroakes on os sacrum, sitting on colde stones, great compression of the fundament, also apostumes which happen in these partes. The internall cause is great humiditie, which relaxeth the muscle, fluxe of the bellie, oft pressing to goe to the stoole, as commonly happeneth to those,Signes. who haue the Dissenteria. The signes are appa­rant to the sight:Cure the Cure shall be in generall and parti­cular remedies:Auicen. lib. 3. tract. 1. the generall shall bee first in good regi­ment of life, abstayning from much drinke, pottages, hearbes, fruites, and all meates that ingender erudities, al­so the vsage of purgations shall be expedient. The par­ticular remedies are to foment the place with smithes wa­ter and redde wine, in these shall bee sodden redde roses, myrtles, centinodie, shepheardes purse, roch allom, seethe all together and foment the place, then annoynt it with oyle of bayes and myrtles, and apply on it pouder of ma­sticke, mirhe and nuttes of cipres, thereafter cause the sicke to drawe in his breath, so it shall be easily reduced: being put in, wet a cloth in the former fomentation, and lay on it, and band it for a certaine space, preasse not sore in going to stoole, and keepe you warme. If for all this it heale not, haue recourse to the poore mans guide in the Chapter of diseases of young children in these partes.

The two and twentith Chapter, of the tumor in the Coddes.

IN the Coddes, are situated the stones, which are orday­ned by nature for the generation of man, which are sub­iect to diuers tumors and inflamatiōs so that sometime the stones doe swell,Gal. de vsu part. et artis medicae cap. 9. Definition. Lamrancus tract. 3. to the greatnes of a goose egge accom­panyed with dolor and hardnes, so that the heart, liuer, & braines feele the griefe. The cause is eyther externall, or internall,Cause. the external, are strokes, falles, application of re­medies, [Page] which offend the nature of these partes▪ the in­ternall cause is defluxion of humors which often happe­neth in the lowe, parts of our bodie, retention of a maling Gonorhea, also when the seede is any wise out of the domi­cill & yet retayned in the capacitie, as happeneth to yong men in the night, so waking at the discharg of that humor they doe retaine it by force which afterwardes rottes, and maketh defluxion on the stones, as I haue sometime sene. The signes are inflamation, dolor, hardnes,Signes. ponderositie which may easily be perceiued, great dolor of the muscle called Su [...]pensor which giueth voluntarie motion to the stones. The iudgments, if such tumors bee not swiftly cu­red, the aposthume, become harde,Iudgementes. and sometime Scirrous, which may not be cured, but by amputation, as I haue seene in three diuers persons.Cure. The cure is gene­rall and speciall, generall in good regiment of life, abstay­ning from strong drinke, eating little and of good digesti­on, little trauelling, bleeding the veine saphen, vsing of clisters, and prouoking vrine. The topicall remedies differ not from other tumors, sauing that neither apply remolli­ents nor suppuratiues without great consideration, but re­percussiues, in the beginning as oyle of Roses, vineger, whites of Egges and such, thereafter this remedie, that hath the vertue to repell, and discusse the humor.Bartapallia. Rec. ra­dicum altheae & lini an. vnc. 2. foliorum violarum, maluae, parietarie, plantaginis, hyosciami aen. manip. 1. camomillae, melioti, rosar [...]m siccarum an. P. 1. coquautur in oxymelite cum fari [...]is fabarum & hord [...]i an. vnc. se. If it turne to sup­puration, doe as in others, if by long delay the stone bee altered, the best remedie is amputation: if vehemenr do­lor, as often happeneth, apply on the sore cassiafistula or newe Cheese with a little vineger, which are thinges most anodine in such griefes.

The three and twentith Chapter, of hernes in generall, which happen in the flanck and Codds.

AS in diuers partes of the bodie happen diners sick­nesses, so in these partes come 8. sortes of diseases cōmonly called ruptures or hernes and are deuided into fiue propers and three cōmons, the first of the propers is called Bubonocele or hernia in completa, that is when it remayneth in the flanck, the second is called [...]nterocele or hernia intestinalis that is when the intestine falleth into the codds, the third is called Epiploceli or her [...]ia Zirbalis, when the caule fall in the codds. The first of the cōmons is called Hydrocelae or hernia aquosa, which is a watery hu­mor in the codds, the second is called Physocele, or her [...]ia ventosa, which is a winde in the codds, the third is called Sarcocele, or hernia carnosa, which is a scirrous or fleshie substance in the cod, the fourth is called Cirsoceli, or her­nia varicosa which is when the veines, that nourishe the stones, are dilated and full of melancholicke bloode, the fift is called hernia hum [...]alis, which is when any defluxion of humors falle [...]h in the coddes, of all which ye shal heare hereaftet in there seuerall Chapters, beginning first with B [...]bonocele.

The foure and twentith Chapter, of the tu­mor inguinall called Bubonocle.

Definition. BƲbonocele is a tumor in the flanck either of the call, or intestine,Gal. tumor. cap 17. Auic. 22. ca. 2. A [...]tius serm. 19 cap. 29. which happeneth through dilatation, or rup­tion of the peritone, & is called b [...] the latins hernia ingui­nalis, or inconpleta. The cause is externall and internall, ex­ternall in strokes, leaping, wresting, crying, vomiting, choughing,Cause. riding on hard trotting horses, bearing of gret burthens, the violent vsing of womē, or any violēt vsing of exercise dilatatiō of the ligamēt in womē, through great trauell in childbirth▪ the internall cause are vsing of vis­cuous [Page] & flatuous meates, great repletion of the bellie, and of humors. The signes if it come through relaxation,Signes. it re­duceth easily, if of the intestine, ye shall hea [...]e a noyse, and it is dolorous. The iudgments, many die of this disease,Iudgementes. the gutte being forth, filleth full eyther of winde, or excremēts or both, which is so difficill & painfull to be reduced, that the sick dieth. As for the cure,Cure. vse fomentatiōs remollien­tes and discutientes made thus. R [...]c. radicum altheae, bri­oniae, cucumeris [...]grestis an. M. 1. foliorū maluae, bismaluae, pari [...]tariae et violarum an. M. 1. florū, et foliorum camomil­lae, melitoti, & rosarum an. P. 1. seminis altheae, lini et fen [...] ­greci an. vnc. se. coquātur omnia in lacte vel aqua, et f [...]men­ta locum cum spongis. If by these remedies, it reduce not, being great abundance of winde, yee shall vse fiue, or sixe punctiōs with a needle for the purpose, which dissipeth the winde, & reduceth easily, then vse emplasters astringent, with a bādage for a certayn space, in so doing those which come of releaxatiō sometime heale others, which come by ruption doe nor heale, so the sicke must haue a trusse for the purpose, with an emplaster to let the falling downe a­gaine, and no other cure to bee vsed, yet there are some ignorāt people, who take vpon thē to heale this, as also the 2. cōpletes by drinks, charmes, praying to Saints, & going on pilgrimage, which are al false & found on no reason, o­thers, as Tbeodo [...]ricus coūsell to cure thē by actual canters, Lanfrācus by potētiall, Bernardus & Rogerius, by the wea­ring of a golden threade, called punctus aureus, which are all dangerous and vncertaine wayes.

The fiue & twentith chapter, of the herne or rupture intestinall called by the Greeks [...]nterocele.

THis kinde of rupture is,Diffinition. when the gutts fall downe into the codds, eyther through ruption,Baccha. lib. 3. Paul. cap. de ra­mi [...]e. Fanenrinus de medēdis mor. Pareus lib. 7. or enlarging of the peritone, where the Spermatick vessels doe passe, and where the muscles Cremastres end, and the membranes Dartons and Heretroides begin, wherin the gutt, caul [...], or both do fal. The causes are like to Bubonocele, Cause. Signes. the signs are [Page] great in equall tumor, sometime hard, by reason of the fe­call matter contained therein. The iudgmentes are these there commeteh inflamation,Iudgments. and the more ye prease to reduce it, the inflamation is the greater, so it changeth the coulor, which is an euill signe, sounding and voyding of matter at the mouth are euill signs & if the intes [...]i [...]e be not reduced the patient dyeth, which happeneth through the narrownes of the dilatation.Cure. As for the cure, first rubb the codde with oyle of camomill, and lay the sick on his back in such sort that his arse be higher, than his head, reducing with thy hand little, and little, pressing most on the place where it defended. If the fecall matter let the reduction vse the remedies set downe in Bubonocele & clisters to dis­charg the intestine, if by these remedies, the intestine doe not reduce, but the matter wax hard with grea [...] dolor, yee shall make incision in the vpper part of the cod, eschewing the intestine, thereafter put a litle peece of wood vp by the production of the peritone, neare the hole of descent, the pece of wood must be round on the one side, & flat on the other, wheron ye shall make the rest of your incision, and rubbe the descent with a lttle oyle, so it shall easily reduce. If then it reduce not, the peritone must be incised, and vse the canter Gastrographick, & handle it as other wounds, this operation must not be vsed, but in great necessitie, & when the sick is strong, prognosticating still of the daun­ger, nefefellisse aut ignorasse videaris. Being reduced, it must with bandages and astringent fomentations bee contay­ned with rhis [...]plaster.Celsus. Rec. emplastri contra ru [...]tu­ram vnc. 2. mastichae vnc. 1. vnguenti comitissae & desiccatiui rubei an. vnc. se. lapidis calaminaris in aceto ex­tincti parum: or this, tak [...] beane flowre and the barke of the oake tree, sanguinis draconis, pouder of sage and roses, of euery one a little, seethe all in smithes water, putting there­to a little hogges grease, and lay it on the place in forme of an emplaister, and keepe the bedde for the space of fortie dayes, shifting it once in sixe dayes, vsing good dyet and of [Page] light digestion, abstayning from crying and coughing, laying the hinder partes higher then the head, through this method some heale, chieflly whē the dilation is not great [...]. If the dilation be so great, that there is no hope of recoue­rie by these remedies, wee come to the operation of the hande, the bodie hauing purged and bledde afore if neede be, eating little the night before the incision: the sicke shall be layde on a forme or board, scituated as yee haue heard, his legges and handes bound, and so reduce the intestine, which being done, one shall hold his hande on the hole of descent, then the Chirurgion shal take the stone on the sore side, making an incision two inches broad, at the which drawe out the testicle,Halyabbas Rogerius Theodoricus Albucrasis Brunnus and Rolandus. separate the didyme from the scro­tum, till ye come to the hole of descent, and knitte with a waxed threed, and cutte the production with the stone a little from the threede, stay the fluxe of bloud, and heale it, as other woundes. If the patient be olde, make incisi­on in the lower parte of the scroton, to the ende the mat­ter may auoyd the better. Sometime the dilation being great, the intestine sticketh to the peritone, so in knitting the peritone, ye knitte the intestine also, which if it happen the sicke voydeth the excrementes by the mouth, and so dyeth. This happened once to my Maister, who had vsed this operation a long time, whereof I thought good to let you vnderstand, if any such cure come in your handes. Sometime being healed in the one side, it falleth on the o­ther side, for the curation whereof, doe the like, yet it is ve­ry incommodious, for after, the partie is disabled to ingen­der, and the hayre of the beard becommeth thin and fal­leth, for the which cause and diuers,Gordon. Paul. Leonellus. Fa­uentinus & de Vigo. I am of the opinion with the learned, not to attempt this operation, but rather to vse a tru [...]se, so in processe of time, nature ingendreth a certaine peice of flesh in the hole of descent.

The twentie sixe Chapter, of the rupture Zirball, called Epip [...]cele.

Definition. EPipocele is a descent of the caule in the codde or flanck: the Cause is not different from the precedent,Cause. accom­panied with aboundance of humidities in these partes,Signes. the Signes are like the precedent, sauing that it is softer and vn­easie to reduce,Cure. not dolorous. The Cure must bee like to the intestine in all, cutting the production that falleth, knitte & canterize it, to let the fluxe of bloud of the veines and arters, whereof commeth great danger, if it be redu­ced and yet bleedeth, it causeth fluxe of the bellie and often death.

The twentie seuen Chapter, of the waterie Herne called Hydrocele or Hernia aquosa.

Definition.THE waterie Herne is a Tumor in the coddes, which groweth by little and little sometime to great bignesse,Celsus. lib. 5. Fuchius lib. 6. Albucra. lib. 1. Gal. lib. 3. de symptō. causis. cap. 2. Aetius serm. 19 cap. 22. De Vigo cap. de aquosa ra­mice. and is contayned sometime in the codde, otherwhiles be­twixt the membranes, that couer the stones called Dartos and Heretroidos, sometime within them, sometime it is ac­companied with the gu [...]te, and is called Hydrointerocele. The Cause is like as yee haue heard in Hydropsie, and is a particular Hydropsie, sometime stroakes, the vesselles being riuen, the bloud chaungeth into a waterie humor. The Signes are, the Tumor is cleare, and becommeth long still in one estate,Cure. not painefull, heauie, sometime hard, and is knowne by holding the codde betwixt thee & the candle,Signes. and beeing inclosed in membranes, it appeareth to bee a third testicle.Iudgementes. The Iudgementes, some resolue, oftentimes the intestine also falleth, chiefely in the left side, by reason of the milte,Bacchanellus lib. 3. which is full of colde melancholicke humor, which oftentimes corrupteth the testicle. As for the Cure, the sicke must be purged,Cure. with fitte medicines, according to the nature of the humor, vse meane exercises, meates [Page] hotte and drie in small quantitie, abstayning from drinke, and keepe thy bellie loose, sleepe little, and prouoke vrine by diureticke thinges, abstaine from all things which breed winde. The particular remedies are in vsing fomentations as in Hydropsie, next, the astringent emplaister made of redde desi [...]catiue, the vnguent Comitisse, with the pouder of lapis calaminaris, extinguished in vineger, oaker, balaust, bol armenie, allom, mustard seede and euphors, malax. all together with a little oyle of camomil, and lay on the sore. If these remedies suffice not, by reason of the great quan­titie of the water, we put a Seton through the lowest part [...]f the codde, and drawe it twise euery day, till the humor be euacuated. If the humor be in the membranes, that co­uer the stones make incision in the side of the codde, es­chewing the testicle, put a tente in it, and dresse it twise a day, keepe it open, till the humor be euacuated, vse reme­dies anodi [...]us, for to appease the dolor,Paul. lib. 6. Albucrasis li. [...]. and [...]ic catrize it as other woundes.

The twentie eight Chapter, of the Herne windie called Physocele.

THis Herne is a collection of winde in the Scroton, cal­led Hernia ventosa:Definition. the Cause is imbecillitie of natural heate in these partes, and phlegmaticke matter,Cause. with such other causes, as yee haue heard in windie apostumes. The Signes are, the Tumor is somewhat hard, light, round,Signes. so­dainely ingendred, occupying for the most part, the s [...]roton and wand, resisting to the touch, cleare as a bladderfull of winde, the wande greater in one place, then in another. The Iudgementes, if this vapour dissip not,Iudgments. it causeth ma­ny euilles, sometime occupying the whole bodie, and pro­ceedeth often of matter venenous. The Cure shall be,Cure. first in good dyet, as in Edema, next, to applie on the place thinges resolutiue and corroboratiue, as yee haue heard in windie apostumes, some allowe the plaister of Vigo with mercurie, or diapalma malaxed with wine, also the dregges of claret wine, boiled with bran, & laid warm on the place.

The twentie nine Chapter of the Herne carnosa, called Sarcocele.

Definition.THis is a Tumor in the cod, sometimes in the membrans dartos and heretroidos,Paul. lib. 6. Fa­uentinus. chiefely about the stones, like vnto a tumor schirrous,Cause. and as it were accompanied with veines varicous.Albucra. lib. 3. de Vigo. lib. 11. The Cause is, aboundance of grosse hu­mors in these partes, which doth corrupt the testicles, and at last degendreth into a harde fleshie disposition.Signes. The Signes are,Guido. tract. 11. vnequall tumor, hard, alwayes in one estate, dolorous, and being touched (all which is in the testicle,) doth moue.Iudgments. The Iudgementes are, that when it happeneth to young folke, and handled in the beginning, it doth some time heale, but commonly it is incureable, and the worst of all the eight kindes. If by feeling it at the vppermost parte of the didim, it seeme vnnaturall great, the tumor is incureable, and better it is not to touch it, then to attempt any cure: if ye finde the didim small, there is some hope of cure: For the which we must scituate the sicke as yee haue heard,Cure. De Vigo. lib. 2▪ Rolandus & Albucrasis de hernia carnosa. Arnoldus de villa noua de mala com­plexione. next, make the incision in the vpper part of the cod, knitte the didim and canterize it, as ye haue heard in in­terocele. If it adhere to the codde, separate it, and cutte off the testicle, with the excrescence, if after the incision, there commeth inflammation and dolor, let the patient bleede, and rest fiue or sixe dayes, as counselleth Franco, and leaue the cure, to giue order to the accidentes.

The thrrtie Chapter, of the Herne varicous, called C [...]rsocele.

THis Herne is a Tumor, and dilation of the veines that nourish the testicles,Definition. Paulus. Baccha­nellus. which are full of melancholicke bloud, and also the membranes hereof. The Cause is, some grosse humor or melancholick bloud,Cause. gathered in that part, by reason of the debilitie and decliuitie of the place,Gal. lib. de tu­moribus. and heauinesse of the humor.Signes. The Signes are, the repletion of [Page] the veines, sometime fewe in number, sometime many wrapped together like a vine braunch, soft in touch, and returning into the bellie, by pressing on the didime.Iudgments. The iudgmentes are, it is without dolor, most dangerous, and difficill to be cured,Gordon Bacchanellus. as ye shall heare in the varices of the legges. The cure shalbe first in purging the bodie of me­lancholick, then bleede if neede be,Cure. therefore make inci­siō on the scroton the breadth of two fingers in the place of the varice, thereafter make passe a needle with double thread vnder the varice and in the vpper part of the woūd, an other in the lower part▪ leauing an inch betwixte, then open the varice, and euacuate the humor contayned: if there be any moe doe the like, that done knitt the thread, and handle the wound as others. If the testicle be infiltred with veines accompanied with dolor, that it may not bee handled this way, the didime must bee cut as in the pre [...] ­dent, and so proceede in the cure,

The one and thirtieth Chapter, of the herne Hum [...]rall.

THis herne is an aposthume and defluxion of humors to­gether in the codd or membranes,Definition. Rolandus. that couer the testi­cles, and sometime in their proper substance.Cause. The cause is not different from other aposthumes, as also the signes.Signes. The iudgmentes are,Iudgmentes. such as are long in healing the part being cold and membranous, somtimes suppureth, other­whiles resolueth, if it continue long, it corrupteth the testicle. The cure, the sick shalbe purged with clisters & bled rest, and weare a trusse to holde vp the stones,Cure. and dressed according to the nature of the humor and acci­dents, after the methode set downe in the generall Chap­ter of Aposthumes.

The two and thirtith Chapter, of the tumor in the Flanck called Bubo.

Definition.THis word Bubo is taken in place for the part betwixte the thigh & the bodie,Gal. lib. 5 ca. tumor 2. ad glan et 3. meth. called in latin Ingnen, in which there are many glandes, which often doe swell, & tumi­fie.Cause. The cause is, defluxiō of humors, violent exercise, cri­sis of maladies,Signes. dolor, or vlcer in the legge or foote, or some other part neare to it.Iudgmentes. The signes are euident. The iudgmentes, when it happeneth by crisis of maladie it is difficill,Gal. 13. meth. if no fe [...]er haue proceeded, nor vapor venemous, it is easie, sometime it doth resolue, otherwhiles suppo [...]eth. There are other glādes lower, where ordinarily the plague ingendereth.Cure. The cure differeth not frō other aposthumes, which come in partes glandulous, where of I haue spoken amply in the Chapter of Scrofulae.

The three and thirieth Chapter, of the tumor in the knees.

Difinition.THis tumor commeth by fluxion or congestion of hu­mors in the ioyntes,Cause. and chiefly in the knees, the cause is,Gal. com. aph. 74. lib. 4. Paul. lib. 3. cap. 78▪ strokes, falles, plenitude of humors, crisis of maladye, heate▪ colde, long trauell, laxations. riding and frictions. The signes are manifest, & the iudgmentes are, that those which happen after a long maladie,Signes. are difficill and dan­gerous,Iudgments. as sayth Hyppocrat [...]s, & are long in healing, pain­full to the sick dolorous, the humor being either extreame hot or colde, which maketh inflamation in those partes, sometime matter virulent vnder the lidde, which causeth the bone goe out of his place, and sometime turneth ouer, as I saw once in Paris. The cure consisteth in vniuersall, and p [...]rticuler remedies,Cure. vniuersal shalbe according to the qualitie of the humor, as yee haue hearde in the generall Chapter, the Topicall remedies, shalbe repercussiues, & discutientes, & drying according to the nature of the part, [Page] which shalbee distinguished,Auïcen▪ Henri. according to the degrees of the aposthumes, as ye haue heard in Phlegmon. If it tende to suppuration be warie in opening of it, our auntients for­bid to open deepe vnder the lidde, because parts are sensi­ble and dolorous, of the which happeneth euill accidents. Vse medicamentes corroboratiues, and anodines, euacu­ate the matter and cicatrice the wound, as others: some­time the tumor is ingencred of winde, which deceiueth the Chirurgian, and if it happen, cure it as ye heard in win­die, and waterie tumor.

The foure and thirtieth Chapter, of the tumor in the veines of the legs called Ʋaricae.

ƲArix is dilatatiō of the veine greater, thā natural, which happeneth in diuers partes of the bodie, as tēples,Definition. Paul. lib. 6. bel­lie, vnder the nauell, on the testicles & matrix, but chieflye in the legges, which is sometime one veine, sometime di­uers together, full of thick, burnt, melancholick blood, let­ting action of the place. The cause is abundāce of the me­lācholick humor, retentiō of the moueth course in womē,Cause. & Hemorhoides in both sexes, which dilateth the veines, & sometime breaketh, as oft happeneth to women in their trauell, for the which I haue treated at lēhth in the treatise of womēs birth, likewise vehemēt exercise, as leaping wresling, carying of great burthēs, strokes, falls, tormēts & such like. The signes may be seene by the greatnes of the veins, which cōmonly are blacker, than the naturall.Signes. Iudgments. The iudge­mēts, those that are interne,Gordō. partic. [...] are incureable and not to bee touched, because it letteth the [...]fluxion so returneth to the noble parts, & causeth great accidents, intertaineth old vl­cers & letteth the cure therof. The cure is diuersly set down by diuers authors, some counsell to incise them in diuers places according to the circum [...]olution; and let the blood,Cure then to close vp and binde the wounde, as in other blo [...] ­dinges, resting that daye,Rolandus. Paul. lib. 6. cap and if they swell agayne doe [Page] the place with a little inke the skin, aboue the veine, ther­after take vp the skin with thy handes, and incise in the middst therof, then let it goe, that the veine, may be seene & passe two needles, as in the varicus herne, let it bleede, a quantitie, & knit it, let the thre ad fall of it selfe, without drawing it by force, and cure the wound as others.

The fiue and thirtieth Chapter, of the lit­tle Tumors in the leggs called Dracunculus.

Definition.THis is a tumor or extraordinarie dolor bredde in the legges or armes,Aetius cap. vltimo. Paul. Aegin. Auic. lib. 4. cap 21. called Draguneus, yet diuers authors haue giuen it diuers names, as Auicen calleth it Meden by the name of a towne, where it is frequent, Albucrasis calleth it Ʋenaciuilis, Halyabbas vena famosa. There is also touching the cause, & cure, great difference, it chaunceth most cōmonly in the midst of Arabia, as writeth Paulus and is not oft seene amongst vs, yet some-what I will say of it for the better instructiō of the yong Chirurgian, Pau­lus and Auicen are of opinion, that in the place affected, the humor is like vnto little wormes somtime great, other­whiles small, chiefly in the partes musculous, as in the ar­ters,Cause. thighes, and legges, and sometime in childrens sides vnder the skin, with manifest motion. Some take it bee a sharp and mordicant humor betweene the flesh and skin, which in time waxeth hard like an nerue or tendon. It is iugendred of a hot melancholick blood & burnt phlegme sent through the veines to the exterior parrs by the vertue expultrix.Monard. lib. 7. Signes. The signes are vehement dolor, feuer, harde, and rounde like nerues, seeming to moue in the touching as it had life, the tumor is long, and stretched from one ioynt to an other, as from the kne [...] to the foote. The cure whether it bee humor,Cure. or animall vegetatiue, is to foment the place with milke and camomill, or medicines to ap­pease the dolor, then to giue aire eyther by canter, or vissi­cator, if it be not dolorous and tend to suppuration cure it, [Page] [...]s yee haue heard in Erisipelas, changing alwayes your re­medies according to the times of the Tumor, and Humor which raigneth.

The thirtte sixe Chapter, of the Tumor in the legges or armes, called by the Greekes, [...]lephantiasiis particularis.

THIS if it be vniuersally through all the bodie, it is cal­led Leprosie, if it be particular,Definition. it occupieth onely one mē ­ber, which spoyleth the forme, figure and disposition there­of, and maketh it rough, like the skinne of an Elephant,Gordon. part. [...]. for which reason it is called Elephantiasis. If it occupie the skinne and not the flesh, it is called Morphaea. The Cause commeth from the mothers wombe,Cause. and is called Maladie hereditarie, or after wee are borne: if from the wombe, ei­ther the childe hath bene conceiued in the time of the mo­nethly purgations, or else the mother, or father hath beene e­lephanticke. After we are borne, it commeth eyther of cor­ruption of ayre, as in places neare the Sea, which maketh the humors of the bodie thicke: also dwelling in hotte countries, as in Aphricke, Spayne and others, where many haue this dis­ease: also in colde partes, which thicken the humors, & pleni­tude of the humors, chiefly of the melancholicke, retention of the hemerhoides, or purgation menstruall, defect in the milte corrupteth the humors, chiefely melancholy, great vsage of melancholike meates, ae Swine, Goates, Hares, cheese and such like, The Signes are,Signes. great tumor occupying the whole member or some parte thereof, which augmenteth by little and little, not dolorous, insensible, which sometime is infla­med. The iudgementes, when it is vniuersall or particular, it is incureable, yet some remedies palliatiues may be vsed,Iudgementes. to lette and stay the maladie,Cure by purging the melancholicke humor, bleeding, bathing, ventousing, prouocation of the flowers, and hemero [...]hes, vsing of good regiment and thinges [Page] that ingender good blood, abstayning from things of contrarie qualitie, the which must be done by the aduise of the learned Physitian. If there come inflammation in the hart, vse such remedies as are set downe in the Chapter of Phlegmon. I haue seene some haue this maladie, and liue 20. yeares and more, by the vsing of good regiment, but I haue knowne none to come to perfect cure.

The thirtie seauen Chapter, of the tumor which commeth in the extremities of the fingers called Paneris or Paranochia.

Definition.THis Aposteme, which occupyeth the extremities of the fingers and rootes of the nailes is called by the Greekes Paranochian, by the Latins Reduuiae. The Cause is melancholick humor, venemous, and most hot of the nature,Cause. which proceedeth from the bones, nerues, tendons, and membranes, which couer the same. The signes are vehement dolor,Signes. whic maketh the [...]icke almost beside himselfe, great inflamation, feuer, and sundry other lik accidents,Iudgementes. as in Carbuncle. The Iudgments it is some­time vlcered with virulent matter, & is verie dangerous as saith Gordonius, oftentimes afore there, bee any outward apparence in the flesh, it rotteth both the bones and liga­ments and membranes, and then there is no remedie, but to cut it, for feare it infect the rest, and also cause death, as reporteth de Ʋigo. Cure. The Cure, first the sicke shalbe pur­ged and bleede in the arme opposite, vsing good regi­ment, and abstayning from all strong drinke: as for the to­picall remidies, there are diuers opinions amongst our old writers, some counsell repercussiues and [...]nodins and supu­ratiues, other counsell for the greatnes of this disease, not to abide the maturation, but presently make incisiō in the inner side of the part or ioynt, the length of the said ioynt, going to the bone,Petrus Bayrus in sua practa. to giue issue to the venim, which is cō ­monly the periost, and bone let it bleed, till it [...]aunch of it [Page] selfe, thereafter washe the part with strong vineger, and Aquauitae, wherein hath been delayed a little Treacle, v­sing a liniment of vnguent rosat, Populeon, with a little oyle of Roses, or a cataplasme made of the leaues of Hen­bane, Sorrell, mandrakes, rosted vnder the ashes and min­gled with a little Butter or Hogges greace, this doth ap­pease the dolor and prouoke matter. This being doone cleanse the vlcer, and cicatrize it as in others.

The thirtie eight Chapter, of the litle hard­nes in the feete commonly called Cornes.

THose hard tumors,Definition. which cōmonly occupie the toes and feete, chiefly the ioyntes and vnder the nailes, are called Cornes, and in latin Clauus, Difference. of the which there are three kindes to wit Corpus, Callus, and Clauus. The Cause is chiefly in wearing straight shoes,Cause. superflu­ous excrements, which cannot auoide, so remaineth in the partueruous▪ and acquireth a certaine hardnes, according to the nature of the part, where they are. The Signes are apparent to the sight. The cure is, that those,Signes. that are lit­tle, not deepe, are to bee cut finely at the roote,Cure and filled vp with a little wax and greene copperous, or else a little of the sande, which remaineth of the vrine, take heede yee cut not to deepe amongst the ligaments & tendons, for the great accidentse, that followe, as inflamation,Petrus bayrus. sometyme conuulsion, and Gangren, so that some loose their toes & feete. In cutting a part of it, the roote groweth more large, then it is best, to foment the part with water of mal­lowes and Althea, or water, wherein Tripes haue been sod, thereafter vse Gum Ammoniac dissolued in Aquauitae and laye one it, or this which I haue often vsed made of lyke quantitie of Turpintine, wax and verdegreace and applye thereon. And so we end this Treatise, and shall followe out to intreate of woundes in like manner.

The first Chapter, of the cause, signes and curation of woundes in generall.

Definition. Like as wee haue proceeded in the for­mer Treatise of Tumors, [...]al. 3 method. cap. 1. wee shall follow out the same Method in woundes, and so I de­maund, what is a wound?

It is a dissolu­tion of the continui-tie,Celsus lib 5. cap. 26. recent, bloudie without putri­faction in the soft, hard, or organicke partes.

Which is the cause of woundes?

Whether they be animate or in­animate, they are of three sortes, of the which they take their denomination, as if the wound be made by a thing sharpe pointed, as a rapier, launce, or darte, it is called thrust or stabbe:Celsus ibidem. if with a cutting thing, it is called incisi­on or cut, if with a heauie blunt thing, as a stone, or club, which commeth by force and breaketh & contundeth the flesh,Signes. it is called cōtusion.

Which are the signes of woūds?

Celsus ibidem. Gal. de causis morborum. cap vltimo.They are manifest, according to the iudgement & ac­cidēts that follow.

Which are the differents?

Some are simple, others cōposed,

What is a simple wound?

It is that, wherin is no lacke of substāce, & healed one way [Page] only to wit by cōsolidatiō, as sayth Hyppocrates.

What is composed?

It is that in the which there is losse of substance▪ and hath diuers intentions for the cure thereof.

Differ woundes no otherway?

They differ also in that some heale easily, some are difficill, and some are mortall, some without intemprie, some little, other great, sperficiall, profound in the simple or similar, others in the instrumentall or orgaine parts, some in soft, some in hard partes.

Which are those which heale easily.

Those which are in the flesh not touching veines, nerues, nor arters, in bodies well composed, and where there are no great accidents, nor in partes dangerous.

Which are dangerous?

All those, which are interne also in the membranes of the braines, in the heart, lightes, ly­uer, Diaphragma and great intestins,Hip. lib. 6. & a­pho. 18. and those that are within three fingers to the iointes, also woundes in the nerues, which cause conuulsion for their communication with the braines, those in the Esophag, vines Ingulare, in the flanck thighes & betwixt the fingers and all those yet are without tumor,Paracelsus in magna Chiru [...] gia. all woundes in the head both great & smal, woūds that are depe made ouerthwart, also some are difficill for the excellencie of the part, being necessarie to all the bodie and life it selfe.

Which are mortall?

All those in the substance of the braines, heart, lyuer, midst of the lightes, chist of the gall, midst of the Dia­phragme, stomack, milt, kidneis, & small intestines,Hip. lib 5. apho blad­der, matrix, trachearter, and spinall medull: Also those at the rootes of the emunctoires and noble partes: in like manner in the veine ca [...]e descending or ascending, the veine part, great arter, or in the back cause present death, be reason of the great euacuatiō of the bloode and spirrits.

Which aere the particuler signes, whereby you know those partes to be mortall?

Euerie one hath a perticuler signe, as if the braines, or membrane thereof be hurt, the blood commeth foorth by the nose by the eares,Braines. with vo­miting of choller, voiding of the excrementes vnawares to [Page] the partie, the face vgly to the sight, the feeling dull, and vnderstanding hurt, the patient falleth into rauing & con­vulsion within 3 or 4 daies. We know the heart to be hurt, when there cometh out quantitie of blood,Hart. thick & black, chiefly if the right side be hurt, if the left, it is more red and subtill, the pulse becometh weake & variable, the colour pale, with vniuersall trembling, casting a cold ill sauoured sweat, the extremities wax cold, often sounding, and dieth shortly.Lightes. We knowe the Lights to be hurt, when the sicke doth breath with difficultie, voyding a spumous blood at the mouth and wound, & lying on the wounded side, spea­keth, and not on the other side: some raue, the red colour and heate goeth to the visage, in the end issueth quantitie of matter at the wound.Diaphragm. The Diaphragme being hurt, the flancks retire & close, there is great weight on the part, do­lor in the rig back, cough, difficultie of breath, with issue of a spumous blood at the wound, as in the Lightes. If the Liuer be hurt,Lyuer. there cometh out great abundance of blood the flanckes retire towards the back, the colour like death, the eyes sinke in the head, want of rest, the vrine is bloody, the excrements purulent, the sick cometh to lie on the bel­ly, the dolor is pricking, extending to the breast bone and ribbes, in respiring he draweth in his shoulders and vomi­teth choller.Lib. 6. cap. 88. Milt. Paulus Aegineta reporteth, that one lobe of the Liuer may be hurt, and yet death not follow of necessi­tie. If the Milt be hurt, the blood cometh forth black & thick at the wound or left flanck, which with the stomack waxeth hard, there is great drought, dolor in the furcilles, as in the Liuer.Kidneis. If the Kidneys be hurt, the dolor descen­deth to the roote of the thigh & testicles, there is difficultie of vrine, pissing of blood, sometime blood staieth within, & the sicke dieth all swollen. If the Orifice of the stomack be hurt,Orifice of the stomack. there ensueth vomiting of choller, as also of that which is eaten presently, the pulse is weake, sweating, the extremities cold. The stomack and intestine ieiunū being hurt, haue the same signes with the meat & drinke issuing [Page] forth at the wound, the flancks dolorous and hard, the Pa­tient voydeth choller at the mouth, & spitteth blood, with great cold in the ext [...]mities. The Spinall medull hurt,Spinall medull. the sicke becometh paraliticke & in a conuulsion, and looseth the feeling, the inferior conduites are relaxed, so voydeth the seed vrine or excrements. If the Bladder be hurt,Bladder. there is great dolor aboue the yarde, pissing of blood, voyding of vrine at the wound, vomiting of choller, cold in the ex­tremities. If the Matrix be hurt,Matrix. the dolor doth commu­nicate to the liskes, haunches & thighes, the blood cometh forth partly by the wound, partly by the nature, some lose sence and reason, and some speach, & haue the same acci­dents with those that are hurt in the heart.Intestines. If the Intestines be hurt, there is great dolor, with continuall voyding of the fecall matter at the wound.

What is to be considered of the Chirurgian touching the Iudgement of wounbs. Iudgementes.

First to know what part is hurt, & the nature thereof, whether there be any or no hope of health, knowing the parts, that are easie to heale, difficile, & mortall, also the vsage, actiō, substance, & situation of the same, likewise the figure of the wound & actions that happen, the temperature, age, sex, region, season, & constitution of the time. Wounds in the nerues, tēdons, ioints & bones without apparence of tumor are euil signes, & shew the humor to be brought to the no­ble part. Wounds with fracture behinde, are in danger of spa [...]me, & such being before, are in danger of ra [...]ing & frē ­sie. I [...] convulsion happen in a wound,Hip. lib. 5. apho 65. chiefly after some great inflāmation, it is for the most part mortall & sheweth the parts neruous to be hurt. Wounds in the head, if after x. daies symptons do happen, signifie abscesse in the liuer, and likewise great desire of drinke signifieth the same. Wounds that haue bled much, if conuulsion ensue, are dangerous, as also all thrusts in nerues & tendons, the vnuoluntarie vomi­ting of choller, whē the sick is hurt or the inflāmatiō lasteth is an euill signe.

Ʋntill what time should we stay our Iudgement of woundes in the heade? Hip. de vulne­ribus capitis.

Vntill Fortie daies, and some late writers till fifteene and twentie daies, [Page] dayes, after which time, commeth often feuer and other e­uill accidents, which chaunce often at full Moone, and dyeth, as I haue sometime noted.

What time of the yeare is most expedient for curation of woundes?

The spring time, when the weather is neither hot nor cold, the Autume is euill, for the moystnes of the ayte, as also the cold winter which is enimie to vlcers and woundes in the membranes and bone as sayth Hyppocrates.

Howe 1 many pointes are there to bee obserued in curing of woundes? Cure.

Hip. aph. et 20. lib 5. Ce. lib. 5. ca. 25Fiue, first in ordring of vniuersall remedies, regimēt of life, aire, which must bee hot and temperate, the sicke must be nourished with litle meate and of light digestion, some-what refrigeratiue if there be feare of feuer or infla­mation, which danger is most to be feared afore the 7. day, abstayne from wine and all strong drinke, except through losse of much blood the hart be faint,Auicen. supp lightly, abstayn from women, and all vehement passions of the minde. If great dolor, inflamation, conuulsion happen, as in partes neruous and bare of flesh,Gal. lib. 4. met. & lib. de cura­tione per san­guinis misson. cap. 7. & 8. Hip. lib. de vl­oeribus. let blood, vse some light purga­tions, if the bodie be Cacohchymick. In great wounds of the head and in such times, as is not conuenient ro giue po­tions at the mouth, as ye shall iudge by the sicknes & state of the diseased, vse Clisters. The second point in taking away of that which is noysome, as Iron, Balles, Stones, 2 Wood, Cloth, and such like, peeces of bones and congea­led blood are also to be taken away being seperated from the part and not ioyned as before.

By what meanes takest thou such thinges away?

They shalbe taken away either by the part where they enter, or partes, whe­ther they tend, which is done by diuers sorts of instrumēts fit for that purpose, also by the helpe of these medicamēts, radix pectinis veneris cum malua tusa. Plin. lib. 24. cap. 19, Aristolochia, ammo inacum cum melle, arundinis radix con­ [...]sa et melli [...]d [...]nista, altoresi fructus tritus, dictanmum, pro­polis narcissus, lacerte caput tritum, et appositum. Oribas [...]s lib. 7. cap. 17. excepting alwaies if they bee in some parte [Page] noble, and in that case, are not to bee touched, because it hasteneth death, and helpeth not: then we must consider,Cel. lib. 7. ca. 3. if the thing be superficiall, not yet passed the great vessels, as veines, arters, and nerues, it shalbe best to drawe it out by the wound, if it be passed the veines, arters, and nerues, it shalbe best to drawe it by the part, whether it tendeth, by incision of the part, least by drawing it foorth, where it came in, dilacerations of the sayd parts,Cel. lib. 7. ca. 3. which is to be ob­serued in broad arrowes: by this meanes the wound hea­leth more easily, by teason that the medicament may bee applyed on both sides, and the matter doth voyde better. Beware in making the incision to cut nerue, veine, or ar­ter, if at first they cannot be drawen out, they are to be let alone for a certaine space,Albucr. lib. 2. cap. 94. in which time the fleshe which is about it doth consume and putrifie, & so giueth an easie issue. The late practitioners thinke best to draw it out at the first, if it be possible, because then the patient feeleth not the sore so much as afterward, also the part doth swel through fluxion of the humors, which maketh the wound, narrow accompanyed with greater dolor than at first. For the extraction we situate the sick in such forme as when he was hurt,Hip. Paul. lib. 6. cap. 88. and seeke the thing in sounding of it with meete instrument, or the finger which is most sure, and drawe it foorth, with the least paine, that may. If the wound bee not great enough, that it may not be drawen without de­laceration of the flesh, which maketh great inflamation & dolor, we must after the counsell of or auntients dilate the wound with a rasor, to the end, the thing therein may be drawen foorth the more easily, for the which it is necessa­rie to know the forme substance, situation and connexion of the part▪ Cels. lib. 5. cap. 26. et Paul. lib. citato. with the Symptomes which doe commonlye follow. If the thing be in the bone, it must be drawen by a Tyrefond, and shaken a certaine time afore, as counsel­leth Albrucrasis, if the bone bee much broken, it shalbe best to vse dilatation, both to drawe more easily the little peeces, and also conioyne the great. If without greate [Page] paine the bullet, or other thing can not be founde, and the sick feele no great harme [...]hereof,Hip. Paul. lib. 6 cap. 88. it shalbe best to let it a­lone, till such time it show it selfe, which sometime hap­neth not in long time, as we see by dayly experience. The 3 third intention is to close the lippes of the wounde by su­ture bandage and ligators.Gal lib 4 3. m [...]ho et artis medicae [...]ca. 90. Suture. Gal. lib 3 m [...] ­tho. cap. vlt. & cap. 4. comm. apho. 9.

What is suture? It [...]s a ioyning of the parts seperated against the course of na­ture with needle and thread, to the end the cicatrize bee the surer in greate woundes as the Thighes, Legge, and a [...]mes, where rhere is great distance betwene the brimms. I [...] the part be altogether cut & haue almost no hold, wher­by to receiue life the suture auaileth not, also if the lippes of the wound be swollen & inflamed it must not be done, till the inflamation be past, and the wounde some-thing suppured, in doing whereof it must neither be too slacke, nor too straight.Cel. lib. 7. cap. 2 [...].

How many sortes of sutures are there?

Diuers according to the diuersitie of the wounde, hurt, partes, and nature of the bodies, and are commonly referred to three,Suture incarnatiue. to wit, incarnatiue, retentiue, and con­seruatiue.

After how many wayes vsest thou the in­carnatiue?

Fiue wayes, first we must haue a nee­dle of a reasonable length, somtime right, otherwhiles cur­bed, triangular at the point, with a soft, rounde, greate thread, to the proportiō of the needle and wound, also you must hold your needle case on the other side of the wound to hold it steadie, let the first stitch bee in the out-side of the wound and the case on the hurt side, next the stitch on the hurt side of the other side, and the case on the whole side, beginning alwaies in the middest of the wounde ta­king reasonable great stitches in deepe woundes, and su­perficiall in small woundes, the lippes must be ioyned e­uen together, so knit the thread, and it cut neare the knot, thereafter if neede be, put an other stitch in the interspace, obseruing alwayes an inch betweene the stitches.

Howe is the second done?

Eyther with a needle 2 or diuers together, as if the wound be great and deepe, [Page] and the thread not suffitient, we passe an other needle in the wounde, as the pre [...]dent yet not drawing it through, as doth women, when they sticke a needle in their sleeues, and turne threade abour it, and after this order, vse so many, as shalbe needefull, according to the greatnesse of the wounde: and this kinde of fu­ture we vse in clouen lippes, which shalbee doone in this manner. If it be not great, and much dylated, and the person neyther too yoong, nor too olde, nor of euill habitude, wee take the lippe and cutte all the skin of the inner side of the cleft, with an instrument, then we passe one needle as abouesayd or two if neede be, with an emplaister of Betonica, or such like, which doth conglutinat the lippe commonly in Ten dayes, af­ter which time cut the thread, and out the needle, and induce the cicatrize, as in others: Doe the like in the eares, or nose, being so clouen.

How doest thou the third future incarnatiue?

With long needles and 3 strong thread, double with a hard knot in the end, which we passe in diuers parts of the wound, leauing alwaies an inche betwixt, then passe a little round peece of wood, the greatnes of a small goose quill in each side of the woūd vnder the thread, and presse the lippes of it gently together and knit the thread with double knottes one after another, vntill all be knit, which is vsed in great wound.

How is the fourth future incarnatiue done?

By little peeces of 4 cloth as the breadth of the wound, & place requireth, that is strong, with the selfedge out in points like arrow heads, the rest shalbe couered with some astrigent, and congluti­natiue emplaster as this, take pouder of sangue Dragon, true bol, incence, mastick, S [...]rocolla, fine flower,Auic. tract. 1. cap 8. incorpora [...]e all with whites of egges and lay on both sides of the woūd with the aforesayde clo [...]h, and the clothe bee fur­ther back, than the lippes of the wound, so the points shalbe neare, to the sayde lippes, which being faste, wee put a thread through these pointes till such time, [Page] as wee see the lippes of the wound to close▪ and knit the thread with double knot, this is called drie future, and is commonly done in the face, and such places, where wee desire the Cicatrice not to be seene.

Howe doest 5 thou the fift future in carnatiue?

With claspes of Iron sharp pointed, and long, which take the lippes of the wounde being put together and houlde them so, this was vsed by some old practitioners, but at this present, it is not in vse, as being dolorous, & exciteth inflamation & fluxion.Second sutor generall.

How is the second kinde of future generall done?

It is done after the manner, that the Glo­uers sow there gloues but is neyther sure nor profitable, for one point slipping, the rest slippe also. In like maner, the blood, which is retayned, swelleth the part, and falleth a­mongst the muscles, which often doth rotte, and gangren the part▪ so it is better to knit the veines and arters or can­terize thē, which I haue done with good successe, & vsed by our auntients where there was great effusion of bloode in the veines and arters, and nowe commonly vsed in the intestines and bladder, and such o [...]her membranous parts.

Third sutor generall. How is [...]he third suture generall done?

As the rest, but not so hard, and is vsed to conserue the lippes of the wound being seperated, and where there is great losse and dilaceration of flesh.

What time appoint you to take away the pointes of your sutures?

According to the opiniō of Ʋigo in 6. or 8. daies, yet in our ordinarie practise we limit no time, for some conglutine sooner thā others, so when the part deuided beginneth to congluti­nate assuredly we take out the stitches.

Is there no other sort of sutures commonlye vsed?

There is a kind which Wee vse in the bellie, called Gastroraphie of the which diuers haue written in diuers manners, here I will set downe that which is sure and most easie in the wounds of the bellie.Gal. 6. metho. cap. 4. Albucr. lib. 2. cap. 85. Cel. li. 7. ca. 16. First if the guttes come foorth, they muste bee put in their place, also the caule, first knit­ting and cutting awaye that, which is altered, leauing [Page] the end of the ligator out at the wound, that which falleth, may be drawen out, then thou shalt cause one to take both sides of the wounde in his hand, then he shall discouer a little of the wound, so make the first stitch of the needle at the extremitie of one side of the wound pear­sing the skin and muscles, not touching the peritone, thereafter put the needle in the other side, through the peritone, muscles, and skin, then make an other stitch, like to the first, not touching the peritone, then make the fourth point like the second, pearcing peritone, muscles and skin, so continue it, till it be all sowed, taking the peritone on the one side, and leauing it alwayes on the other.

What is bandage, or ligator?

It is a peece of cloth made long two or three elles,Ligator, which is the second help in con­ioyning of woundes. Celsus. lib. 5. cap. 26. and in breadth three or foure inches, according to the member and hurt, the cloth must be soft, cleane without hem or seame, and more slack in woundes than in fractors, and of it there are diuers sorts, for some are to contayne, as in simple wounds, some are to expell matter, as we see in caue woundes, some are defen­siues to stay fluxion, some to retayne the medicaments on the part, as in the throat and bellie, some are mortificatiue, which we vse in legges or armes gangrened to cut them off. The way how these bandages should be vsed, are af­ter diuers manners, according as ye shall heare in their proper places hereafter.Four points in correcting accidents of woundes. Aposteme. Hemeragie.

Which is the fourth point obserued in curing woundes?

To giue order to the accidents, which are double, to wit proper, and acciden­tall.

Which are proper?

Aposteme, hemera­gie, and putrefaction.

What is aposteme?

I haue set downe the definition, signes, difference, and cure ther­of in the generall Chapter of Apostemes.

What is hem [...]ragie?

It is an issuing of the blood in great a­bundance, the veine or arter being cut, riuen, or corroded: there is another flux of blood, which sometime commeth at the nose, and chaunceth often in dayes critick,Gal. 3. de cri [...] ­bus. which should not be stayed, vnlesse it be excessiue.

How [Page] should the excessiue flux be stayed.

By things, about & on the place, which coole, agglinat, & drie by ligators, cā ­ters actuall, & such like, as I shall set downe in the Chap­ter of wounds with flux of blood.Putrifaction.

What is putrefaction?

It is that which corrupteth & letteth the spirit & na­turall heat in the member, where through it becometh rot­ten & putrified.

What is the cause of this putrefaction?

Either corruption of the spirit vitall, or els viscus and cold humors, which stop the passage of the vital spirit, some are causes primitiues as stroakes, contusiō, straight binding and such like.

Which are the accidentall symptomes?

Symptomes accidentall. Euil▪ complexiōEuill complexion, feuer, dolor, spasme, paralise, synco­pe and alienation.

What is euill complexion?

It is an euill comixtion of the foure humors, when one raigneth more than an other, as was said in the first Treatise.

What is Feuer?

It is an extraordinarie heate, begin­ning in the heart sent through all the bodie with the spirit & blood,Feuer. by the v [...]ines and arters.

By what meanes is it cured?

It is distinguished according to the time cause & nature, which points belong to the Phisitian.

What is Dolor? Dolor.

It is a feeling of a thing, which hath a contra­rie qualitie in our bodies.

What is the cause of Dolor?

Solution of continuitie, or some sodaine alteratiō, the accidents which come of it, as also the cure, is set downe in the generall chapter, yet we will say somewhat of it at this present. Al dolor maketh altraciō of humors & blood, which maketh inflāmation, for the which fomēt the place with oyle of roses, with the white of an egge, if the Dollor be great stupifie the part with oyle of popie & opium with mandrager, also the root of solanum brayed, and put with the same is good to mitigate the dolor, as saith Galen, if it be not appeased by these remedies,Lib. 5. method. et lib. 3. cap. 4. it is a signe that the nerues are hurt, for the which haue recourse to woundes in the nerues.

what is spasme.

It a mnladie in the nerues,Spasm [...]. makeing inuoluntari mouing, drawing the muscles & tendons towards theire beginning, vneasie to relax.

What is the cause of Spasme?

Repletion,Hip. aphor. lib. 5. et 6. apho. 39 et Gal. lib. de symptō. causis. Gal. 3 techni [...] ▪ eua­cuation, and dolor.

Is it dangerous?

Auicen saith, that all spasme confirmed in woundes is mortall, o­thers are cureable: that which chaunceth through thrustes in the nerues is euill. If it happen by great euacuation of bloud, it is mortall, as saith Hippocrates, and better it is, that a feu [...]r come in a conuulsion, then conuulsion in feuer: spasme after feuers, is mortall, as saith Hippocrates.

Which are the signes of spasme?

Difficill mouing of the bodie, tension of the necke, contraction of the lippes, astriction of the iawes, peruertion of the eyes and face, which, if it take the course to the partes appointed for re­spiration, it is lamentable, and the sicke shall soone die, that which is confirmed, is incureable.

What is the cure of it?

First we foment the parte, with hydrel [...]on or hy­dromell, sometime bathe with water, wherein hath beene sodden mallowes, althea & violettes, extremities of calues, mutton, goates, lambes & such like, with a certaine quan­titie of oyle: being taken out of the bath, rubbe the parte with oyle of violettes, sweete almondes, hennes grease or mutton, also rubbe the necke, backe and head being rased, with oyle of lillies, vulpinum, turpentine▪ ph [...]losophorum. For the same purpose, drie perfumes are good,Gal. 6. meth▪ Galen com. aph 17. lib. 5. it shall bee good, sometime to drawe bloud on the same side, if there be plenitude with inflamation, if there bee cacochymie, purge the bodie of the humors, which abound: if the cause come of dolor, or some bite of a venemous beast, the dolor must be appeased, and apply on the sore, treacle, and ventous, to drawe out the venenositie.

What is Paralisie?

It is a mollification or relaxation of the nerues, with priuation of the moouing,Paralisie. whereof there is two kindes, vniuersall and particular.

What is the vniuersall?

It is that which occupieth all the body sauing the head, and if it occupie the head also, it is called apoplexie, which is an other kinde.Galen▪ 3. de lo­cis affectis. cap. 10.

What is the particular?

It is that which possesseth & occupieth [Page] one member onely, as the hands, feete, tongue, legs, and such like.

Which are causes?

Some are in­tern & some externe▪ Interne as grosse humor, which moy­stē the nerues in the braines & the marrow in the which let the vitall spirit to passe. Externe are wounds, incisiō, falles, strokes, con [...]usiō ▪ aposteme, cold, & al outward things, that may let the animall spirit to passe.

Is it cureable?

Al parali [...]es are difficill, by reasō the nerues are destitute of their natural heate, which is the efficiēt cause of curatiō, yet some are cureable, when the nerue hath lost the feeling & mouing it is called Aploplexie, Gal. 3. de locis affectis when it commeth to one side it is called Resolution of the part.

Howe is it cu­red?

By vniuersall and particular remedies, vniuer­sall, as purgations, Clisters, bleeding, good diet hot and drie, particular, as emplasters, linimentes, ventoses, cata­plasmes, fomentatiōs, also the balme of Guido, who coun­selleth to applie ventouses in the beginning of the nerues. Togatius counselleth a liquor set downe in ad ditionibus Petri apponensisde scriptionis mesue, also to rubbe the neck, back & parts most offended, with vnguentū martiatum or agrippae. Sincope.

What is Sincope?

It is suddaine fall and decay of all the whole forces of the bodie, and of al ac­cidentes it is the worst.Gal. 12. metho. ca. 5.

Which are the causes of it?

Great euacuation of blood, in [...]emperatur of the noble partes, vehement passion of the spirit, feare, lacke of courage, rotten vapors, as happen in pestilent feuers and all thinges, that may intercept▪ and destroy the vitall spi­rit.Ga. 10. ingenio sanit [...]tis cap. 5. Gal 12 metho. ca. 4.

What is the cure?

First to encourage the sick, speake little, giue him a little wine, cast water in his face, and hold vineger at his nose: drawe his extremities, and chiefly the fingers and rubb the part affected with this Rec. olei costini, terebanthine an. vnc. 2. misceantur et vn­gatur. With this vnguent Rec. vnguenti martiati. vnguen­ti Agrippae an. vnc. 1. se. olei costini, & nardini et de piperi­bus an. drag. 1. sagapeni, Alienation. apopanocis dissolutorum in vino an. drag. 2. cerae parum, fiat vnguentum, quo vngatur neruorum [Page] origo?

What is alienation?

It is an inordinat perturbation of the mind, with diuersitie of speach, wher­of there are two kindes proper and accidentall,Gal. 9. metho. cap. 10. the proper is that which we call madnes, the accidētall, is that which we call rauing, as chanceth in hot feuers, and other ma­ladies, wherein hot fumes ascend to the head or by hott and cold aire, as saith Auicen, also by putrifaction and venenositie of our meate and drinke and is cured by diuer­ting the fumes with frictions and ligators of the extremi­ties, vsing Clisters and rubbing the head and necke with Oxyrodinum.Gal. 3. thera Pu [...]

What is the fift thing to bee obserued in curing of woundes?

To conserue the substance 5 and the temperature of the hurt parte,Thing obser­ued in curing woundes. and consolide the wounde, which is done with vnguentes, emplasters, tentes, plumations, as ye shall heare in particular.

Tell me some thing of plumatiens, tentes and there vse? Plumations.

Plu­mations are made of little peeces of cloth, the threads dra­wen out, or the peeces of cloth themselues, woll, or tow,Gal. com. apho 3 [...] et lib. 2. de off [...] medici. the pith of the Elder tree, the haires of a hare, gentian. Of these some are round, some triangulars and quadrangulars, the auntients giue them diuers denominators, eyther of the matter, they were composed of, or of their forme: some are applyed drie, others wet in diuers li [...]quors, as whites of egges, wine, vineger or oyle,Cel. lib. 7. cap. 28. Holleris lib. 3. cap. 4. De materia chirurgica. according to the disposi­tion of the part, we apply them vnto. Sometime we apply many, otherwhiles few, as the case requireth. The tentes are sometime made of cloth, other-whiles of sponges or rootes of certaine plantes, of brasse, lead, siluer some caue within, others not,Tentes. of length & greatnes according to the hurt, some are euen, others crooked, yet alwaies rounde, and are vsed for diuers causes, as when woundes are to be amplified or cleansed also in caue woundes with losse of substance, in contused woundes, altered by the aire, also when the wound is affliged with phlegmon or any other tumor against nature,Celsus lib. 5. also in woundes which come of bi­ting, for such wounds haue some venenositie. In wounds [Page] with corruption of bone. In all other woundes we vse not these thinges▪ but induce the cicatrize and con [...]solide the wounde.Consolidation.

What is consolidation? It is that, which hath force to ioyne, consolide and drie the wound, & ma­keth if like vnto the skin.

Wha [...] skin is it?

It is nothing else, but the fleshe made drie and harde by the worke of nature, & vertue of medicaments, and is like the other skin, but not of the same nature in all pointes.

There are many other thinges, which may be spoken generally of woūdes, which for lacke of time, we will referre, till our next meeting, against which time I would haue you to bring mee in writing your opinion of woundes in particular, aswell made by Gunshot, as otherwise, and then we will intreate of vlcers af­ter the same manner.

The second Chapter, of the particular and simple wound in the flesh, without losse of Substance.

I haue spoken in the precedent Chapter, that woundes in the organic parts receiue no curation, now according to your direction, I will prosecu [...]e these which happen in similare or simpler parts, begining with the simple woūds in the flesh, which is without losse of sub [...]tance either with accidentes or without. As for the causes, signes [...] & Iudg­mentes, ye haue heard suffitiently in the prec [...]dent Chap­ter but for the Cure, the simple wound in the flesh, healeth by ioyning the lippes of it together and help of nature,Cure. yet for the more assurance we vse to let it blede a litle,Gal· 3· et 4. me­ [...]tho cap. 10. Hip lib de vul­neri et Celsus lib. 5. cap. 26. if it hath not bled suffitiently alredie: next we dresse it with a cleane cloth or soft sponge, then we close, and put on it the white of an egge with lint, binde the wounde, and sturre it not in two or three dayes; the white of the egge pre­serueth it from inflammation heate,Gal· 3. therape [...] et 3. met. ca. 10 dolor, and bleeding. If the wounde be great that it ioyneth not by the sim­ple [Page] l [...]gator, we vse a future, with pouders incarnatiue or retentiues, composed of s [...]nguinis draconis, thus, ma­stick, hollarmenie, wheate flower, all mingled with whites of egges and a little oyle of Roses, with lint on it as be­fore. Also a double cloth broader than the wounde, wet with oyle of Roses and vineger, binde it and stirre it not for two or three dayes, if accidentes do not chaunce, and being remoued, wash it with Claret wine, wetting plumations in the same wine,Gal. 4. methho cap. 4. Gordonin [...]. which haue the vertue drie & comfort. If the wound be depe & these remidies not suf­fitient, we make a li [...]quor of oyle of Hypericon & Tur­pentine, with the yolke of and an egge, or a little of my balme set downe in the Chapter of Gunshot. I vse, espe­cially following the warres, this digestiue made of yolkes of egges hard rosted, and beaten with a little oyle of hy­pericon, Turp [...]ntine and Mirrh, so this keepes a long time,Holler. de ma­tern. chirurgie. and bringeth the wounde to matter, the which not auoy­ding for the situation, which is to high, wee situate the part in such sort, that the orifice is lowest, as for example, if the wounde be in the thigh and there be a cauitie in the knee, we situate the knee in such sort,Gal. li. 3. meth. that is much high­er than the thigh, if it auoyde not that time and the caui­tie be great, we make incision in the bottome of the caui­tie or cutte it altogether. Tho [...] mayest knowe which of those issues is best by the greatnes of the wounde and na­ture of the part,Brunus Guido. it shalbe best to make it in the bottome of the cauitie, vsing a hollow tent in it to auoyde the mat­ter. We vse also a seton, which is a little corde or peece of cloth, rolled in forme of a cord, annoynted with some liquor mundificatiue, drawing it sometime from one is­sue to an other, and so continuing, till it bee cleansed, dressing it thrise a daye, thereafter I vse some glutina­tiue medicine, as ye shall heare in the next Chapter.

The third Chapter of, of the composed wound with losse of Substance.

Definition. THe Composed wounde is when there is losse of sub­stance to wit,Cure skyn, flesh, and bones, for the cure we vse two intentions,Gal. lib. 4. me­tho et artis par [...]e cap. 92. Gal. lib 2. cap. 1 de eompos. pharmac. that is, reparation of the substāce lost, and induction of the cicatrize: which is lost, if the bo­dy be wel disposed, is repaired by nature only, vsing in the meane time medicamēts▪ that are cleansing and drying. If the flesh renue not in his fashion, we vse medicamēts sar­cotricks, which shalbe made of Iris of florence, Thus, Ma­stick, Aloe, Col [...]phonie, Pix resnia, Farina, Hordei, Orobi, Fenugreci, Lupinorū, Apopanax, Mirrha, Saccocolla, and sanguinis draconis with vnguentum aureum mesue. If the wound be deepe mix some of these pouders with wine & wash the wound, with Turpentine in form of vnguent and put it in the wound either with plumations or tentes, dresse it twise a day in Sōmer and once in Winter, vsing an em­plaster, that drieth and comforteth with bandages. In these woundes there are foure intentions to bee obserued, first to ingen [...]er such substance as is lost, second [...]e to know the temperature of the bodie and hurt part, to the effect, we may iudge, whether the medicaments should be cold hot or drie,Gal. meth. ca. 3 thirdly to know the accidents which happē to the sore, fourthly the regiō, aire, & way of life. The swoūde being filled vp, we induce the cicatrze with epulotick me­dicamēts, as red Deficcatiue album Rasis, cerusse, plantine, also to wash the wound with wine,Gal· 3· meth ca. 5. wherein hath been sod, balaust & allū, or this emplaster. Rec. tuthiae preporatae, plū ­bi crudi, antimoni crudi, corticis mali granati, balaust [...]rū, nucum gallarum, boli armenici, sanguinis draconis an. drag. 1. accipi antur omnia simul cum vnguēto epompholigos onc. 3. fiat magdaleon bone cousistentiae, Lib. 2. de materia chirurgica cap. 4. you shall finde diuers other remidies set downe by Holler. Take heede that the cica­trize bee neither high, lowe, hard, soft, nor inequall, [Page] the high happeneth, when it is not dried enough, and must be mended by scarrifications, medicamentes catereticke,s and corrosiues. The low contrary wise commeth, through lacke of some piece of boane or too much drying, and is helped onely by frictions, the inequalitie cōmeth through the pointes of the needles, which hath beene ouer thicke and ill done, and is helped by medicamentes emollientes, discutientes and astringentes.

The fourth Chapter of the contused Wound.

THe contused wound, to the which chaunceth great accidence,Definition. according to the instrument it is done with, is a kinde of solution of continuitie, made with a bruise,4. theurapeuti­corum. and is called by Galen and some late wtiters echy­mosis, in the which there is separation and dilaceration of the flesh & muscles thereof with great quantitie of bloud and differeth somewhat from attrition as saith Auicen, for contusion happeneth in the fleshie partes,Gal. li. 4 meth. cap vlt. and attrition is done in the head and ende of the muscles. The signes are like vnto other woundes with inequalitie and roughnes in the flesh and skinne, diuersitie of figure,Signes. according to the diuersitie of the cause, the part and partes about are blacke and liuide, by reason of the bloud, which is out of his place and remaineth in these partes, and cannot be euacuated by sensible or insensible transpiration, but by suppuration. The Iudgementes shall bee according to the greatnesse of the hurt, for great contusions are dangerous,Iudgementes. for the corrupti­on of the member, and consequently the bodie also. As for the Cure, there are foure intentions, first, to stay the fluxe, if the contusion be with wound, as oft happeneth,Cure. next to stay the fluxion of humors on the part by euacuati­on, as purgations, bleeding, ventousing▪ ligators, frictions, good regiment in vnnaturall thinges: thirdly in vsing parti­cular [Page] remedies,Hip. lib. de vl­ceribus et vul­neribus capitis. Celsus lib. 5 cap. 19. first digestiues, for such woundes must so­dainly be brought to suppuration, for the which vse this ca­taplasme of mallowes, violets, althea sodden in fresh broth, putting to it a little barley flowre, butter, basilicon and the yolkes of egges, with a digestiue, or this: Take waxe, tur­pentine,Celsus Paulus. calues grease, goose grease, honney, mirrhe and oyle of roses, mingle all together. To appease the dolor, vse oyle of camomill, roses, lillies, mirtles, oxyrodin and bol armenie. The fourth intention is, in correcting of the accidentes, as dolor, apostume, gangren, for the which vse such remedies as yee haue heard in the seconde Treatise. The wound suppured, and the accidentes corriged, it must be cleansed with honney of roses and turpentine, mundi­ficatiue de appio,Gal. de comp. medicament. & Aetius lib. 5. apostolorum and such like, as yee shall heare in the introductiō to & Chirurgerie in the pooremās guide. Being cleansed, wee vse incarnatiues, and desic­catiues, as was set downe in the former Chapter.

The fifth Chapter, of woundes done by gunshot.

I Haue spoken of simple, compound and contused woundes, nowe will I intreat of woundes with dilace­ration and losse of soft and hard partes, and is made by di­uers sortes of instrumentes, as bulle [...]tes of lead, iron, steele, brasse, stones and other such like matter in diuers figures, as round, triangular, quadrangular, pointed▪ flatte, little and great, which sometime penetrate, sometime not, whereof our auncientes haue made no mention, except onely Celsus, who telleth not with what instrument they were shotte with,Lib. 7. cap. 5. therefore though some haue written of late, yet be­cause they are of diuers opinions and written in sundry lan­guages, [Page] I will shewe my opinion touching the same, not making any mention of others, who haue written of the same. This kinde of woundes is accompanied with tu­mor, dilaceration of flesh, veines, arters, nerues, tendous, ligamentes and boanes, superficiall▪ profound, otherwhiles through the bodie, and according to the difference, the Chirurgian must take his indication to diuersifie the reme­die, in like manner, apostume, dolor, corruption of the partes gangrened and mortified through the great aboun­dance of bloud, dispersed betwixte the muscles, also for the dissipation of the naturall heate, sometime one onely accident, otherwhiles diuers together, for the which we vse two curatiue intentions, to wit, restitution of such things as are lost, and to conioyne the partes deuided. These woūds come indifferently to all parts of our bodie whereof there are diuers opinions, some thinke, that there is venenositie in the pouder, and burning in the bullette, which is false, for the thinges whereof the pouder is ordinarily made, as brimstone, saltpeter, coales of diuers sortes of trees, wa­ter, wine and aquauitae, haue no venenositie in them, like­wise there is no burning in the bullet, for if the bullette of lead beeing shotte a great way, should burne, through heat would be melted it selfe. I haue cured diuers within these tenne yeeres of diuers nations, which haue followed the warres in Fraunce, in the which I haue found no more diffi­cultie then in other contused woundes: so I thinke these accidentes come onely by contusion and dilaceration of the flesh, and not by any venenositie, nor vstion: yet there may be some extraordinarie mixtion in the pouder, which causeth venome, for the which we take some other indica­tion, acccording to the thing. The Causes, Signes, diffe­rences and Iudgements are not much different from those of other woundes set downe, and sufficiently discoursed in the generall Chapter,Cure. as for the Cure there are fiue [Page] intentions, first, to draw the ball, secondly, to appease the dolor, thirdly, to cause suppuration, fourthly, in mundifiyng generation of flesh and consolidation, fiftly, in correction of the accidents. As touching the first and second, to draw out the bullet and appease the dolor, I haue discoursed at length in the generall Chapter, neuerthelesse, because in these woundes there is vehement dolor,Gal. therapen. which weakeneth the sicke, hindereth nature, causeth fluxion, letteth suppu­ration, and consumeth the flesh which is contused, I will set downe things more particularly for the appeasing thereof, in chaunging the temperature of the whole bodie, in due vsage of the sixe vnnaturall thinges, by purgations & blee­ding, and abstayning from thinges which cause dolor, as great tentes, sections, straight bandages, wrong situation of the part, incision, vnlesse there be great neede. The topi­call remedies, as cataplasmes with bread, milke, yolkes of egges and a little saffron, also mallowes sodden and bea­ten with wheate flowre, oyle of roses, and hogges grease and saffron, are good: or this▪ Rec. sanguinis draconis, boli armen [...]ci an. onc. 1. pulueris rosarum et myrtillorum. an. onc. di. aceti. onc. 1. albumina ouorum quatuor, olei rosacei quantum sufficit, fiat vnguentum. If there be great heat, oyle of ro­ses with whites of egges and vineger, layde about and on the part, is good. Also cerat. Galen. or vnguent. rosat. mes­ne, with bol armenie▪ sanguinis draconis, pouder of roses and myrtles. If we feare inflamation, which oft chaunceth till the seuenth day▪ vse the same remedies and shift them twise or thrise a day. The tentes shall be soft, wette in tur­pentine with a little hypericon and aquauitae according to the nature of the part, and vse this remedie hotte, and con­tinue it till the inflamation bee past, let the sicke eate and drinke little, that he ingender no superfluities, Auicen coū ­selleth to giue meate to the sicke onely for sustentation of nature, abstayning from wine, for it is enemie to al wounds, drinke sodden water with sugar or honey or ptysane, till the inflamation be past,Hip. lib. 5. aph. 17. keepe rest and quietnesse, abstayning [Page] from all actions of the spirrit, watching, and women,Hip lib. 5. apho 17. ac­cording to the disposition and nature of the hurt. Third intentions consisteth in medicamēts suuppurati [...]es,3 Intention. which must be done with speede, to the end,Hip. lib. de vlce section. 7. they be lesse subiect to inflammation, vsing remedies which are of qualitie hot and dry, with vertue to correct the putrefaction, & let the Gangrē & mortification of the parte: there are of diuers formes, the simples are made of oyle of Hypericō, of eggs, yolkes of egges, lynit seede, Lillies, Turpentine, Mirh & such like, or this Rec. tereb enthine onc. 2. corticis thuris drag. 1. mastichis drag. 3. olei hypericonis, et rosarū an. parum, vitellum vnius oui fiat medicamentū. Or this which I most cōmonly vse of Hypericō, Turpentine and yolks of egges, or my balme which is excellent in all kindes of woundes, made thus Rec. summitatū et florum scrophularie et hyperico nis an. quantū volueris, offi [...]glossi, vel herbe carpentari [...]rū et consoli dae regis an. quantum volueris, terebenthinae venetae, quantum sufficit, macerentur in sufficienti quantitate olei hypericonis insolentur omnia in sole calidissimo spatio 40. dierum in vase plumbeo, vel vitreo duplicato, posteo fiat fortis expressio, seruetur liquor pro balsamo. The fourth intention is to mundifie and regenerate, that which is lost,4 Intention. which must bee done with thinges, that haue little or no mordification, according to the nature of the part as this take sirupe of Roses, violets, fumitarie, wormewood, honey of Roses, vnguent de apio, apostolorum, [...]uscum, egiptiacum or this take Turpentine, honey of Roses, Iris of Florence, barley flower, Succi apij of ech a little and make an vn­guent. If there be great putrifaction & the matter in great abundance vse this. Rec. tereb [...]nthine onc. 4. vitellorum o­uo [...]um onc. 2. vnguenti [...]giptiaci dr [...]g. 1. fiat mixio. The woūd being mundified and voide of all superfluitie we vse for the regeneration of flesh, vnguentū aureum, basilicon maius, em­plastrum de betoni [...]a, diapalma, tetra pharmacum, gratia dei, oleum mastichini et absinthij, mixe there with a litle flower of barley, lupines, and orob, with Thus, Mirh, Mastick, and [Page] Aloes. Sometime we vse in these sortes of woundes; a cer­taine drinke called potion vulnerar, wherewith wee wash the wound, and is thus made, Rec. consolidae maioris et me­diae, serpentariae. linguae canis, ceruinae, herbae Roberti glyci­riz [...] ▪ pimpinellae artemisiae scabiosae, plantaginis, aristolochiae, agrimoniae, betonicae, pedis columbini, capilli veneris, ceut an­reae maioris et minoris, gaiaci, s [...]ls [...]par [...]lle, millefolij, baccha­rum lauri, of which all or some make a decoction in water and aromatize it with cinamond honey or sugar, drinke of it twise or thrise a day as it is needefull, and also thou maist wash the wound, putting thereto a little honey of roses or sirupe of roses. The wound being filled with flesh, it must be dried with medicaments epupoloticks which by their astriction and drying do harden the flesh, and make a sub­stance like to skin, as vnguentum desiccatiuum rubeū dia­pompholigos, album rasis, dia calcit [...]s, triapharmacū, ceruss [...] de minio, mixing therewith galbanum acasia, sarcocolla plū ­bum et es vstum, vitriolum, allumen, calxlota and such like. The fift intention is in correcting the accidents, which are diuers and great,5 Intention. for some come by accidēt, or some sharp feeling of the part h [...]rt, as dolor, inflamatiō, conuulsion, fe­uer and such like some come through violence of the būl­let, as extinction of the naturall heate of the part, hemora­gie, dilaceration, contusion of the nerues, fractures of the bones, & some by the ignorance of the Chirurgian, for the which cause he must be diligent to stop such accidents, & if they happen to help them with speede.

The sixt Chapter, of wound [...]s in the veines and Arters.

HAuing spoken sufficiently of woundes in the fleshe, in like manner you shall heare of them in the veines and arters, one or moe, without & with losse of substāce, which are accompanyed with flux of blood, which cōmeth whē there orifice is open, and is done by incision, imbecilitie of [Page] the veines abundance of blood, or some sharp qualitie, & when their tunicks are deuided, contused and pearced, or else whē the blood goeth through the veins, as the sweate through the skin,Gal. 5. metho. ca. 2 et 12. me­tho cap. 7. the tunickes and membranes are deuy­ded by some externall cause, as contusiō ▪ ryding shooting, falles in diuers manners, The signes are these,Signes. if the fl [...]xe be of the arter, or veine,Gal. 5. met. ca 7 of the arter the bloode commeth leaping out subtilly red and hot. If it be more grosse, black, and thick, and not leaping, it proceedeth of the veines, as sayth Aui [...]en. The Iudgments are,Iudgementes. if the blood come out in great abundance it is dangerous, chiefly when there is eyther conuulsion, belching or rauing, if it be not stayed,Hip. aphoris. 3. lib. 5. et lib. 7. it causeth death because it is the treasure of life. As for the Cure, there are two intentions, the first to stay the blood,Cure. the second to conglutinat the wounde,Gui. tract. 3. ca Gal. lib. 5. me­tho. cap. 2. the blood is stayed by filling vp the wound, with drie lint and aboue it an a­stringent, or cloth wet in vineger, if that stay it not, remoue the lint often & wet it in vineger, which staunceth it much for these thinges cold and mordicant stay flux of blood in the wounds, or make this medicament of bolarmenie, san­guinis draconis, thuris, aloes, of each like quantitie,Hip. aph. 20. lib. 5. Ga. 5. met ca. 4▪ Auic. tract. 2. cap. 18. mixe them with the white af an egge and the haires of an olde hare cut small▪ thereafter binde it reasonable straight, wet­ting the bands, clothes, & all about it in oxycrate, touch it not in foure dayes, in touching remoue all very softly, if it flick to▪ humect it with oyle, whites of eggs or wine. Some to stay blood, put these pouder in the whund, wich I haue somtime vsed, viz. mās blud dried with burnt cloth, wher­with thou shal [...] fill the woūd full, some apply vētouses fric­tiōs, ligators, on the parts opposite, some hold their thumbe long on the mouth of the veine, which is a good remedie, for the blood cōgealeth in the veine & so stanceth. If for al these remedies, it stanceth not, we apply on the veine or arter a little lin [...] wet in vineger with a little pouder of vitriol, otherwise wee knit them as was taught in the Chapter of Ane [...]risme: if that cannot be done, we canterize thē with hot Irōs,Albuc [...]asis. taking heede to touch the parts ne [...]ous Shelander [Page] counselleth the gum lemnium soddē Rennish wine, which hath many vertues, for it digesteth, mundifieth, incarna­teth,Matheolus. & is good in wounds of the head, as saith Matheolus. If none of these staunch flux of blood, it is dangerous, if it be in the matrix intestins or bladder, it shalbe stayed by in­iections of iuyce of plantine and such like, the blood being stayed, the wound is healed as others, hauing regard to the part, for as the veine is more drie, than the flesh, and more soft, than the arter, so it must haue contrarie remedies: in like manner the wound in the arter is harder to be healed, than that in the veine. Sometime there cōmeth such flux of blood at the nose, that it is hard to staunch, for the which take an ounce of boll, the barke of Pomegarnet tree, ba­laust and galles, of each 3. drammes, seede of white Pop­pie 2. drammes, incorporat altogether with the white of an egge and vineger, and apply on the temples and nose, if by this the violent flux doe not stay, take foure graines of my requies, which infallibly stayeth all fluxes.

The seauenth Chapter, of wounds in the nerues and parts Neruous.

CVttes and thrustes in the nerues chaunce in diuers parts of our body, and in diuers maners according to the in­strument, it is done with, some are simple, others compo­sed superficiall, profound, according to the diuersitie of the which we must diuersifie the remedie.Causes. The causes ye haue heard in the generall Chapter.Signes. The signes are knowne by offending of the mouing & feeling and by the vehemēt do­lor,Gal. metho. 6. cap. 4. which causeth fluxion, feuer, spasme, rauing, inflamati­ō & fluxiō on the nerues.Iudgementes. The iudgments are that all woūds in parts neruous are dāgerous, for the great cōmunication they haue with the braines, and the nerue halfe cut, is more dangerous and dolorous, than if it were all cut, which if so be, the action of the mēber, doth decay or at the least some part thereof:Gal. 6. ther [...]pu. also woundes in the ioyntes are for the most parte mortall, because of Aponenfrasis, Tendons and membraines, that they are couered and knitte with [Page] so euill accidentes doe happen, chiefly beeing profound. As for the Cure, if the bodie be full of humors, purge and let bloud, if the nerue be thrust,Cure. beware of putting to it a­ny medicines conglutinatiues, but first of all some gentle remedie to appease the dolor, holde the wound open, if it be narrowe and deepe, incise it, that the mattir may passe more easily, then put in the wounde a medicament,Paulus. lib. 4. cap. 54. Gal. meth. 6. Gal. cap. 6. de comp. medic. Aetius lib. 4. cap. 27. that heateth and dryeth, to witte, oyle of Hypericon, turpen­tine of Venice, aquauitae, and a little enphorbe, some put to the turpentine and oyle of Hypericon, a little quicke sul­phure, rubbe the parte about with oyle of sage, turpentine and annise seedes, which must be reiterated twise or thrise euery day. If there be putrifaction or inflamation, vse a ca­taplasme made of barly meale, linseed, or [...]bi, soddē in sapa, vineger or oxymell, sometimes commeth pricking of the nerue in the arme of bleeding, for the which vse this set downe by Mesues. Take two ounces of oyle of oliue, Mesues. of salte two ounces, seethe them together, and put to it flowre of turpentine, and put it hotte in the wound: if dolor happen, it shall be appeased as ye haue heard, if conuulsion, rubbe the head, necke, backe & vnder the armes, with oyle of lillies, bayes, costini et lumbricorum, hennes grease, calues mar­row, vnguent de althea, if the nerue be cutte in length and appeareth to the sight, abstayne from all sharpe remedies, as euphorbe, vse diapampholigos dissolued in oyle of roses. Also this remedie of honney dissolued in oyle of roses,Gal. 6. meth. Hippocrates lib. 5. apho. 18, waxe, a little turpentine, all which remedies must be appli­ed warme. If there be much mattir in the wound, dresse it softly with bombast, or washed with sweete wine, and lay on it the emplaister triapharmacon, or eneapharmacon If the nerue be cutte ouerthwart, there is great danger of conuulsion and inflamation, for the fibres which are cutte, communicate with the vncutte. For the cure of the which, rest, keepe dyet, and drawe bloud, with such other reme­dies as ye haue heard. If the nerue be contused, and skinne also, and vlcered, it requireth a medicament drying, and [Page] binding the partes disioyned, made of oxymell, flowers of beanes and or [...]b sodden together, putting thereto a little flowre of eruy, also to rubbe the parte with oyle of roses and the white of an egge, thereafter foment the wounde with warme wine. If the nerue bee contused without offence of the skinne, rubbe it with oyle of camomill, iris and [...]ue. If the tendons be hurt, which is a substance mix­ed with nerues & ligamentes, they haue the same cure that nerues, but the medicament must be more strong and drie. If the ligaments be hurt,Gal 6. meth. cap. 4. which are like the nerues and ten­dons, it requireth a stronger medicament for they haue lit­tle feeling, not communicating with the braines, they pro­ceede from the bone▪ and goe to the bone, so any medica­ment drying, may be vsed without offence: thereafter fill vp the flesh,Gal▪ ibidem. and consolide the wound, as others.

The eight Chapter of woundes which happen by biting of venemous Beastes.

SEeing wee haue spoken sufficiently of most parte of woundes done by instrumentes and thinges inanimate, now it resteth to speake of those,Celsus. Paul. lib. 5. cap. 27. which are done by liuing creatures, as men, horses, oxen, swine, bees, apes, serpents and diuers others, the which are not without venom. The Signes are euident, the Iudgementes are, that those which are venemous are most dangerous,Signes. Iudgments. for if good order be not taken, they goe to noble partes, so that death doth ensue. Paulus Aegineta reporteth that mans biting when hee is fasting in the morning,Lib. 5. cap. 26. is very venemous. Gordonius saith, that the biting of a madde dogge is most dangerous, for albeit the sicke feele not much in the beginning▪ yet after a moneth or a yeere it doth appeare, for in that time it see­keth the hearte, beeing of nature and qualitie to seeke the destruction thereof. I knewe a boy in London bitten with a madde dogge, and beeing well sixe weekes dyed [Page] afterwardes. Antonius Beneuenius counselleth to take treacle with wine and minister to such as are bitten, or hurt by ven [...]mous beasts,Cure. in like manner it shall be good to apply ventouses with scarrifications, also sucking with the mouth, by medicamentes attractiues, by canters and such like.Paul. lib. [...]. ca. [...] Gal. 13. meth. cap 6. D [...]osc lib 8▪ cap. 14. If the wound be little, we wash it with oxycrate warme, after the ventouses are taken away, it shall be good to open little dogges, cattes, or foules and lay on it, sometime to apply canters actuals, to consume all that which is affected. If the beast be very venimous, salte or bryne with a little hon­ney, in the which nepeta hath beene sodden, is very good. And likewise the treacle of Andromach applyed in forme of a plaister. Or this, Rec. picis nigra▪ axungiae veruecinae, o­lei antiqui an partem vnam galbani onc. 1. fiat vnguentum: the vngent of Dinus is good for all woundes both venemous and not venenous, in all this time we must comfort the no­ble partes, giue drinkes of triacle and mithridate, and let not the sicke sleepe. If the venim bee dispersed through the bodie, vse purging, vomiting and bleeding, also pro­uocation of sweate and vrine. The venim by these meanes beeing taken away, proceede in the cure, as is said in other woundes.

The ninth Chapter, of wounds in the bones.

HAuing spoken of woundes in the flesh, veines, arters, nerues, ligamentes and tendons,Definition. now we will intreate of those which happen in the bones, which is an incision done by some instrument, that cutteth, thrusteth or brea­keth, sometime superficiall, otherwhiles through the sub­stance thereof. The Iudgementes as saith Hippocrates, if trisipelas doe happen in a bone vncouered,Iudgemente [...]. it is an euill signe: if the great bones bee hurt, as the thigh, legge, or arme, it is without all question very daungerous, if by the stroake of instrument any peice of boane bee separated, [Page] thou must by fitte medicamentes helpe the separation, and not drawe it by force, for that causeth great accidentes, as fistules,Lib. 9. suae me­dicinae. feuers, syncope, conuulsion as saith Auicen. The Cure is not different from the curation of other woundes, if the bone be broken or cutte,Cure. it must be bound & dressed as yee shall heare in the Chapter of fractures. If it be dis­couered, we put on it, as counselleth Auicen, the pouder of mirrhe, which causeth the flesh to grow on it, then vse in­carnatiues & desiccatiues & cicatrice the wound as others

The tenth Chapter, of woundes in the Head.

HEere it shall be necessary to vnderstand, that in our bo­dies there are three noble partes, whereby wee are go­uerned, and without them can doe nothing, as the braines, the heart and the lyuer, for the which three partes nature hath ordained for euery one a seuerall domicill, as the head for the braines, the thorax or breast for the heart, and the inferior venter for the lyuer, the which three domicilles being wounded, there must some other particularities bee obserued for curation thereof, then ye haue heard. There­fore we wil discourse of them seuerally, & first of the head. The head,Definition. wherein are contained the braines, is subiect to solution of continuitie, which sometime is simple, other­whiles composed with fracture of the crane, some pene­trateth the membranes, other the proper substance of the braines,Cause. Iudgments. the Cause and Iudgements are, as ye haue heard in the Chapter generall of woundes.Signes. The Signes of the simple are as in others, the signes of fractures mortall in the skull, are feuer before 13. dayes in Winter, and 7. dayes in Sommer, euill colour of the wound, liuide, little quantitie of mattir, the skinne drie and aride, the toungue blacke, auoiding vnawares of excrementes and water, the sicke ra­ueth, pustulles in the toungue, conuulsion in the parte op­posite, some fall into apoplexie, and death followeth. The [Page] signs of healing of fractures in the head, if after the head be trepained, or the bone cut out by stroke or otherwise, the membrane called dura mater, being of naturall coulor and mouing and the flesh that groweth be red and the sick re­mouing well his neck and iawes, all these are good signes otherwise not.Cur [...] The simple wounde is cured as others the composed with fracture and other accidentes is cured after diuers maners according to the diuersitie of the frac­ture as ye shall heare. The bone is sometime broken su­perficially, otherwhiles to the middst▪ and sometime tho­rough both the tables,Hip lib. de vul­neribus capitis Eiue kindes [...] factures. offending the membranes that co­uer the braines, of the which fractures there are fiue kinds, the first is called fissure or cleft, which shalbe knowne by incisiō of flesh to the pan in forme of St. Andrewes crosse,1 thē seperate the crane frō the pericrane put in lint to dilate the wound, to the end the trepan or other instrumēt touch not the flesh, if in cutting any veine or arter it bleede, it must be knit. Thou shalt know the cleft by rubbing on it with thy naile, which if you suspect to be in both the ta­bles, cause the sick to hold his mouth and eyes close, hol­ding in his breath, and if there issue out humiditie by the cleft be assured that both the tables be riuen, for the which we must eyther with trepan, rongin or other instrument cut the bone to dura mater taking away the least you can of the sayd bone as counselleth Celsus, giuing onely issue to the blood and matter contayned in the place. The se­cond kind of fracture is called con [...]usion, which is often­times 2 so great, that it seperateth the crane from the flesh, for the [...]edies which we vse section to euacuate the blood, yet applying no humide remedies which are con­trarie to the bone of the head, sometime the crani [...]u [...] is pressed in by the stroke, chiefly in children, that haue the bone yet soft, which sometime rise of themselues, if not we apply ventouses and cause the sicke to hold in his breath to make it rise, amplasters which haue the force to draw. If for all this, it doth not rise, incise the flesh and [Page] apply a [...]ire found, if that be not suffitiēt, apply a trepan, the an eleuator. The third kinde is pressing downe of cranium 3 which cōmeth by the weight of the inst [...]ent, it is done with or else with a fall frō some high place & is reduced as the precedēt, if it be pressed down by peeces, it must be lif­ted with the eleuator or pi [...]cetts meete to draw these pee­ces, without the mēbranes, apply not the trepā, if the bones 4 be altogether broken. The fourth kind is called incision in the bone [...] whe [...]e of there are diuers kinds according to the diuersity of the instrumēt▪ according to the which we must diuersifie the remedies, if it chance the flesh & bone be all cut, thou shalt by the coūsel of Celsus, euacuat the blood if any be, cleanse & dresse wel the woūd, close the bone with the flesh, sow vp the wound, leauing a space for the te [...]to 5 euacuat the matter in both sides. The fift kind of fracture is called counterclift, that is whē the cleft of the bone, is in the part opposite to the sore and of all fractures this is the worst, and deceaueth most the Chirurgian, for in it there is no signe but coniecture, and by feeling the hurt man, in oft putting his hand on the place, and if he got the stroke with violence, if he fall after he got it, if he did vomit, notwith­standing there be no cleft, where he got the stroke, I haue known sundry die in this case, chiefly at the battel of San­dlis in France, a valiant Captaine of Paris who had a stroke on the right parietarie, who notwithstanding of all han­dling by skilful Chirurgiās, dyed within 20. daies at which time his cranium was opened, and there was founde great quantitie of blood, vnder the left parietarie, with cleft in the same. There is yet another kind of maladie, called cō ­motion or astonishment of the braines,Astonishment. the which causeth the same accidents, as the the fracture of the cranium & is caused by falles from the high places, strokes, shot of bul­lets, launces, or by the sound of a Cannon shot, or with the hand as fayth Hyppocrates speaking of a man, [...]pid emiorum who gaue a young woman in playing a little blow on the os bregma, [Page] who incontinent tooke a feuer and conuulsion, voided hu­mors by the eare, and so dyed. We must vnderstand that any violent stroke may astonish the head and be occasion to breake veines and arters, not onely of those which passe betweene the sutors, but also those betwene the tables, for the suspention of dura mater, of the which commeth great flux of blood, which runneth betwixt the bone and mem­branes, or betwixt the membrane and braines, which af­terward doth rot and cause many accidents, as dyuines of sight, vomiting of chollor, which chanceth by reason of the nerues of the sixt coniugaton, that hath connexion with the stomack, in like mannner inflammation of the mem­branes, which communinicate to all the body, and cau­seth feuer, rauing, aposteme, corruption in the braines & death. The woundes of the head must in no wise be neg­lected, albeit they bee but small, for oftentimes in little woundes, come great accidentes, and especially in bodies euill disposed. The cure hereof consisteth first in abstay­ning from wine and strong drinke, vsing ptysan,Hip. lib. de vul­ner. cap. 2. or soddē water with a little syrupe of vyolerts, or acetose, cal­led potus diuinus, so continue till the accidentes bee past, let the sicke eate little and of good digestion, as Capons, Chickens, Pigeons, Veale, Mutton, and such like, vsing a straight dyet till the accidentes bee past, in the meane time he may vse Comfitts of Sorrell, con­serue of Roses, for such thinges keepe the vapours from ascending to the head, the aire must neyther be hotte nor colde, sleepe moderately, and purge gent­ly with Clysters, bleede in the Cephalicke veine, ac­cording to the accidents. Parey telleth of a man, from whome hee drewe 100. sauce [...]s of bloode in Foure dayes, who thereby was cured, and otherwise hadde dyed. Shaue the heade and applye Cataplasmes of Flower of Beanes and Oxymell with the Oyle of Roses and suche lyke, that are somewhat cold [Page] and humide, vse frictions and ligators on the extremities, ventouses on the shoulders, sometime to open the veine puppis ftontis sub lingua and the arter on the temples. Ab­staine in the sicknes and long after from women and per­turbations of the minde. The p [...]rticular is thus, first we consider if the bone be broken, that must be trepained, rō ­ged or lifted, for the doing wherof, the place must first be incis [...]d as ye haue heard, yet it is not needfull to trepaune in all fractions and cleftes, for sometime the first table is of­fended yet not penetrating to the diploy otherwhiles the duploy, con [...]used the secōd table whole, somtime the bro­ken bone is a litle lifted, so that the matter contained hath place to pa [...]e and therfore it is not nedefull to trepan. If a­ny pece of bone the dura mater, it must be drawn by fit in­struments, the trepan is good, whē the clefts in the are so litle, that the matter cānot euacuat, yet it is not mete to tre­panne in all fractures as ye haue heard, no [...] to discouer the brains,H [...]p. de locis in homine. without necessity & good iudgmēt, so that the yōg Chirurgian may not so hastily, as in times past, trepan for e­uery simple fracture, I wil shew, whē trepaning shold be v­sed & for what cause, & in what places, also the way to trepan well. First the Chirurgiā shall well consider the stroke & Simptomes if it be litle & the veins betwixt the [...] ta­bles, o [...] those, that hold vp the dura mater with the [...]rane be offēded, & the blood fallen on the membrane, then the trepan must be vsed to withdraw that matter, which other wise wold cause death, somtime it must be vsed for the out taking of the litle bones, that p [...]ick the mēbrane, also that more cōmodiously we may apply our remedies: In al these things Hipp. coūselleth to trepan. When the fracture is inthe first table,Lib. de locis in homine. we vse the trepan exfoliatiue to giue issue to the blood, which is betwixt the tables. The time we shold trepan is 2. or 3. daies at the furthest after the hurt, long de­lay causeth defluxion of humors on the dura mater, Hip. Cel. Auic. which putrifieth & causeth inflammation, so incōtinent after we haue perceiued the offence of the crane and that the membranes suffer which is knowne by the sond or finger, [Page] we should trepanne in the beginning: yet sometime stay till the 7.10. or 14. day, which is dangerous, for which cause bee aduised in iudging therein. Then wee must know what places may indure the trepanne, & which not, for to auoid diuers accidents, considering first if the boane be broken and separated in diuers pieces, which if it be, the pieces must bee lifted by fitte instruments, and not by the trepan. In like māner we must not trepan on the fractures, for that cutteth the veines, arters & filamentes, which passe betwixt the pericrane and dura mater, and cause great do­lor and hemoragie of bloud, for the which cause, if occa­sion constraine vs to trepanne in those partes, we applie the trepan on both sides of the future, for the auoiding of the foresaid accidents as also for euacuation of the humor con­tayned. The Trepan in like sort must not be applied on the open of the head in young children, being yet soft and not solide, nor on the temples, for the muscles temporal, where there is abundance of arters, membranes & nerues, where­of commeth great fluxe of b [...]oud, feuer, conuulsion with other euill accidentes, yet if fracture doth chaunce in those partes, we apply the trepan a little aboue the saide muscle temporall. Wee must not trepanne on the boane petrosa, which is vnder the saide muscle, nor on the boane of the eies, because there is great cauitie, full of ayre and humi­ditie, ordayned by nature to prepare the ayre that goeth to the braines. And these are the places, which we should es­chew in applying the trepan, yet I haue seene some trepan­ned in these places, and heale, but no [...] without great ha­zard. The way to trepanne is thus: First scituate the head of the hurt in good scituation, and holden by some body, that it doe not wagge, close his eares with cotton,Hip. de frac [...] ▪ capitis. haue a good fire, least the colde ayre enter on the membranes, which may make putrefaction, then the Trepan perfora­tiue shall be applyed, to make a hole for the pyramide of the great Trepan, next apply the whole Trepan with the pyramide, turning it about softly, till thou hast made a way [Page] with the teeth of the Trepan, then take out the pyramide, otherwise it shall passe & offend the membranes, continue in turning softly the Trepan, sometime to lift it, to put off the sawinges of the bone, and when thou art at the duploy, which shall be perceyued by the outcōming of the bloud, you shall consider if it be needefull to passe further, as yee haue heard, take good heede in trepanning of the second table, lifting oft the Trepan and sounding if it be neere cut, if it be more cutte on the one side then the other, presse the Trepan on the thickest part, and in this take good heede, for often in cutting the one before the other, thou scrat­che [...]t the dura mater which causeth inflamation and death: being almost cutte, assay with the eleuator to draw it with­out violence, if there be much of the sawinges on the dura mater, take them out. This I thought good to aduertise the young Chirurgian touching this operation, which be­ing done, thou perceiuest if the membrane be inflamed o [...] in any wise altered as oft happeneth, and is most daunge­rous, for which we giue clysters, drawe bloud, and vse fo­mentations on the place of anodins and repercussiues. If there bee alteration, make a medicin of honney of roses, syrrupe of wormewood, aquauitae, with a little aloes and myrrhe, some adde to it a little white wine. If there bee great putrefaction, put thereto a little Egiptiac: if there be neither inflamation nor alteration, it shall suffice onely a little aquauitae with honey of roses, so continuing till the membranes be mundified, applying alwayes the medicin [...] hotte, and cure it afterwardes as oth [...]r woundes. Vse al­wayes aswell in this, as all woundes of the head, the em­plaister veneticum, prescribed in the poore mans guide, and also the emplaister of betonica, or diacalci [...]os malaxed with wine. There is great iudgement to be vsed in doing this operation, and fewe there are founde that doe it well. Many I haue seene of verye learned and expert men, and heard of diuers to my great ioy & comfort, among which, [Page] Gilbert Primrose and Iohn Nessmith Chirurgians to the King of Scotland, men very expert in this operation, like as in all operations chirurgicals, God increase the number of such learned men in this Land.

The eleuenth Chapter, of woundes in the Thorax.

THe Thorax, which is domicill to the heart and lights,Definition. suffereth solution of continuitie in diuers manners, whereof some are externe and doe not penetrate▪ o­thers penetrate to some of the partes contayned therein, as the heart, lightes, mediastin and diaphragma, some passe throughout, of the which, some are cureable, some incure­able, and some mortall, as yee haue heard in the Chapter Generall, as also the Causes and Signes. Those which penetrate at the backe are more dangerous,Cause. then at the in­terior part, because of the veines, arters,Signes. nerues and such like. The Cure consisteth in good dyet in the sixe vnna­turall thinges, purgation,Cure. letting of bloud according to the temperature of the body, time and Region. Those which doe not penetrate, differ nothing from the generall of o­ther simple woundes, sauing onely in binding, which must be incarnatiue, sometime narrowe, otherwhiles broad ac­cording to the difference and scituation of the wounde. Touching those which penetrate, there is great diuersitie of opinion in the cure, some are of the opinion to consolide the wound as soone as may bee, to hinder the externe ayre to hurt the partes vitall, others giue counsell to holde them open, and in case the issue be not large enough, to dilate it, and make it larger▪ that if there bee any bloud or other thing in the capacitie, it may auoyde, but which of these wayes ought to bee followed, the iudgement of the expert Chirurgian is to bee required: knowing first, if it doth [Page] penetrate, which shall bee done in closing his mouth and nose, and then holding a candle to the wound, if the ayre cōmeth forth, it is sure, that it penetrates, if there be bloud in the capacitie, you shall know by the ponderositie of the diaphragma, accompanied with dolor, feuer and vomiting, if any chiefe part be offended, ye shall know by the signes set downe in the Chapter Generall. If neither bloud bee shedde, nor any parte offended, yee shall conglutinate the wound, putting no tent therein, vsing onely a little of my balme set downe in the Chapter of Gunshot, in the meane time vse one potion vulnerar, which doth penetrate. If there be any little thing left in the wound, nature will easi­ly discharge it, for as saith Galen, it doth expell not onely that which offendeth,Com. 7. apho. through the pannicles, but also through the middest of the bones. Those which penetrate with effusion of bloud on the diaphragma & are not mor­tall, must be tented, with a threed at the tent, to the ende that if it goe in, it may bee drawne out agayne, cause the sicke lie on the sore side, chiefly when you dres [...]e him, that the bloud and mattir may issue at the wound, vsing alwaies iniections of barley, pimpernell, pilosell, buglosse, scrofu­larie, cheruill, all sodden in water, putting thereto a little honney or syrr [...]pe of roses, with a little white wine for a certaine time. Sometime the bloud cannot euacuate by the wound, it being higher then the diaphragme, which causeth difficultie of respiring, for the which make an issue, as ye haue heard in Empiema, to euacuate the humor con­tayned, if the put [...]efaction be great, mixe with the foresaid iniection a little egiptiac, the wound being mundified, with this or such like, thou shalt vse this iniect [...]ō, which is some­what desiccatiue. Rec. ros [...]rum, balaustiorum, myrtilorum an. onc. 1. mirabolani, citrini an. onc. 2. mellis rosati parum, co­quantur in aqua plantaginis, ad consumptionem tertiae partis: with this thou shalt washe the wounde twise a day. If the body be of an euill temperature, or that the nether part of the lightes be hurt, it stayeth not quickely, but will voyde [Page] much, then we must vse a tent of lead or siluer, that is hol­low within, that the matter may enacuate, we vse also this decoction to drinke in the morning, fasting foure howers after. Take scabions, bugl [...]sse borage, pimpernell, aristo [...] ­lochia, agrimonie, betonie, pilosell, an. M. se. vna­rum mundatarum, seminis hipericonis, et cardui benedicti an. onc. 1. florum trium cordialium an. P. 1. coquantur in aqua, adde in sine v [...]ni albi parum, sirupi rosati, et cinamomi an. on [...] 2. vsing on the wound the emplaster Diacalciteos malax­ed in wine. If notwithstanding these remedies, it remai­neth long in healing, it doth degen [...]er infistull, for the cu­ration of the which. haue recourse to the Treatise of vlce [...]s Chapter of Fistula.

The twelfth Chapter, of wnundes in the Bellie.

THe inferior venter, wherein the Lyuer with the Kyd­neis & milt are inclosed is often wounded in diuers manners, some penetrates and some not, offending the parts contayned, as the stomack, liuerr milt, kidneis, gutt [...] veines, arters, the epiplon and v [...]i [...]ers, or some other part, the causes, signes, and Iudgments whereof, ye haue heard in the generall Chapter. The Cure is,Cure. those that do not penetrate, are cured like other simple woundes, those which penetrate into the capacitie, require an other man­ner of cure. Woundes in the side, in the oblique muscles are not so dangerous, as those in the transuersall, because that the peritone is vneasie to sow specially in musculo recto which descendeth from the brest to os pubis. Also little woundes in those places are more difficill, than those that are more ample, in them if the gutts come not, they tumi­fie, and so are vneasie to put in againe, for the which vse such remedies, as ye haue heard in Ax [...]mphalon, vsing the future Gastoraphick, if the gutts be pearced, they must be sowed with future pellitor and cast on the wound the pou­der [Page] of aloes, mirre, mastick, and boll, and reduce it softly in the owne place, vsing an emplaster retentiue and agglu­tinatiue. If the l [...]i [...]ium be cut, it is impossible or most di­ficill to heale, by reason of the great veines cōtained ther­in if any of the guts hath changed coulor, there is no hope. If the caule of the venter be altered, it must be knit and re­duced, as ye haue heard in the generall Chapter. In all woundes in the bellie vse Clisters and innections, astrin­gents, & detersiues, chiefly if the great intestine, matrix or bladder be hurt. And so we end this Treatise of woundes, and shall follow out that of vlcers after the same manner.

The first Chapter, of vlcers in generall.

Seeing wee haue amply spoken of tumors and wounds, of their definit [...]n, cause, signes, and cure, so in like manner we will proceede in vlcers, seeing many tumors and woundes doe suppure and degen­der in vlcers, so it is needefull after the Treatise hereof to speake of vlcers, Definition. and first I demaund, what is an ulcer?

It is a solution of contim [...]t [...] made by erosion in diuers parts [Page] of the bodie out of the which procedeth a ma [...]ter purulen [...], which hindereth the consolidation thereof.

Are they not different?

Some differ in nature, in substance, in quantitie, figure and accidents.

How differ they in na­ture & substance?

Some are simple in the flesh, with­out any other indisposition, as saith Galen, or are compo­sed with one, or mo [...] maladies, as vlcers with intemperie, corruption of the bone, aposteme, nodositie and diuers o­ther accidents.

How differ they in figure and quantitie?

Some are round, long, profound, superficiall, great and small.

How differ they by accidents?

Some are putride, dolorous, fistulous, cancrous, some are inuete­rate, some recent, some in on member, some in other pla­ces.

How many causes are there of vlcers?

Three primitiue, antecedent, and coniunct.

Which are the primi [...]tiues?

Contusion, scratching, heates, apply­cation of sharp medicaments, corrosion, great cold, that extinguisheth the the naturall heate, chiefly in the extre­mities.

Which are the causes antecedent?

E­uill humors in the bodie, which come of euill nouriture, or euill disposition of the bodie, or some part thereof,Gal. de causis mo [...]bor. ca. 10. et cap 4. meth. chiefly the ly [...]er and milt.

Howe are these humors causes of vlcers?

Partly by their euill qualitie, partly through abundance thereof do spoyle, open & co [...]ode the most de­bill parts of our body, not hauing force to resist such malig­nitie, and so causeth vlcers.

Which are the coniunct causes?

The foresayd humors conioyned in the partes vlcered, as also all other violent thinges, that haue force to vlcerate the same part.

Which are the signes?

They are euident, or are in the body, & are knowne by the dolor,Signes. nature or the place, accidents & excrements, & such as you shall heare in the sixe kinds of proper vlcers.

Which are those sixe kondes of vlcers?

The first is sanious,Ga [...]. com. 3 aph et li 1 de offi­cina medici et 3 de loc [...]s affectis. 2. virulent; 3. filthie, 4. cancrous, 5. putride or stinking, 6. corrosiue or rotten awaye.

Haue they no other names?

They haue fiue other names, and first by the humors, secōdly of the matter, that cōmeth frō them thirdly [Page] of the accidentes, fourthly of the sicknes, fiftly by compa­ring them to the similitude of beastes.

How take they their names by the humors?

Some are of the Phleg­matick humor, and are called Phlegmaticks, some by the blood, and are called sanguinis, by the choller, chollerick, and by melancholy, melancholick.

Howe take they the nemes of the matter?

Of the great abundance of sany or humidity, it is called vlcer sanious, of the pus, pur [...] ­lent, of the sordidities, it is called [...]ordide, of the virulence, it is called virulēt.

How take they their names of the ac­dents?

Of the hardnes called callositie it is hard and callous, of the cau [...]ns of it, it is called cauernous, of the fistule, it is called fistulate, of the putrifaction, putride, of the corosion or malignitie of the matter, corosiue, of the cankers, or hardnes turned ouer it, called cancrous, of the dolor, dolorous, of aposteme, apostemus. In all vlcers, where any of these raigne, they heale not, till they be takē away.

What is callositie?

It is a drie flesh without dolor, because it hath no veine to make it humide, nor nerue to giue it feeling.

Howe is that called, which commonly commeth from vlcers?

It is called sanie or matter.

What is sanie?

It is a corruption of the part, which nature cannot digest, and make it to nou­rish the same.

How many sortes of sanie is there?

Two, to wit, that which is commendable, as it ought to be, and that which is not.

Which is commendable?

It is, that which is white, light, equall in consistēce, neither thick, thin, nor euill tasted.

Which is not commendable, or euill sanie?

It is a corruptiō of the in­ [...]ument, much altered, through vnnaturall heate, & accor­ding to that alteration it produceth euill sanie.

What call you pus?

It is a kinde of sanie made of the nouri­ture, and superfluitie of the mēber tending to corruptiō by the alteratiō of the naturall heate, & debilitie of the mem­ber, out of the which cōmeth a matter called virus & sor­dities.

Whot is virus?

It is that, which is ingēdred [Page] of the most subtill and hotte parte of the pituitous humor, which nature cannot digest for the great abundance there­of.

What is it, thou callest sordities?

It is a grosse matter, ingendred of grosse humors.

What callest thou durities or hardnesse?

It is a thing hard and solide, not easie to bee corrupted, which may come of three causes, that is, great heate, congelation, repletion.

What callest thou fistula?

It is a profound vlcer,Gal. lib. de [...] ­moribus con­tra natura [...]. hauing the entrie, hard, narrow, deepe, cauernous, from the which proceedeth a matter virulent.

What is putre­faction?

It is a chaunge of the substaunce of our whole body, or of some parte thereof, through an vnnatu­rall heate.

What is the cause of putrefaction in our bo­dies?

It commeth, either that the spirite animall is corrupted, or cannot goe to the parte, for colde, heate, a­postume, pustulles, vlcers ambulatiues venenous, also put­ting of oyles and such like in deepe vlcers, doth corrupt the fleshe, also too much vsing of refrigeratiues in hotte apo­stumes, and ligators which intercept the spirite.

How many sortes of putrefactions are there?

Three, ro wit, Gangren, Estachiles, and Histiomen.

What is Gan­gren?

It is a putrefaction of the parte, hauing yet fee­ling, and differeth in that from others.

What is Est [...] ­ [...]ache [...]?

It is a putrefaction of the member, or parte thereof, without feeling, corrupting both flesh and boane.

What is H [...]stiomen?

It is a whole corruption of the member, eating & consuming the whole bodie away.

What is Corrosion?

It is a consumption of the fleshe, through the bitternesse and sharpenesse of the hu­mor.

What are the causes of Corrosion?

The malignitie of the fleshe, the humor cholericke, phlegma­ticke, salt, admixed.

What callest thou Cancer?

It is a maladie of a matter colde and drie, being hotte by putrefaction, hardnesse and other signes, as ye shall heare in his proper Chapter.

What are the Iudgementes?

There are diuers,Iudgme [...]s. according to the accidentes that [Page] fall, and first, that vlcers remaining a yeere or more vncu­red, make the boane vnder them altered & rotten, & whē such vlcers are whole,Lib. 45. apho. there remaineth a cauitie in the part vlcered: all vlcers that are euil colored blacke are esteemed malignes, if any vlcer being filled vp & ready to cicatrice, begin sodainely to runne againe without manifest cause, it is in danger to become fistulous.Lib. apho. 4. Hippocrates saith that vl­cers, which haue no haire about them, are vneasie to heale and cicatrice, also those vlcers which come, by reason of some maladie, as hydropsie, & cachexie, are hard to heale. Hippocrates saith also, if any man haue an vlcer, whether it be come to him before his sickenesse,Lib. 1. prog [...]. or in the sickenesse, and the sicke die, that vlcer shall bee before hee die, drie, blewe, or pale. The same Hippocrates saith also, that those, who haue vlcers accompanied with tumor,Lib. apho. 65. doe neither fall in conuulsion, rauing, nor phrensie, but if the tumor goe away without manifest cause, & if the vlcer be in the backe, the sicke falleth in spasme if before in the bodie, in rauing and phrensie: if in the thorax before, he falleth in emp [...]m and pleurisie, all vlcers accompanied with varices, or intē ­perie, and those also, that haue the sides hard, are difficill to heale, all vlcers in the extremities of the muscles of the legges and armes are difficill and dangerous, as also those, which penetrate in the bodie: such vlcers as chaunce in the extremities of the bodie, as in the feete, or handes, make oft phlegmons, or other tumors against nature, and in cri­sis of a maladie are difficill.

Which are those, which are of easie curation?

Those which happen in bo­dies of good complexion, & in the which none of the fore­said accidentes doe happen.Cure.

Which are the chiefe causes, Celsus lib. 7. cap. 3.4. meth. cap. 5. et 2. Alex. apho pro. 199. lib 1. et com. in apho. 8 lib. 6. that hinder the healing of vlcers?

According to Galen, the chiefe cause is want of good bloud, to ingen­der flesh, or else that it is euill, either by quantitie or quali­tie of it selfe, also dolor, intemperie apostume, contusion, erisipelas, echymois, superfluous flesh, hardnesse, callositie [Page] of the sides, corruption of the boane, varices, hemoragie of bloud: also roundnesse in figure, for the which Hippo­crates counselleth if the vlcer bee round, to put on it an o­ther forme. Imbecillitie of the part vlcered, indisposition of the lyuer or milte, retention of the monethly course in women, and of the hemerroihdes, and also the applying of medicines vnmeete for such vlcers. Many ignorant bar­bors faile herein, thinking one kinde of emplaister to bee good for all sores, in the which they are deceiued: for hee that would cure vlcers, must first take away the cause, as al­so the impedimentes and accidentes, otherwise he trauai­leth in vaine, as saith Paulus, for the perfourmance where­of, we must ordayne first good dyet, secondly take away the cause antecedent, to witte, the humor which falleth,Lib. 6. cap. 82. Galen 4. meth. cap. 1. which shall be done by purging bleeding, according to the cause on the parte: thirdly correct and heale the acci­dents and indispositions which accompanie the vlcer, these thinges done, hee may come to the curation hereof, as shall be particularly set downe of euery kinde of vlcer, in his proper place.

The second Chapter, of Vlcers sanions and the Curation thereof.

AS in the former Chapter I haue spoken of Vlcers in generall, of their difference, cause, signes and iudge­ments & cure, so now I will particularly intreat of them. All Vlcers are either simple or composed,Gal. 4. meth. cap. 1. with some other maladie, the simple Vlcer requireth onely desiccation, those which are composed, and ioyned with some other acci­dent, except those accidentes be taken away, cannot heale, for the cure of the which, there are foure Intentions, first in the way of life, which shall bee according to the strength of the sicke, nature of the maladie, & aboundance of the [Page] humors in the bodie, as if the humors be hotte and sharpe, we ordaine colde thinges, The second Intention is, in di­uerting and intercepting the matter antecedent, which is done by purgations and bleeding if the strength permit, al­so by frictions, ligators, application of emplaisters, that haue the force to repell the matter. The third Intention is, in correcting the accidents ioyned with the vlcer, as do­lor, tumor, contusion, excrescence of the flesh, callositie of the lippes, rottennesse of the boane, varice and wormes. First then, wee must labor to take away the intemperie, which shall be knowne by the colour of the member, by the touching and feeling of the patient, which sometime is hotte, sometime colde, which if it be drie, wee remedie it by purgation and bleeding, also if neede be, foment the place with hotte water, till it growe redde, as counselleth Galen: thereafter vse this vnguent made of mallowes, sod­den in water with a little hogges grease and honney mixed with nutritum,4. meth. ceratum galeni rosatum, populeon, incorpo­rate with plantaine water, morrell and housleeke. If the Intemperie be humide, vse vnguents that drie, as pompho­ligos, de plumbo, cerusa, allom water, vnguent basilicon, citrinum, fuscum de althea: or this fomentation of claret wine in the which hath beene sodden roses, betonie, wormewood, roch allom. If the Intemperie bee cold, we foment the part onely with wine, wherein wormewood hath beene sodden, hyssope, calamint, rosemary, vnguent basilicon & de althea. If the Intemperie be hotte, we re­medie it by water of plantaine, solanum, housleeke, or vn­guentum rubrificum cum camphora, or cerat galen: if there be dolor with vlcer, which commeth of intemperie, erosi­on, of a subtill humor or solution of continuitie, or pleni­tude of grosse humors, or a flatuous spirite, for the which take vnguent populeon, oyle of yolkes of egges, vnguen­tum album camphoratum, with other such as are in tumors, if the dolor be vehement, we make a cataplasme narcotick of barly flowre, oyle of roses, henbane, mandrager, poppie, [Page] all sodden in milk, If the dolor be accompanied with tu­mor, first looke to the cause of it, thereafter, ordayne the dyet straight and cold, bleeding, purging, according to the nature of the humor, with such particular remidies, as ye haue heard in tumors; The excrescence of the fleshe shalbe taken away with ca [...]ters, rasors, sheeres, pouder of mercur [...] burnt allom, [...]stum, squama aeris, vnguentum aegiptiacum, apostulorum, vitrioli romani. The hardnes is cured by Remollientes and Resoluentes, as goose, henns, ducke and calues greace, oyle of Lillies, lumbricorum, vul­pinum, muscilaginis of althea and fenigreci, basilicon, dia­chilon magnum de muscilaginibus, thereafter scarifie as coū ­selleth Auicen, Gal. 4 meth [...] cap. 2. then put pouder of mercurie or cut it with a Rasor to the soft part. If the vlcer become blacke and Red, scarifie it, and lette it bleede well and applye thinges drying. If it bee accompanyed with Varice, it must bee taken awaye as yee haue heard in the Chap­ter of Varix. If there be rottensse in the bone, yee shall haue recouse to the proper Chapter. If there be wormes in the vlcer, wee must consume the rottennes and hu­miditie they are ingendered of, and kill them also, take the decoction of Wormewood, Agrimonie, Centorie, Calamint, which is to wash the vlcers also in the eares,Aetius. fasting spittle is good for vlcers in the eares, and make the Cicatrize well fauoured with the foresayde dococ­tiō wash the vlcers, as also with Oyle of Wormwood, the pouder Aloes, mixed with the Oyle of Absynthe and a little waxe is verye good. Millefolum taken the weight of one dramme in white Wine sleaeth the wormes in bellie also. The fourth intention consist­eth in healing of the places vlcered,Ga. 5. me. ca. 17 et 3. met. ca. 3. Paul. lib. 4. cap 45. which shall bee doone in taking away the impediments as ye haue heard, thereafter, ci [...]atrize the vlcer with such thinges as are set downe for the consolidation of woundes.

The third Chapter, of vlcer virulent and Corrosiue.

HEre yee shall heare of those two vlcers which are not much different: those vlcers which haue certaine viru­lencie and venenositie are virulent, but after the bitternes augment and corrodeth the flesh and maketh [...] greate▪, it is called corrosiue,Definition. or eating vlcer, if eate much of the flesh nor going deepe, it is called ambulatiue, if yet it doth aug­ment it becommeth in cancer or lupus as yee shall heare. The Cause of these vlcers are euill bilio [...]s humors sharpe and byting,Causes the which get some malignitie venenositie by their adustion, and happen oft after Herpes, or woundes that haue been irritated by shar [...] and byting medicamēts. The C [...]re is first in the manner of life according to the di­sposition of the bodie and humors,Cure. that raigne, nexte in purging partly for the euacuation of such sharpe humors, thirdly in applying fit medicins on the vlcer, as if it be very humide, the medicaments must he more drying and lyke to the parr, as this, take water of allom or playntine, decoc­tion of Cypres,Gal. li 5. meth. cap. 10. Mirabalon, ba [...]k of Pomegarnet, & such like. If there be great heate in the place coole it by refri­geratiues & desiccatiues, Guydo for such vlcers vseth a cake of leade rubbed with quicksiluer, vnguentum pompholigos, de minio, or de plumbo, vnguentum rubrum cum camphora, take any of these mixed with a litle tuthiae preparate, plumbi vsti, cerusae lotae, beaten in a morter of lead, with water of plantaine, a little terra sigillata, with a little oyle of Roses, make an vnguent. If the malignitie be great oft the body, is drie and consume these humors, with canters actuall, pouder of mercurie mixed with vnguent rosat, till such time the malice be consumed, thereafter wash it with the decoction aboue specified. If by all these remedies, wee profit not, we vse the thochisces of diandron de musa, arsnic, copporous, vsing alwaies defensiues to repercute the fluxion, which may come through the violence of these remedies. If these be not suffitient Auicen counselleth to cut the member infected and vlcered.

The fourth Chapter, of the vlcer pro­found and Cauernous.

The vlcer cauernous hath theorifice staight & the bottō broad many cauernes some right, some oblique,Diffinition. with diuers fractuositiues without hardnes & callositie, & so differ from fistules.Cause. The cause of such vlcers is apostemes wounds euill healed, in the which the matter hath b [...]n lōg retayned & the orifice higher than the bottom, as ye haue heard, the party debilitated, so causeth defluxion of super­fluous humors, not only of the part but of al the body. Thou shalt know these cauernes by the sonde, either of lead,Gal. ad glanc. ca· 8. et lib. tu­morū cōtra naturam. sil­uer, or a wax candle, & therin cōtained by the iniection if it be white & cernsse, it is cold, if it be subtil & reddish, the matter is hot, those that are easie to heale haue litle matter with diminitiō of dolor & humor.Cure. The cure of such vlcers cōsisteth first in the way of life with remedies,Gal. 3. me▪ ca. 8. et 9. et lib. 4. ca 7 et 2▪ ad glan. cap. 8. according to the quality of the humor & nature of the part vlcered, as al­so the situatiō, the dolor, intemperie & other accidēts, that entertaine the vlcer. As for the topicall remedies if the ori­fice be in cōmodious situatiō that the matter may euacuat, by vnguēts emplasters mūdificatiues, de [...]iccatiues with ly­gaturs, cōpresses, fomentatiōs & iniectiōs of red wine, if the orifice be high. & the bottom low, the mēber must bee si­ [...]uat in such fashiō that the nethermost be as ye haue heard in woūds cauernous. If by the situatiō, the matter doth not euacuat or if it be in such places, that it cannot be so situa­ted, thē make an incisiō frō the orifice to the bottom with mete instrumēts, thereafter appease the dolor, and flux of blood, if it be in such parts that this incision bee not sanely done, thē make an issue in the bottom, & put a seton as in wounds caneruous, or a tent wit some fit medicin, that mū ­difieth as ye haue heard in tumors, or this Rec. mellis lib. 2. viridis aeris 3 5 olei rosati lib. 1. aristolachiae longe, alluminis cerusae an. onc. 1. fiat vnguentū, or wash with wine & honey called mulsum. If the humor bee sanguinolent and euill sauored, wash the vlcer with Oxymell, Allom water or honey, aqua marina, with a little egyptiac. Al­bucrasis [Page] counselleth to dissolue egyptiac with Hydromell, which mundifieth and corecteth the maligninie. If the matter be subtill and waterie, take barley, agrimony, cen­tory, worme wood and seeth in honey and vineger, it be­ing cleansed vse this in carnatiue and glutinatiue,Lib. 3. met. ca. 3 take the rootes of Iris, Plantaine, Agrimony sodden in water and honey. Auicen councelleth the emplastrum catholicon & centorium which is of a merueilous effect in this, put also the emplastrum de minio, di [...]calciteos or nigrum, composed with galles, honey, pouder of Iris, aloes, mirre and suc [...] ­like. Togat. setteth a marueilous good medicine to con­g [...]tinat vlcers made thus, Rec. decoctionis hordei lib. 1. mel­lis rosati onc. 3. sacroc [...]llae d [...]ag. 2. mirr [...]thuris an. drag. 1. vini odoriferi onc. 3. bulliant ad consumptionem tertiae partis addendo aloes parū, straine this & put it on & in the vlcers & bynd it vpward, shift it once a day till the vlcer be whole.

The fift Chapter, of the filthy & rotten vlcer.

THese vlcers which are oppressed with abundance of matter thick,Definition. tough and euill coulored are called by Guydo and others sordids and filthie, if they augment rot and mortifie the f [...]esh, vlcered voyding a matter euill sauoured and cadauerous, they are called vlcers putrids. If the malignitie and rottennes continue it is gangren and is called vlcer gangrenous of the which ye haue heard.Fuchius lib· 8. cap. 12. The Cause is abundance of grosse humors,Causes. proceeding of an a­dustion and ebulition of blood, for the which they become venemous and maligne as chaunceth after carbuncles tu­mors and woundes euill dressed.Cure. The Cure of them con­sisteth in regiment as ye haue heard in the Chapter of car­buncle, the vsing of the decoction of gaiac is good to dry vp the humors and eucuat them by sweating. Auicen cō ­mendeth much purging of the bodie to discharge the part of these euill Humors, by medycines mundificatiues, [Page] like as humiditie by drying medicines, by ventouses, scar­cifications▪ horsleaches, epithems. Topicall remedies are, first to wash the place with hydromell and aqua marina,Gal. 3. me [...]h. cap. 6. et 7. a­postolicon or egiptiac and put on the vlcer, applying on it an emplaister de bolo, with cloth wette in oxicrate. If the matter gender in corruption, wash it with oxicrate, water of cenders or white soape, with this emplaister made of salt fish,Haly abbas. flowre of aristolochia longa & orobie sodden in wine and put on the sore. If this be not sufficient, take this me­dicament, quod recipit dragaganti rubri dicti auripigment. onc. 1. calcis vinae alluminis corticis mali punici singulorum onc. 6. thuris, gal [...]rum singulorum onc. di. cerae et olei an. quā ­tum sufficit, fiat vnguentum, with defensiues of bol. If for all this, the vlcer augment and grow worse, we vse more strong remedies to consume the putrefaction, as canters actuals, or rasors, or medicaments, that haue vertue to make a scale, according to the saying of Hipp. that which healeth not by medicaments, it healeth eyther by iron or fire,Lib. 7. apho. [...] ▪ which shall be continued till ye come to the good flesh, and shall be knowne by the colour. Arsenic or vitriol roman is good to separate the rotten from the whole, being mixed with a­quauitae, honney and egiptiac. If by all these remedies ye profite not, but that the euill doth augment, the parte must be cutte off, for the safetie of the rest, as counselleth Celsus.

The sixt Chapter, of the Vlcer difficill to heale, called Cacoethes.

YEe haue heard, that some Vlcers are easie, some hard, and some indifferent,Definition. but those vlcers which heale not after all thinges duely vsed, are called Cacoethickes or ma­lignes and long in healing, and by Galen, dispulotica. The Cause is, the euill temperature of the bodie, as,Cause▪ if the hu­mors be vitiated, called by the Greekes cachochymie, or if there bee aboundance of humors, called by the Greekes [Page] plethorie, they must be also euacuated, also that that the cal­lositie or intemperie in the parte must be taken away. The Signes are,Signes. the diuturnitie of the Vlcer, the indisposition and malice of the humor, the hardnesse and callositie of the lippes tumified, there commeth Sanie in quantitie, but thin, euill sauoured, little dolor, sometime healeth, and oft ope­neth vp againe,Cure. chiefely in the feet and legges. As for the Cure,Gal. 4. meth. cap 5. ye must take away the cause and reduce the parte to the naturall, otherwise it is impossible to heale it. If there bee plenitude, cachochymie, intemperie, either of all the bodie, or some parte interne, as the lyuer, the milte, the sto­macke, or else of the part vlcered about it, vice in the hu­mor, or some varix, roundnesse and hardnesse of the vlcer: first ye must purge the body, as yee shall finde expedient, bleede if cause require, vse good dyet, eate thinges that in­gender good humors, vsing decoction of falseperell made thus. Take salseper [...]ll onc. 4. guiac onc. 1. di. macerentur per noctem in lib. 8. aquae purissimae, bulliat lento igne, ad consump­tionem mediae partis, addendo in fine saniculi buglossi, pilosel­lae, pimpernellae, quinque nerui [...], ga [...]ophillate, consolidae maioris et minoris, capill [...]rium omnium an. m. di. glicerize rase onc. di. fiat decoctio, capiat summo mane et sudet, et a prandio onc. 4. sine sudore et aliis horis si voluerit. This is a most excellent helpe for all vlcers. If the fault be in the liuer, milte or sto­macke, corroborate these partes by aduise of the learned Physitian, if the fault be in the part vlcered, eyther beeing tumified with varix & such accidentes, it shall be corrected as in vlcers sanious,Hip. lib. de vlc. as also if it be rounde. If the fault be in the humors which occupie the vlcer, they must be euacua­ted. All Vlcers which are difficill to cicatrize, must haue the bloud about them euacuated, either by scarrifications or horsleaches and washing it with allom water and such as ye haue heard in vlcer putride. If the parte about the vlcer be blacke, liuide or redde, scarrifie it and euacuate wel the bloud, applying a drie sponge, with medicamentes de­fensiues, as in vlcers sanious. If the lippes of the vlcer be [Page] callius hard and liuide, it must be consumed with medica­mentes, if not that way, we [...]t the hardnesse to the quicke flesh,Celsus lib. 5. cap. 26. Hip. lib. de vl­ceribus Gal. 4. meth. cap. 2. and let it bleede well to diuertise the fluxion & inter­cept the cause of the hardnesse. These thinges all obser­ued, thou shalt followe out the rest of the cure, as is set downe in the simple vlcer.

The seuenth Chapter, of Vlcer with corruption of the Boane.

THere are some Vlcers, which after they are healed and cicatriced a certayne space,Definition. become tumified & sup­pure and renue the vlcer agayne, which chaunceth when the vlcer hath beene long in healing, maligne, fistu­lous, gangrenous & cancrenous, by the defluxion of the hu­mor in the proper substance of the boane, as wee see in the virulence of the venerian sickenesse, the which consumeth the periost, rotteth the boane, and consumeth the bloud,HiP. lib. 6. aphor. 45. which is the proper nouriture thereof, also application of oyle or thinges vnctuous on the boane, which corrodeth This corruption commeth by degrees: first becomming fat, through the humor which is soaked in it, next,Celsus. lib. 8. cap. 2. either black or rotten, and is knowne by the mattir that commeth from it, which is viscous and stincking, also great store of spon­gious flesh, the corruption is also knowne by the sight, not being white as it ought, also by the sounde, not equall but knottie and soft. For the Curation, after remedies vniuer­sall, let there be vsed a good dyet, purging and bleeding,Cure. and vsing this potiō in the morning, not eating foure houres afore, nor three after. Rec. hor dei mundi partes 3. gentianae partes 2. centaureae minoris parta 1. coquantur in vino albo, putting to it a little gaiac, this potion is good for the sup­puration of the boanes as is learnedly written by Togatius. The particular remedies are of three kinds, that is, rougins, [Page] canters potentiall and actuall, before the application of the which,C [...]lsus. lib. 8. cap. 2. we must be assured what quantitie of the boane is altered, then incise the vlcer, discouer that which is offen­ded, and if the rottennesse be but superficiall, we vse rougin till we perceiue the bloud, which sheweth it not to be alte­red. The boane which is neere consumed, as in the head and such places as be neere the noble partes and ioynts and in the ridge of the backe, we vse also the rougin with this pouder of the rootes of aristoloohia, iris▪ florentiae corticis pini, thuris, aloes, s [...]oriae, aeris an partes aequales. stampe them in aquauitae and drie them in an ouen, which shall bee done twise or thrise, and lay these pouders on the boane, with the emplaister diacalciteos or betonica: ye may also mixe these pouders with a little honney or aureum. If these thinges be not sufficient, and the alteration be greater, we vse can­ters potentiall, as oyle of vitriol, oyle of cloues, mercurie, camphire, sulphure, salis, antimonij, incense and such like. But if the rottennesse be great, fat and vnctious, wee apply canters actualls once or twise, to separate the whole from that which is rotten, perfunding till the outmost of the al­tered thing, which ye shall know, when there commeth no more humiditie: if you continue them longer, you con­sume the humiditie naturall, which shoulde ingender fleshe betwixt the rotten and the whole, for the which haue good Iudgement. This remedie hath vertue to corroborate and comfort the parte, and drieth and consumeth the euill hu­mors, and helpeth the separation, the which beeing percei­ued, shake it by little and little, and draw it not by force: if it be drawne, before the flesh be growne on the whole, the ayre will alter the other also. Of this remedie commeth no dolor, if yee touch nothing but the boane, after the canters are applyed, we vse oyle of roses with whites of egges for the first two dayes, then mixed with whites of egges and fresh butter with honney, thereafter some mundificatiue till the boane bee exfoliated, and then vse the powder a­boue written mixed with honney, to incarnate & cicatrize, [Page] thereafter consolide the vlcer. If the rottennes come to the marow and the bone be all corrupted there is no remedy, but amputation, except in the head, haunch, and rigge backe, in the which we vse remidies palliatiues as ye haue heard.

The eight Chapter, of the vlcers Cancrous and their Curation.

HAuing intreated heretofore of Cancer in generall, here we will speke of the vlcered,Definition. which as saith Guydo is an vlcer round horrible, hauing the lippes thick, harde, ine­quall sordide, turned ouer, cauernous, euill fauoured, of colour liuide and obscure accompanied with many veines full of Melancholick blood, voyding a matter virulent,Paul. lib. 3. cap. 67. sa­nious worse than the venim of beastes, subtill waterie, black or red. It is so called for two causes as saith Auicen, the one because it cleaueth so fast to the part as cancer to that which it taketh holde of, the other because it hath veines about like the feete of the cancer. The cause com­meth of the cancer vnulcered, and vlcers euill cured,Cause. and by the humors Melancholicke which come from all the partes of the bodie, which do putrifie and heate, so acquir a sharpnes and venenositie and breede cancer. The signes are these, the cancer vlcered is still redde,Signes. caue to the pro­found of the member casting a virulent matter in great a­bundance, pricking dolor,Aetius lib. 4. ca 43. and irriteth by the application of remidies and operation manuall, so not to bee touched and therefore called Noli me tangere. Guilliel. de sali ceto. The Cure generall consisteth in purgation and dyet, as in tumors cancrous,Cure. Guydo cōmendeth a potion made of capillars, herbi Ro­berti▪ scrofuralia, cent [...]nodie, Treacle and Methridate are good, for they cause venim to come out in the skin. The particular is,Gal. 2 ad glane cap. 10. if it be in such a place that it may not bee ta­ken away with the braunches, it shalbe done by incision, canterization, or corrosion and that the blood be all well expri­med [Page] [...] [Page] [...] [Page] out of the veines, thereafter canterize it with such as haue force to consume the euill humor, quoniam in ex­tremis morbis▪ Hip. 6. apho. 1. extrema sunt adhibenda remedia. The arsnic sublimat is excellent, for it mortifieth in one day cancers, fi [...]ules, and other strang maladies, apply defensiues and anodins, produce the fall of the scale as in the vlcer prece­dēt.Gal. 14. metho cap. 10. When ye perceiue that there is neither stink nor virulē ­cie, but good flesh, heale it as other vlcers. If it be in any part that it may not be thus handled, or the patient wil not or that it is incureable, wee vse palliatiue remedies, the which consist chiefly in good dyet, abstayning from things contrarie, vsing good things, therafter euacuation gene­rall purgations, bleeding, applying on the part medicamē ­tis corroboratiues, linimentes and refrenantes to diuert the fluxion with proper medicines as this take the iuyce of sca­bius & solani an. onc 2. plumbi vsti loti, vnguēti pompholigos an. onc. di. vnguenti albi onc. 2. diacalciteos onc. di. oleum [...]mphacinum parū agitentur in mortario plumbeo. There are diuers other proper medicamentes for this effect as succus solani, spima argenti, cer [...]sae, olei, an partes equales contun­dantur et agitentur in mortario plumbeo, donec haheant cole­rem plumbi. When there is great dolor seeth althea in wine and honey putting thereto a little oyle of roses to make a cataplasme,Gal. Paul. Cels. Actius. also wash the vlcer with wine, wherein tapsus barbatus hath been sodden. There are diuers vnguents and liniments set downe afore in the tumor Cancrous.

The nynth Chapter, of the vlcer fistulous.

Gal lib. tumor. cōtra naturam. Definition. Lib. 4. lib. 49. et lib. 7. cap. 77FIstula is an vlcer deepe straight, round, cauernous with great hardnes & callositie frō whence procedeth an hu­mor virulent. Paulus Aegineta saith it is a sinuosity callous not dolorous in diuers parts of the bodye chiefly after apo­stemes not wel cured & hemorroides, which haue run lōg, as also apostemes hemoroidall.Cel. lib. 7. ca. 4 Of it there are diuers sorts the causes are,Cause. as in vlcers cauernous, but the humor which proceedeth frō it is worse cōming of an euil phlegmatick & melancholick adust causing a bitternes & venenositie. [Page] The signes are knowne by the sound & by the humor that cōmeth out which is virulēt, stinking,Guliel. de sali­ceto. not dolorous except it be neare the nerue.Signes. Galen calleth it a siring because it is caue within, Paulus compareth it to the reede,Aet [...]us lib. 6. Gal lib. contra naturam. that haue cauities as also Aetivs. The Iudgments some heale easily, some are long in healing, & some are incureable.Iudgementes▪ Fistules with many cauernes are difficill as saith Celsus, those that are nere to any noble part as in the thorax, allo in the blad­der, matrix & intestins are all perillous & mortall, those in the ribbes, back ioynts are suspect and of difficill curation. Fistules in the fundament, which haue the orifice exterior, are hard to heale,Panlus. Arnold. de villa noua. all fistules in bodies euill disposed are of long curatiō. There are diuers sorts of fistules, for some are superficiall, others do penetrate, some a slope, some right, some simple, others composed with one or moe sinuosities,Difference. some end in the flesh, some in the bones,Celsus lib. 5 ca. 28. and some in the cartilages. As for the cure, we must first cōsider by the iudg­ment & sound, the deepenes and cauernosities,Cure. if it be cal­lons, and endeth eyther in tendons, cartilages or bones, or penetrateth within, all which things cōsidered we ordayn the way of life & purg the body according to the nature of the humor, therafter corroborate the parts intern with this potiō which hath oft been experimēted by old authos Re. hordei mundi scrofuraliae an. partem vnā agremoniae, centa [...] ­re [...], plātaginis minoris an partes duas, aristolochiae partem di. foliorū oli [...]ae, filopendulae an. partes duas, scindātur omnia mi­nutim pislētur bulliant in vino albo cum parrū saccari. Of this decoctiō ye shal take a draught euery morning 4. houres a­fore meate. The particular remedies cōsist in 4. things, first to dilate orifice, if it be stright, which shalbe done by tents of gentiā, briony, spōg prepared, ciclamin if the fistule doth penetrate depe, tie a thread to the tent, the orifice being di­lated we come to the secōd point to take away the c [...]llosi­ty, which is done either incisiō or cāterization, or by reme­dies causticks & corrosiues, or to cut it with sheres or ra­sor, or with such remedies,Paul. lib. 9. cap. 77. et hipp. lib. de locis in ho­mine. as ye haue heard in vlcers ca­neruons. If it be profound & such kind of places, where it [Page] may be knit, we put a needle with a strong thread through it, and knit the thread euery day more and more till it bee consumed as ye shall heare in the fistula of the fundament· If it end in the bone and it be filed, it must bee discouered and handled as ye haue heard in his proper Chapter. If it end in the tendons, or membranes, it is dolorous and the matter sanious and clammie, if on the veine or ar [...]er, yee shall perceiue blood. All these thinges considered if the callosity cannot be taken away by manu [...]l operatiō we ap­ply medicamēts caustick, as coūsel our auntiēts, like as tro­chisces de aphrodellis or pouder of mercurie, auripigmentim or white sope, or a tent couered with arsnic, or with strōg water, or steepe any of them with vineger and distill in the wound, that is good where there are many cauities, for that liquor goeth through all, let it remaine two dayes putting about it refrigeratiues & repercussiues, some canterize thē with canter actuall. Thereafter apply on it to appease the dolor, and to cause the scale fall, oyle of roses, with whites of eggs, as ye shal find in the poore mans guide, til the gret heate bee past, & the scale fallen & that the fistule voideth matter cōmendable, which is a signe, that the caule is abo­lished. The 3. point cōsisteth in medicamēts mundifitiues & incarnatiues, as ye haue heard in vlcer cauernous. The 4. point cōsisteth in sarcotices or cicatrisāts, as ye haue heard before. If the fistule be incurable, as ye penetrating to a part principall or such other cause as ye haue heard, as also if in curing of it, there come a more dāgerous accidēt, as in the fundamēt hapneth voluntary eiectiō of the matter fecall or cūuulsion, in such we shold not seke the perfit cure, but vse palliatines, as purgatiōs of the humor pituitous & melācholick, mūdificatiues to mūdifie the euil flesh & matter in the woūd, therafter deficcatiues, as diachilon iria [...]ū, desiccati uū rubeū, diapalma. And this is the cure generall of fistules, as well by medicamēts as manuell operation so now we will shew the maner to cure those in the fundamēt by manuall operation:fistule in the fundament. of the which some are apparent, others not, [Page] hauing no orifice exterior, but either within the great pud­ding or mus [...]e sphinter, this we iudg by the matter that cō ­meth forth, also by the dolor, or some precedent aposteme in these partes, woundes euill cured, hemerroil [...]des [...]. As for the Cure, some vse canter actuall, which is in oft dan­gerous in those parts, some counsel to cutte it with a sharpe instrument which is dangerous for the fluxe of bloud,Cure. and cutteth the fibres of the muscle sphinter,Albucrafis Pareus. Guid. which may relaxe the matter fecall at all times. Heere I will set downe, how by the ligator this may be cured,Hipp. Celsus. Paulus. which is more sure & ea­sie then any of the foresaid: first the patient shall stande on his feete, leaning forward, either on a bedde or chaire, ope­ning his legges, and continuing them so, till the operation be done. Of this situation ye shall aduise more amply with Paulus and Celsus, in the meane time the Chirurgian shall put his midmost finger in the fundament, to the highest part of the fistule, rubbing it first with oyle or butter, with the other hand he shall passe a sound in forme of a needle, made of siluer, lead or gold, to the ende it plie the better, threed it with a strong threede, rubbe it with waxe or me­dicament causticke, so it shall cutte the sooner, put the needle in the orifice of the fistule, thrusting it alwayes in, till thou feele it on the ende of thy finger, and if there bee some little membrane betwixt, pearce it through with the point of the needle, that beeing done, thou must plye in a little, and drawe it out that way by the fundament, knit the threede with a running knot, meanely hard, and knit it e­uery day straighter and straighter, till it bee consumed. If the fistule be hidden, that hath orifice interior and none [...] ­terior, it is more difficill, yet we dilate it with the specu [...]ū an [...] not hurting the sicke, so wee perceiue the orifice inte­rior, and passe a sound pliable, as before in the orifice, with a threede, turning it till it come to the bottome: if it hasse not the force to pearce through, wee make an issue on the ende of the sounde, and knitte the threede, as the other. Further wee must consider, that fistules which are high a­boue [Page] or in the ring of the intestine, are not to be cutte, by reason the sicke shall alwayes auoyde his mattir. This o­peration like as diuers rare operations, are most cunningly done by my good friend Iames Hendersome a man very ex­pert in the art of Chirurgerie in Scotland.

The tenth Chapter, of Burnings.

Definition.BEcause of Burning and violent heate come vlcers do­lorous and euill to heale, therefore I will set downe the way to cure such vlcers. Burning is a violence done by the ardor of the fire, hotte water, or some other hotte licour, in diuers partes of our bodie, and make many accidents. The superficiall are subiect to inflamation, the great ones to excoriation and exulceration, those which are meane, haue little blisters on the skinne, in all which is dolor, rednesse, ardor & such like with euident signes apparent to the sight. The Cure is, if the combustion be great, first in the way of life, [...]ure. tending to tenuitie, next in vniuersall remedies accor­ding to the humors which raigne. The topicall remedies are diuersified according to the diuersitie of the accidentes: Arist. in his first probleme counselleth to holde the place burnt to the fire, and so one heate draweth forth another. Also whites of egges with rose water stay the pustuls, those which are superficiall, accompanied with inflamation and dolor, must be cured with thinges that refresh, as whites of egges, water, vineger, housleeke, lettuce, morrell, plan­taine, henbane, solanum, roses or the waters hereof distilled and layd on the place with a cloth wette therein. Allom and Ceruse dissolued in Camphire water, is good: these thinges appease the dolor and inflamation, and heale the Burne, also the blades of leekes or onions peeled, with salt, and put on, healeth it maruailously, or lettuce with salt. The rootes of lillies fryed in oyle of roses, or the leaues sodden, will heale it also: if there be blisters, pearce them, if there [Page] be vlceration, vse remedies lenitiues & deficcatiues, as this, oyle of nuttes onc. 3. waxe onc. di. mixe them together and washe them in plantaine water and lay on it. Also leeke leaues sodden in wine, or the iuyce of them with vnguent rosat▪ is good, if the sore neede mundifiyng, take turpen­tine washed in the decoction of barley, a little syrrupe of drie roses, with aloes and barley meale. The sore beeing mundified, cicatrice it with vnguent populeon, diapom­pholigos, album rasis, emplastium de minio, or diacalciteos dissolued in redde wine, wette a cloth therein and lay on it. The foresaid remedies must be softly applyed, not touching it with the hand, the oft touching doth iritate and cause fluxion, therefore I haue set downe a secrete in the poore mans guide, to heale all kindes of burning in a shott time, with one emplaister onely, wherewith I haue had good effect, at diuers times. This remedie is very good, easie to be had, and healeth without skarre. Take the barke of an Elme tree, steepe it a night in water, take it out in the mor­ning, ye shall perceiue a ielly on the inner side of it, wipe off that ielly with a feather, or thy finger, anoint the sore there­with, and it healeth, as is aforesaid. And thus we ende the Treatise of Vlcers.

The first Chapter, of Fractures in generall.

Hauing intreated heretofore of maladies which happen in the soft partes, Paul lib. 6. cap. [...]9. Galen. com. 1 aph. et lib. 1. de fracturis. as the skinne and flesh, heere wee will prosecute those which happen in hard and solide partes, as the boanes, and first of Fractures, what is then a Fracture?

It is a gene­rall diuision or disscision, or solution of continuitie in the boane.

How many kindes of Fractures are there?

Gal. lib 6. meth cap 5. et Celsus. lib. 8. cap. 7. Hip. 6. cap. 5.Three, the first is ouertwart breaking, the second in length, and the third obliquely, in this kinde of Fracture the the pointes of the bones enter in the flesh, and causeth do­lor, by the pricking of the flesh and nerues.

Are these kindes of Fractures simple or composed? Difference.

Some­time simple, otherwhiles composed with wound, inflama­tion, gangren, dolor and such like.

Differ they not after another manner?

They differ according to the partes, where the Fracture is, as Fracture in the head, nose, backe, legges, fingers and such like.

Which are the causes of Fractures? Cause.

Haly Abbas saith, & also Galen, that all outward thinges,Gal. de fracturis Haly Abbas serm. 8. com 9. aphorism. that haue force to bruise, breake, cutte or cleaue, are sufficient to cause Fracture.

Which are the Signes of Fractures?

Auicen, Rasis & Celsus say,Signes. that by the sight and feeling the parte with the hande, thou shalt perceiue it vnequall,Celsus. lib. 8. cap. 10. Auicen. tract. 2. cap. 1. Gal. 6. meth. c. 5 and also feele and heare a noyse in handling harder, & there shall be dolor in the part.

Which are the Iudgements of Fractures?

Frac­tures in hard bo [...]es and drie▪ as in olde folke are more dif­ficill and longer in healing, then soft and humide in young people. Auicen saith, that Fractures in chollericke and old folke, are difficill, & in very olde folke impossible: Fractures of the ribbes with inflamation & spitting of bloud are most dangerous.Cure.

Of all sorts of Fractures, which are easie to heale, & which difficill and dangerous?

All Fractures i [...] the ribbes, which are simple, in the middest of the legges or armes and fingers made ouerthwart, are not dangerous. [Page] All fractures neare the ioynts and in the heads of the bones are difficill, and the motion afterwards not good & those which presse inward, are worse, than those which go out. All fractures in the head how little so euer they be, are dā ­gerous:Celsus lib. 8. ca 10 all fractures where they are many broken peces are dangerous, those with wound are difficill, because the bā ­dage cannot be done without dolor of the wounde Celsus saith that fractures in the thigh, are euill,Hip. de vulne­ribus cap. Hip. ibedem. because the mē ­ber remaineth alwaies shorter, all those that are eminēt, & have much marrow, are dangerous.

Are all frac­tures healed in a certaine space?

Some are longer, some shorter, according to the greatnes, hardnes and drynes, fractures in the head are healed in 35. daies, in the thigh in 45. daies, in the legges and armer in 40. daies,Hip. aph. 6. et [...]. et lib. 2. de fractur. Arhors. 6 5. Celsus lib. 8. ca. 7. the nose in 16. daies, the ribbes in 20. daies, in the iawes, the shoul­der, clauicles, handes, feete, are healed in 20. daies, in the haunch and point of the shoulder in 40. daies, and likewise in other places, according to nature of the bone, the age, the aire and time of the yeare, and constitution of the body, the dyet, medicaments and gouernment of the sick, which things duely done do shorten the time of the cure.Auic. tract. 2. cap 9. Paul. lib. 4. et 6 cap. 110. Com. aph. 42. et lib. 1. de fractur. The defect of the aliment viscous is helped by fomē ­ting with hot water, the oft pessing and shifting it doth prolong the time as also straight ligatures, so in dede there is no [...]imited, but some are longer, some shorter time in healing as we see by day experience.

The second Chapter, of curation of fac­tures in Generall.

IN the precedent Chapter ye haue heard, what fracture is with the causes, signes, and Iudgments now remayneth the cure, for the which ye must consider first if there be in­flammation, to differ the reduction▪ till it be past, for to a­uoyd great accidēts, than we must haue a quātity of whites of eggs & oyle of Roses beaten together cloth, cōpresses,Gal. 6. meth. ca cap. 5. [Page] bandes, fe [...]ules, machins, lacs, oxycrate, men to help thee, with other things necessary for the purpose, hauing al these in readines, there remaineth yet fiue pointes, the first is in extension of the member which is done,Soranus. by laying it on a bench or other place proper, the sick being well situated, there must be two persons to hold the member fractured, the one at the nether part, the other at the vpper part, of the which one draweth vp an other down, to make the ex­tension, if the hands bee not suffitient to do this, wee take cords or strong cloth and bind fast the member one to the vpper part, an other to the nether, which shalbe drawne by two men contrarie as ye haue heard.Hip. li de frac­turis com aph. 12. et lib. 1. de articules et 6. meth. cap. 5. Cel. li. 8. ca. 10. For the same pur­pose ye may vse glossocomes, if great force bee needefull, beware of extensiō, chiefly in dry bodies, for feare of dolor feuer and conuulsion. The second intentision after the ex­tensiō is made, thou shalt take the mēber softly with thy hands & reduce the bones in situation naturall, then lose the machins that the muscles may go to their owne natu­rall.Hip. aph. 21. et lib. 1. de fractu. The third intension is to binde it well to hold it in the estate vnmouing & it is done by medicament [...] & bandage, we apply for the first time an emplastrū astringēt or defen­siue,Aph. 26. et lib. 2. de officina medici et lib. 1 de fractrris. made of bol, frie flower whites of egs & oyle of roses, it shalbe best to rub the māber with cerat galen, oyle of ro­ses, mirtill or mastick before the applicatiō of the astringēt, the cloth must be wet in oxycrate & the bands also. Ther­after bind the member, of the which our auntient vsed on­ly two kindes to wit the vnder band,Aph. 12. et 37 [...]ib. 3. de offic. medici. which Hipp. calleth Hypodesmedy, & the vpper band which he calleth Hypo­desmos. The nether band is deuided into 2. or 3. the first is short beginning right on the fracture wearing vpward toward the knee, if the fracture be in the legge, the volutiōs must be close together, this kind of bādage letteth the fluxion on the member hurt. The second band, which must be longer shall begin in the same fashion,Com. aph. 13. et lib. 1. de frac Cel lib 8. cap. 10. Com. ca. 13. making 2. or 3. cir­cumuolutions on the fracture, cōducing downwards, this bandage maketh expression of the blood which was fallē [Page] on the fracture, let the volutions be further asunder, being low ye shall weare vp againe, and end at the other ioynt. The third band shall begin at the nether ioynt & passe vp­ward on the fracture to the other ioynt and there end with the rest, the band must be of clean cloth thin, soft without seame or hem, of length according to the member,Gal. 5. de offic. medici et Cel­sus lib. citato. & the breadth of 3. or 4. fingers, reasonable strong, that they be neither too straight, nor too slacketh boūd, the straight ma­keth dolor and inflammation and letteth the vitall spirrit, likewise the too loose binding,Hip. aPh. 19. et 26. lib 2. de o­fic. medici et com. apho. 21 ec lib. 1. fractu­ris holdeth the bones toge­ther, so there must be mediocritie in that matter. The bād being gouerned in such fashion, ye must consider, that the leggs, thighes & armes are smaler in the nether parts, than the higher, therefore we must put double clothes to pro­portiō the member, to make the small partes equall with the rest & also that our splints that are made of cards, wod or white Iron, be holden faster by the vpper hand. There must be 3. splents made hollow,Aph. 41. lib. 1 de fracturis. the first which is biggest shall embrace all the vnder part of the fracture, as funda­mēt, thother 2. shalbe put on both sides a litle space one frō an other, these 3. splents,Hip. lib. 1. de fracturis. being placed on the vnder band do hold them fast, and also keepeth the bone steadie from mouing, they must not be put to afore the 7. day, also they must be narrow at the lower end according to the mēber, broad and strong on the place fractured, with a little cot­ton or woll. Our ordinarie practise is to vse them the first day, if there be no inflammation, and being done,Aph 1. et 2. etli. 3. de officina medici we ap­ply the two vpper bands on them, called Epidesmons, the first shall begin in their inner side of the nether ioynte, and turne vpward to the vpper parte of the member. The seconde shall begyn in the vppermost part,Lib 8. cap. 10. et Hip. lib. 1 de fracturis. in the out side, turning inwardes, so the one shall goe contrarie to the other in forme of St. Andrewes Crosse as saith Cel­sus. The member bound in this fashion and situated accordinge to the situation of the veines, arters,Lib. 6. met. ca. 5. nerues and muscles as sayth Galen, the nexte we must take a [Page] napkin and row a little straw in euery end of it, sow it to­gether and lay the member in the midst of it, binde it with little cords or [...]ibban, situate it right, soft and high, so con­tinue it 3. daies, if no accidents happen, renue it againe in 3. daies, but if the fracture be simple we remoue it not be­fore the 7. day or longer.Aph. 39. et l [...]b▪ 1. de fract et a­pho. 4. ibidē. The seeuenth day past, renue it euery 7. day or 12. or 20. day if other accedēts do not hap­pen as saith Hipp. defensiues in the superior partes at least in the beginning, also fomēt it with warme water for that reuoketh the blod, cōforteth the part & humecteth it with a pleasant humiditie. The fourth precept is in generation of callositie,Hip aph. 45▪ et 46. et lib. 1. de fracturis. first they shal eate meat of good suc to ingēder good blood, yet somewhat straight till the 10. day be past abstaine from strong drink, for in that time the inflamma­tion and feuer do passe, eate veale, m [...]tton, and kidde, vse medicamentes emplastricks that heate moderatly, also an emplaster or cataplasme of whites of egges fine flower & Rosess till the 20. or 25▪ day be past thou maist know whē the call is making,Paul. lib. 9. cap 110. if in tying the first band it seemeth bloo­die and not wounded, it sheweth the call to bee making then to fortifie the same we vse euery three dayes to washe the member with decoction of Roses, and mosse of the oake tree, putting to it a little oxcrosi [...]m, or de althea, if in this time it itch, as oft happeneth foment it with water and salt and vse fomentations of hot water and emplasters of pitch to reuoke and draw the aliment to breede the caule. If the call be too great we bind a cake of lead on it, or some medicament that digesteth as counselleth Galen;Lib. 6. meth. cap. 5. all em­plastick substānce that healeth moderately. The fift pre­cept in correction of the accidentes for sometime there is wounde with the fracture and then it must bee banded more slack, vsing moe bandes and no splentes, also more straight dyet.Cel. lib. 8. ca 10 If eyther phlegmon Contusion or Gangren cure them as ye haue heard in their Chapter. If the be not proportionably, it must bee amended by breaking, which must [Page] be done afore it be hard, otherwise it breaketh in some o­th [...]r parte: to doe the same, it must be fomented the space of 15 dayes, with hennes, goose or cockes grease, fomen­tations and cataplasmes that haue force to soften the calle, as this: take vnguent de althea and agrippa of each onc. se. olei camomelini, lillies and laurell, axungiae gallinae anseris and fresh butter, of euery one onc. 1. with a little waxe, so being softened, it separateth easily, sometime it requireth a little force to doe it. Auicen & Guido write in diuers ma­ners to doe this, which I counsell no man to trie,Brunus. Albuc. for better it is to suffer a little deformitie of a parte, then losse of the whole bodie, to witte, death, which often happeneth. As for the curation of Fractures in the head, looke Hippoc. de vulneribus capitis & Galen 6. meth. cap. 6. et Celsus lib. 8. cap. 3. & 4. et Paulus libro sexto, cap. 90.

The third Chapter, of Dislocations.

Like as wee haue done in Fractures, so we will followe out in dislocations but for the better vnderstanding thereof, I woulde knowe of you, after how many fashions the boanes are ioyned together, before we come to the definition of the dis­ease.

All boanes are ioyned generally two wayes, to witte, by Ar [...]thro [...], that is, by articulation, and by Sym­phis [...], that is, by naturall vnion.

Howe many sortes are there of articulation?

There are two, to witte, Diarthrosis, that is, coniunction with mouement manifest to the sight, as legges, armes, feete and handes: Synarthrosis, is mouing more obscure to bee perceiued, as the teeth, the sutors of the head.

Howe many sorts are there of ma­nifest mouinges?

Three, to witte, Enarthrosin, that is, when there is a great cauitie, that receiueth a long round­nesse, as the thigh with the haunch: the second is Arthro­dia, that is, when a superficiall cauitie receiueth a little su­perficiall head of a boane, as the arme and shoulder with [Page] the omoplat, the third is ginglimus, that is, when the boanes receiue one another, as in the connexion of the knee, and the cubitus with the arme.

Howe many sortes are there of obscure mouinges? Lib de os [...]ibus

Galen saith, that there are three, to wit, suture, as the sutures of the head, the se­cond is called gomphosis, that is, when the boane is infixed in like a nayle, as the teeth in the iawe boane: the thirde is called Harmonia, as the nose with the head, the boanes of the face which are ioyned together like a lyue.

You haue tolde sufficiently of articulation, nowe tell me of naturall vnion, and howe many wayes it is done.

Two wayes, eyther without mediation, but by succession of time grow­eth together, as the nether iaw boane, which manifestly is distinguished in children, or else by mediation, and is done three wayes, to witte, the cartilage, as the boane pubis: se­condly by the nerue or tendon, as the sternon and as illium are ioyned together: thirdly by flesh, as the teeth are faste­ned. This, as also all the Anotomie is most perfectly de­clared by Robert Achymutie Chirurgian of Edenburgh, sometime Chirurgian in the great Hospitall of Paris.

Paul. lib. 6. c. 3. What is Dislocation?

It is an outgoing of the boane out of the naturall seate, which letteth the mouing.

Howe many differences are there of Dislocations?

Three, of the which the first is called complete, when the boane is altogether out of the place, the second is im­complete, when the boane is not altogether, but a little out, the third is distortion, elongation or peruertion of the liga­ment.

How many wayes is Dislocation complete done?

Celsus. lib. 8. cap. 20. Gal. com. aph. 2. et lib. 1. de articulis.Foure wayes, before, behinde, outward and inward, some vp, some downe, but not oft seene.

Howe many differences hath incomplet?

It hath three, the first, that the ligament in the ioynt and about it is relaxed, as chaunceth in the haunch, the seconde, when the liga­ment is forced by great violence, as the legge or foote in making a wrong or croked steppe: the thirde is, when by [Page] little and little the ligament relaxeth & bringeth the boane after it, as chaunceth in the backe.

How many diffe­rences hath the third, which is called distortion?

No difference, but onely the boane is made longer from the o­ther.

Which are the causes of luxation?

Two, to witte, externe and interne.

Which are the ex­terne?

Falles or stroakes▪ and too violent extending of the member violently again [...] the figure naturall.Gal. de causis morborum ca. 2. & artis paruae cap. 58. com. a­pho. 26. et lib. 1. de articulis. Celsus. lib. 8. cap. 11. com. a­pho. 1. lib. 11. de officin medici.

Which are the interne?

Great aboundance of hu­mor pituitous, gathered in the ioynture, which humecteth the ligamentes, and maketh them softe and humide, so the boane goeth out, or by the extenuation of the muscles a­bout the ioynture.

Howe knowe you Dislocation?

By the extraordinarie tumor of the place, by the emptinesse of the place, where the boane was, by the priua­tion of the moouing, accompanied with dolor.

By what iudgement or signe knowe you those that are easie and those that are difficill, and those which are incureable and mor­tall?

I iudge by the kinde and diuersitie of the Dislocation, and bodie, as for example, the [...] is easie to goe forth & to goe in, also the finger, in like manner mem­bers leane, and where the nerues and ligamentes haue store of humiditie and moistnesse, the arme difficill to goe forth, and hard to put in againe, and in grosse, fatte and tender people, those with fracture and apostume are euill to heale, those are very difficill, that haue the sides broken,Paulus lib. 6. those which haue bene long out, are almost impossible, the two vppermost vertebres of the necke beeing out,Celsus letteth the spiration, and so the partie dieth within the space of three dayes.

What method vse you for the cure hereof. Cure.

The methode generall for all Dislocations hath foure intentions: the first is, to put the boane in his owne proper place, the extension of the member first made, with handes or machins: the second intention is to coatinue it in the place by good medicamentes and bandages as in [Page] Fractures: the third is, to put the member in right situation: the fourth, to giue order to the accidentes, as by good dyet, purging,Celsus. lib. 8. cap. 2. and bleeding if neede be, & reduce the Fracture, before the inflamation be come, otherwise stay, till it bee past, when it is neare whole, or the accidentes past, we shal vse thinges to corroborate and comfort the parte with cer­taine simples sodde in wine, next, the emplaister oxycrosiū, or ad fracturas.Albucrasis. To.

If the Dislocation chaunce with Frac­ture, what is to be done?

First reduce the Dislocation, next the Fracture if it be possible, some reduce the Fracture, next the Dislocation, it being reduced and the Dislocation simple, foment with oyle of roses, whites of egges, and cloth wette in oxicrate,Guido. 2. doct. cap. 1. Hip. apho. 65. lib. 4. de artic. Hip. lib. citato. Celsus. lib. 8. cap. 2. with splintes, putting it in good fi­gure, with as little paine as may be. It must not be stirred, till the 7. day, except inflamation or some euill accident doe fall, at which time foment it with hot water, thereafter, the astringent as in Fractures, keepe good dyet, eate little for 4. or sixe dayes, till the inflamation be past. If the Disloca­tion be composed with causes interne, as aboundance of humors, which looseth the ligamentes, wee vse astringent and drying medicines, if it be accompanied with dolor and inflamation, cure it, as yee haue heard, if feuer, vse good dyet, purgations and bleeding, in the ende of the cure cor­roborate the parte with decoction of roses, wormewood and wine, thereafter the emplaister of oxycrosium.

The fourth Chapter, of the em­balming of dead folke.

SEeing that embalming of the dead is an auncient cu­stome, as appeareth by the olde and newe Testament, and also prophane histories, & that the same is vsed in these our dayes, aswell of Christians as infidelles, I will shew the vsuall maner of it, vsed in this our time. First we lay the bo­dy o [...] a table, and make incision from the clauicles to the [Page] os pubis, next lift the sternon, as also the musces of the inferior bellie, taking out all which is contayned therein as also the braynes, hauing first opened the panne with a saw, which all shall be presently buryed in the earth, sauing the heart, which shall be embalmed eyther with the bodie, or alone in a box of lead, as the friendes shall thinke good, [...]hereafter, thou shalt make long deepe in­cisions in the armes, thighes, buttocks and legges and other fleshie partes, chiefly where there are veines and arters, to the end they may the better auoyde, which thing being done, thou shalt diligently wash the three venters, as also the partes incised with stronge vineger, wherein hath been sodden Worme-wood, Allom and Salt, thereafter with Aqui [...]itae, or fine spirite of Wine doe the lyke, then dry all well with Lynnen clothes or sponges and fill vp the three bellies with pouders and a fewe flockes and sow them vp againe the incision shall be filled onely with the pouders and sowed vp likewise, the pouders are commonly of Roses, Camomill, Meli­ot, Mint, Worme-wood, Sage, Lauendar, Rosemary, Marioram, Time, Cipres, Gentian, Iris of Florence, all being dryee and beaten to fine pouder, and mixed with Nutmeggs, Cloues Cinamon, Pepper, Bengewin, Aloes and Mirre. Some vse onely for this purpose a fewe the most common of those hearbes, with a little quick lime, ashes of beane stalkes, and of the Oake tree: thereafter enroll the Corps in a cered cloth, and tie him in all parts, with small cords, and put it in a coffer of lead well clo­sed, This is the common way to preserue dead bodies eyther vnder or aboue the earth for a certaine time, but if thou wouldest embalme them to continue Fourescoore yeares, or more thou shalt finde an easie and perfit waye to performe the same in the poore mans Guide.

The first Chapter, of bleeding and thinges therein to be obserued.

BLeeding which the Greekes call Phlebetomia and the Latins venaesectio or an incision of the veine arificially done, to euacuate, retaine and diuertise the blood & other humors cōtained with it in the body, of the which there is gret differēce acccording to the veines & blood as in the head, leggs or feete com. ap hori [...]. 25. et 47.Hippocrrates. Is a thing most ne­cessarie to be knowne of all Chirurgians not onely for the healing of maladies, but also for conseruation of the bodie from sicknes, sometime both for healing & preseruing, for the which it is most nenessarye to knowe the number of the veines, also the true situation, to the end he take not one for an other, because sometime the situation is va­riable, and in partes not accustomed verie vneasie to be opened, wee must also knowe the waye to open them [Page] and what it is to consider afore and after, for the effectes, that followe thereupon wtich are these. It quickneth the spirrits, helps memorie, maketh the senses more sub­till, clarifieth the voyce and sight, causeth digestion, e­uacuates the euill blood and is an euacuation naturall of the humors of our bodies, by the which infinite mala­dies are cured as is ample prooued by Gualterus and Ru­fus. Heliogabilus [...] serm. parti [...] [...]. The number of the veines which wee open ordina­ly, for Maladies is 41. to wit, 17. in the heade, 6. in the armes, 3 in ech one, 6 likewise in the hands, 4 in the fun­dament, 2 in each side, 8 in the legges, and must be ope­ned 3 wayes, the great long waies, the little ouerthwart, in the typ of the nose in pricking it, not lifting the skin.

The 2. Chapter, of Boxing and Ventousing.

VEntousing which the Latines call Ʋentosatio, is no other thing but application of an instrument, either for the e­uacuation of some humor vnder the skinne, or to diuerte the course of an humor to some other parte, and to draw a­way such thinges, as is hurtfull, that nature cannot chace forth, and also to drawe out winde in some parte of the bo­die. It is called cucurbitula, or pixis, made of brasse,Albucrasis. horne, glasse, wood or earth in diuers formes some shorte, some long necked, for the most part wide bellied, and are called ventoses a ventre, as saith Auicen: some are bigge, some lesse, according to the proportion of the member, the mouth is reasonable wide, the lippes round and thicke, and are applied most commonly in diuers partes of our bodie. They are sometime applyed with scarrification & extracti­on of bloud, otherwhiles without scarrification, as also on diuers parts of our bodie, according to the cause, as to draw out some hurtfull humor of the bodie, with scarrification and extraction of bloud. First we apply them in the necke to euacuate the humor from the head, for heauinesse of the head, fluxions on the eyes, affections of the face, and stincke in the mouth: secondly wee apply them on the middest of the necke behinde, for difficultie of breath and cough: thirdly vnder the chinne and sides of the necke for dolors and vlcers of the mouth, corruption of the gummes & Mi­grim, Opthalmie, sore teeth. Fourthly on the shoulders for diseases in the Thorax, pleuresie, spitting of bloud, affecti­ons on the shoulders, of repletion, for many affections of the head and throat. Fiftly on the region of the reines, good for apostumes and dolors of the reines & lyuer. Sixtly on the middest of the armes, for dolor in those partes, and in stead of bloudding, and is vsed both in olde and young. Seuenthly on the os sacrum and thereabouts, & is good for the hemerroides, and fistules in the fundament. Eightly on [Page] the middest and rootes of the thighes, and is good to pro­uoke the monethly course, for Strangurie, dolors of the matrix, bladder and kidneis. The ventouses without scar­rification, which we call drie ventousing, are applyed for the most part in a xi. places. First on the open of the head, for 1 relaxation of Vuula,15. therapeutic. and to stay the rheume, as saith Galen. 2 Secondly, vpon the hypocondres, to diuerte the bleeding at the nose, as saith Galen, when the right nosethrill bleedeth, put the ventouses on the region of the lyuer, if the left side, on the milt, so in like manner on all partes that bleede, wee put the ventouses on the parte opposite for the communi­cation that the vesselles haue one with an other. Thirdly 3 on the pappes, to diuerte the purgations that runne much, and for the ventositie about the lyuer.Bartapallia. Fourthly in the be­ginning 4 of the nerues for Palsie. Fiftly on the nauell for the windie collicke.Cuido. Sixtly on the flancke for ventositie of the 5 6 milte. Seuenthly, on the nauell or wombe, to reduce the intestine, or matrix fallen, and ventosities in the bellie, and 7 dolors which happen in time of purgations.Auicen 3. canod Eightly wee 8 apply them on vritors, to drawe downe the stones and gra­uell 9 to the bladder. Ninthly on the eares and mouth of 10 vlcers to drawe out any thing contayned therein, also for drawing out of poyson.Haly Abbas. lib. 9. Tenthly, if any where there is mattir deepe, to drawe it out to the superfice, as in bubons venerians, also in parotides maligne, or in any other parte where neede is to drawe any thing to the superfice. Ele­uenthly, 11 on the necke for Squinancie.

The third Chapter, of Horsleaches or Bloudsuckers and their Effectes.

THese little beastes, which the Latines call Sanguisuga or Hirudines, in our toungue Horsleaches, are little wormes, the length of two inches or three, great, like to a goose quill, well knowne to all Chirurgians, ingendred in fresh water, pondes, pooles, of the which there are two sortes, the one maligne, as those which are bread in rotten standing water, where carrion hath bene cast, of the which come great accidentes, as tumor, inflamation, vlcers, a­postumes venenous, as we reade of one Messelinus, who dyed by putting one on his knee. Therefore wee must ab­stayne from those, that haue the head greater then the rest of the body, and are greene coloured, glittering, with blew rayes on the backe, the rest of the bodie being blacke: we must chuse such as are found in cleane water, in pondes and sandie ground, that haue their head little and bodies small, round,Arnoldus de villa noua. Haly Abbas. red bellied, the backes rayed like threedes of golde, such shall bee kept a day or two in cleane water, to purge them afore they be applyed, as also to cause them drawe the better. Some keepe them ten or twelue dayes, chaunging the water once in two or three dayes, after the which man­ner they may be kept a whole yeere in glasses or pottes of earth,Auicen. Theo­docritus. chaunging the water once in x. dayes, wee vse them for the same purpose, as scarrifications, and in such places where ventouses cannot bee applied, as in the lippes, gummes, legges, fundament, mouth of the matrix, & such partes as are emptie of fleshe, as nose, fingers, toes, also a­bout olde vlcers, and apostumes of the emunctoires and o­thers that are venenous, rubbing the parte ye put them on, till it grow redde.Albucrasis lib. 11. They draw onely superficially the bloud which is in the flesh, and so are good pro morbis subter cuta­neis, if they be applied on the fundament, they make eua­cuation from all the members. The part where wee applie them must be cleane,4. apho. cem. 1.2.3. et 12. otherwise they will not bide, there­after take them with a piece of cleane cloth, handle them [Page] softly, not touching them with the bare hand, hold their head to the part you would haue them bite, for the more easie doing thereof, we put a drop of Pigeons or Chickins blood, on the part, or pricke the part a little to cause the blood to come out, then if you would haue them drawe much, cut the endes of them with the sheeres to let the blood runne, otherwise, when they fall of, apply freshe in their place, or put on twoo or three in the begining▪ as ye find expedient. To make them fall sooner, yee shall put a corne of salt, or drop of vineger on their heade, or a fewe ceudres, or seperate them with a horse haire. If after the fall, the place bleede much, wee apply cotton, or burnt cloth, or cloth wet in cold water, or halfe a beane clouen and bound on it. If there be venenositie in the part,Albuc. lib. 5. after they fall we foment the place with water and salt, some­time a cornet, or little ventouse.

The fourth Chapter of Seton, the qualities of it, and way to apply it,

SEton, which the Latins call Seta is no other thing, but a little cord. which in old time was made of haire, or thread, and now of silk or cloth, or wollen yarne & is dra­wen through the skin with a needle for the purpose, in sundry parts of our bodies for diuers occasions as ye shall heare. First and most commonly we apply it in the neck,Skinkins. 1 betwixt the and fift thirde vertebre, sometime lower downe and is good to diuert & draw away fluxion on the eyes, Cattarrs which come from the head, and fall on the stomack, and gummes, lightes, back,Guido. and other parts of the body. Secondly we apple it on the nauell, when it 2 is swollen with water and humors. Thirdly in the codds,3 for waterie tumors contayned in those parts, as also for those that are Hydropick, Fourthly we apply them on 4 wounds, which passe out through for the better euacua­tion of the matter, they are applyed eyther as did our aun­tients, [Page] or without fire,Hip. Albuc. as now is commonly done, for the doing whereof we set the sick in a chaire, then one taketk the neck behind or other part where ye will ap­ply it, equallie in his hands, neyther more on the one side, nor the other, the one hand lower downe and the other more vpward, leauing a space betwixt the hands. Then the Chirurgian shall take hold of the same with his pincers for that purpose, therafter p [...]rce it with a sharp needle through both the holes of the pincers, being first threaded with the Seton or Cord, beware yee prick not the Muscle of the Neck, thereafter holding the skin with the pincers cause the sick moue his head, so ye shall easily perceiue if the Muscle be taken hold of, and if it be, let go the gripe, and take onely the skin and draw through the Needle and Seton which shalbe an ell in length or there-abouts, great like a Goose quill, take the Needle and let the Seton remaine, and rubbe it with digestiue, fresh Butter or Cerat Galen with an emplaster of Cerat or such like for Two or Three dayas, thereafter Diapal­ma or Beronica, some put onely Woodbynd leaues, dra­wing it a little euery day in the Morning and at Night it being almost neare the end, ye shall draw it the other way by this meanes it will serue a Moneth or Sixe weeks. When ye will change it, sow an other new Seton to the end thereof in such sort, that it slipp not in the through going, so cut away the old, and leaue the new, and so continue so long as shalbe expedient, that is till the humor be well euacuated, vsing in the meane time some meete remedies vntill the humor be diuerted, intercep­ted and euacuated. Some vse this a yeare or Two accor­ding to the greatnes of the disease, purge the body afore ye apply it, and after it is taken away.

The fift Chapter, of Canters Actuall and Potentiall.

CAnter called by the Latins Canterinum is a thing which hath vertue to burne rhe fleshe, bones, or any part, where it is applyed, whereof there are two sorts to wit, ac­tuall and potentiall. The actuall is that which actually doth burne, and is made of Gold, Siluer, brasse, Iron or Lead, in diuers fashions,Albuc. Cel. Hip according to the maladie and part, where they are applyed as ye haue heard in wounds and vlcers, yet most commonly they are vsed for Foure causes, first in staunching of blood in veines and arters, se­condly for Gangrens and Mortification, Carbuncles and Bubones excepting alwayes when there is no inflamma­tion in the part, thirdly in bones that are rotten, for it is enemy to rottennts & helpeth the separation of the bones, fourthly in maling vlcers, and byting of venemous beasts.Albucra [...]s. The canter potentiall, which the Latins call Canterium Potentiale, or Pyroticum is that which hath the force by extreame heate to burne the part where it is applyed, but actually as the other and is composed of diuers matter that are for the most part, extreame hot, like as Cartharide [...], Ʋitrioll, Tartar, Arsnic, Orpiment, Sublimat, strong wa­ter, oyle of vitrioll, Cloues, Sage, and Brimstone, or of dy­uers oth [...]r thinges, as the ashes of the Oake or Figge tree, of Vines, or Beane stalkes, quick lyme, salt Nitre, Armo­niack, Axungia vi [...]ri, Granley, all which ye may vse to­gether, or some of them in water, which we call Capitel­lum or Lixiui [...]um, and is eyther strong or weake, accor­ding to the Ingredientes. For the making of the which, ye shall take a certaine of these thinges, and steepe them in water three or foure dayes, sturring it Morning and Eue­ning, thē passe it through a cloth, & seeth it on the fire in a pan of brasse, till it be cōgealed to salt, which being taken [Page] from the fire shalbe cut in little peeces, and put in glas­ses close stopt that no ayre enter in. The way to make diuers sorts of Canters is thus, take the ashes of the vine, quick lyme, graneley, axungia vitri, an. halfe a pound, al­lom and vitrioll roman of ech 6 ounces, steepe them in 15 pintes of water in an earthen pot the space of 5. or 6. dayes, stirring it euery day as yee haue heard, then power out the water and leaue the grounds keepe it in glasses, or seeth it, till it grow to salt as ye haue heard, if it grow thick put thereto halfe an ounce of opi [...] dissolued in aquauitae, which both appeseth the dolor and maketh the scarre soft. An other excellent way is, Rec. axungiae vitri li. se. salis gemmae onc. 6. sublimati onc. se. cineris sarmentorū et trun­corum fabarum an. li. se. aquae li. 10. infundantur et fiat ca­pi tellum, Le fort de Len­ry. in fine coctionis [...]dde drag. 2. opij. Otherwise thus take ashes of oake and vine, graneley, stalkes of beanes an. like quantitye, steepe them in water and make your Ca­pitell, putting thereto a little quick-lyme, this Canter is commonly vsed by Seuerinus Pineo & Hierome de la Now Doctors in Chirurgerie.S. Pineo. H. Delanow.

The sixte Chapter, of Bathes and their Effectes.

BAthing, as by the learned Hierodotus is at large decla­red, is a washing and steeping of the whole body, for the better preseruation and conseruation of mans health, and recouerie of that which is lost, which was had in great vse and custome amongest the Auncientes, as among the Greekes, also among the Arabes and Latines, and is also very much vsed and practised in all Nations in these our dayes: whereof there are two sortes, one naturall, and an other artificiall. The naturall are saide to bee such, as come and proceede naturally out of the ground,Natural bathes and are alwayes warme and hotte of themselues, but yet are reported to be of diuers sorts qualities and vertues according to the diuer­sitie of the places, from whence the water commeth and proceedeth, as if it come from Salt, Allom, Sulphur, Brasse, Copper, Golde, Iron and such like.Salt. c. The Salt is good for pi [...]uitous, colde and humide Maladies, Hydropsie, dolors, paynes and aches of the belly, stomacke, matrix and kid­neis, also it is good for all Catarrhes, Epilepsie, dolors of the bladder, head, stomacke and eares, whites of women and scabbes generally through all the body, as is at large dis­coursed and s [...]t downe by Galen. Alluminou [...]. The Alluminous are drying and heating, and is good for all colde and humide diseases and sickenesses, vomiting of bloud, staying the he­merrhoides, the monethly course of women, aborting with childe, varices on the legges▪ hydropsie, maligne vlcers, [...]otten waterie [...]umors, for all sortes of vomiting. The Sulphurous are drying in the 4. degree,Sulphuro [...]. & heale the partes neruous, which are cold & humide, soften the hard parts, ap­pease dolor, & comfort the stomacke & milte, they are good for the stone and strangu [...]ie, for all cold & humide maladies, [Page] Palsies, Hydropsies, Apoplexies, yet they must bee mode­rately vsed. Those, whose minerall is iron and steele, are colde,Ironand steele. stipticke and drie, good for hotte and humide mala­dies, as Gow [...]es, and dolors of the articles debillitie, and softnesse of the stomacke and milt, apostumes in the eares, monethly course, fluxe of vrine, hemerro [...]hdes, outcom­ming of the fundament, & all vlcers in the bladder, as saith Fuchius. Copp [...]rous. The Copperous, which heate, resolue, cleanse, consolide, are good for colde and humide diseases, dolors of the guttes, maligne vlcers, and members contused, also for maladies in the mouth, inflamation in the throat and a­migdalles, all sickenesse of the eyes. Those that haue their minerall golde,Golde. are hotte and drie & good for the col­licke, voluulles, fistules, gowte, maligne vlcers, colde sto­mackes, the stone, rupture, scabbes, leprosie, diseases of the eyes▪ stincke in the mouth, palpitation of the heart, as saith Fuchius. Leade. The Leade being the minerall, they are good for all maligne vlcers, canckers, fistules, diuers affections of the skinne, kidneis and blader, whites in women & hemer­roihdes. There are some mixed with diuers of these to­gether, as in Lorraine, Burgundie, and diuers partes of Al­maine and Italie, of the which W [...]ckerus and Fuchius haue amply written.Artificiall bathes. The artificiall bathes are artificially made, by imitation of the naturall, to supplie the want thereof, as of running water and mixtion of one or moe of these mi­nerals, diuersifiyng & appropriating them according to the disease, sometime to heate iron and steele redde hotte, and [...]lake it in the water, & so it participateth the vertue. Some time by mixing of hearbes, flowers, roo [...]es, sometime sim­ply, sometime the decoction of them, sometime of milke or wine, according to the disease, as to appease dolor, to soften, to open the conduites, to loose or binde in all these sortes.Gal. de sauitate [...]uenda lib. 3. Hip. Celsus. F [...]chius. Sometime we vse water called balneum aquae dulois, of the which come great effectes, so that it bee alwayes warme, it is good for all outward affections of the bodie, it heateth, appeaseth dolor, openeth the pores of the skinne, [Page] tempereth and euacuateth ill humors prouoketh the pur­gations and hemorrhoides in women, discusseth and dige­ [...]eth the excrements, softneth the hard partes, humecteth all the parts of the body, prouoketh sleepe, corroborateth the ventricle, & helpeth the concoction & naturall heate, good for all affections of the matrix, inflammation of the lightes, good for all intemperie, except the humide, dolor of the head and eyes, maladies of the lightes, lassitude of the stomack and back, for all fluxions and members vlce­red, for all scabbes and vices in the skin of both olde and yong, it softeneth the articles, clarifieth the voice, moueth vrine, bringeth the flesh and skin in good temperature, it mundifieth and is good for hectick feuers and phrensies as saith Hippocrates, it discusseth flatnosities, and sharpe ex­crements, the watee must not be too hot, for it healeth & closeth the pores, and so letteth the excrements vnder the skin to come foorth.

The seauenth Chapter, of fric­tions and their effectes.

OF rubbing and frictions Galen hath amply written in his bookes de tuenda sanitate, as also Aetius, Paulus, Paulu. Oribasins. and Oribasins, with sundrie other learned men, who haue vsed them for diuers occasions, & in diuers manners, some­time with oyntmentes and oyles, which was in great vse amongst the Romaines and Greekes. Those who were olde vsed rubbing with oyle of irinum, camomelinum & nardinum. Hippocrates commendeth the same very much, for, saith he it hath the force to binde, loose,Hippocrates. increase flesh and diminish the same, for harde rubbing doth loose and mollifie, much rubbing diminisheth the flesh, meane rub- doth augment and increase flesh. They are vsed for diuers other occasions, as ye haue heard, namely to loose and o­pen the pores and conduits of the skin, to make thyn hu­mors, and auoyd all obstructions, for the diuerting of flux­ion from any part of the body, and especially frō the head. They must be done with a cloth or sponge, first softly and easily, sometime to continue till the flesh swell & become red, and may be done at all times, and chiefly in the mor­ning, begining at the lower parts, so to ascend to the head, which is accompted generall rubbing. If any particulare part be diseased, rubbe onely the place affected whereby in sundry diseases diuers effectes are wrought.

The first Chapter, of medimentes in Generall.

IN this Treatise, we will speake of diuers sorts of medicaments comonly vsed by the Chi­gians the which we shall first shew the de­finition and diuision of euery on seuerallye both simples and composed, whereof they proceede and take their originall, as of plantes, trees, beastes, earth or sea. Of the partes of plantes, as of the leaues, flowers, bark, roote, seede, gumme, iuice or oyles. Of beasts as of Vipers, Serpents, Cantarides, Froggs, Cats, or of the dissimilare parts of beastes, as the Liuer, Lightes, Hart, or Braines, also of the excrementes, as of the Haire, Hornes, Dung and such like. Of mineralls or earth, as Stones, Mettells, as Orpiment, Sandaracha, Sulphur, Cad­mia, Litarge, Quick siluer, Argent, Calcites. Of the Sea and waters, as all kinde of Salt, Sponges, Asphaltrum, Ni­tre, Amber, Bitumen, Pissaphalen, Garinum, Alcionium. The compoundes may bee made of these simples diuers wayes, as oyles, Vnguents, Liniments, Cerates, Cataplas­mes, Emplasters, distilled water, Fomentatiōs, Vaporatiōs, Suffumigatiōs, Gargarismes, Bathes & such like, but for the better [Page] vnderstanding of this matter, we shall shew the degrees of medicamentes, and next the measure and weight. There are foure degrees of medicines, hot, cold, drie and humide, and haue foure qualities, as heating, cooling, drying, and humecting▪ but not manifestly, and so little, as is scarsely knowne by the sense. The second degree is heating, coo­ling, drying, humecting manifestly, as is apparent to the iudgement. The thirde degree is heating, cooling, drying and humecting, offending the senses, but not extreamely. The fourth degree is hot, burning, and maketh a scarce and corrupteth the senses, as quicke lyme, all caustickes actuall and potentiall, colde, which mortifieth and obtundeth the senses, as opium and all stupefactiues, or drie, which burne like Canters actuall: humide is not so vehement, as the o­thers, for humiditie is not vehement, except it bee ioyned with colde, of the which Galen hath made no mention. After this manner the medicamentes were put in degrees, before Galen, as reporteth Dioscorides.

The second Chapter, of medicaments which appease dolour called Anodins in Greeke.

DOlour is a grieuous feeling like as pleasure is a ioyfull feeling the which is cured, first by knowing the cause,Gal. lib 2. de locis effect. Gal. 12. metho. next by the ablation of the same. The cause of dolour is eyther distemperature or solution of continuitie which is eyther hot, drie, or humide. The hot causeth vehement paine. The drie causeth paine but not so vehemēt. The hu­mide maketh almost no paine at all,Gal. lib. 5. ca. 1 [...]. simpl. medicament Anodins called bp the Greekes Paogonta are those that haue force by their temperate heate to appease the dolour, of the which some be propers, some be impropers. The propers Anodins are those which be a contrarie qualitie open and take away the cause of dolour, like as oleum laurium in cold dolors, violet in hot dolors, hyd [...]elium in drie dolors. The Anodins improper are these which not by themselues but by accident appease the paine & are called by the Greeks Narcoticks the which stupifie the feeling of the part and make it more heauie: The office of the proper Anodins is to euacuate, digest, rarifie, extenuate the euill humors which be sharp, thick, vaporous, and cold.

The third Chapter, of medicaments Repercussiues.

THe medicament Repercussiue called by the Latins Repercutients or Repellens is that which by the colde qualitie putteth back the humor,Ga [...]. lib. 5. cap. 18. simpl. or else by the astric­ [...]ion corroborateth the part or by one or both letteth the fluxion of humors▪ Nicol. Alexan. of the which there are two viz. simples and composed.

[Page]The Simples with small or no astriction like as ro [...]a, en­diuia, lactuca, acetosa, vmbilicus veneris, portulaca, [...]io [...]a, nenuphar, aqua frigida, [...]erum lactis, coriandrum, arno­glossum, trifolium, parietaria, hioscramus, poma, pira, al­bumen oui, cauda equina, caprifolium, [...], virgula pa­storis, bursa pastoris, plantago, solanum, semperviuum, me­lones, cucurbita, ci [...]uli, lens palustris, psilium, ompha [...]inum, cidonia, mirt [...], malicoria, balaustia, mandragora, acacia, sanguis draconis, papauer, opium, bolus armenus, cerusa, terra figillata, antimonium, plumbum v [...]tum et non vstum, consolida maior, far [...]a lupmo [...]um et or [...]bi, vitrio [...]um, tap­sus barbatus, nux cupressi, oliui folia.

The fourth Chapter, of Attractiues.

THe Medicamentes Attractiues which the Greeks call Electica, by the Latines Attrahentia, are contrarie to the Repercussiues. Forsomuch as they draw from the Centre to the circumference, and are of temperature hotte and substance thinne, to the ende they may pearce more easily: and may be deuided into three sortes. The first dra­weth by the naturall heate, the second by putrefaction, the third by an hidden propertie,Gal. 5. simpl. some adde the fourth kinde, per fugam vecui like as in ventosing, boxing, sucking, by bandages, frictions, horsleaches, vissicatories, medica­mentes caustickes, the which indeede be not properly cal­led medicamentes Attractiues. Of the foresaide there are two kindes, viz. Simples and Compoundes.

The fifth Chapter, of Medica­mentes resolutiues.

THe Medicament resolutiue, which the Greekes call Diaphor [...]ium, the Latines Resoluens or Digerens, and commonly called Carminatiuum, the which rarifieth and euaporateth by insensible transpiration, the humors, and openeth the pores of the skinne, and is of qualitie hotte and are deuided into two sortes, to wit, the Proper which is weake, and Improper which is strong.

The sixt Chapter, of medicamentes Emollientes.

THe medicaments Emollientare called by the Greekes Malactica, and by the Latins Emollientia, the which haue the vertue to soften the hard parts & bring them to their naturall estate, of the which some are common & some proper.Gal. 5. simpl.

The seauenth Chapter, of medica­ments Suppuratiues.

THe medicaments suppuratiue, or maturatiue called by the Greekes Peptica, by the Latins Maturantia are those, which by there naturall heat seeth & bring the blood & humors superfluous into matter,Hipp. 6 epidi­miorum. of the which two sorts, some bee emplastricks which by closing of the pores augment the naturall heate. So the matter being re­teined maketh generation of Pus, the other kind is hot ac­cording to the proportion of the naturall heate of the part, affected of the which they are simples and composed.

The eight Chapter, of Medica­mentes mundificatiues.

THe Medicament cleansing, called by the Greekes Rip [...]icon, and by the Latines Detergens, is that which hath the strength to separate and drawe away the ex­crementes purulent from the centre of the vlcers to the cir­cumference,Gal. lib. 5. [...] ▪ lib. 2. the which is of temperature hotte and of sub­stance thin: and is of two kindes, the one is weake, do­mesticke, and is either sweete or salt, as farina fabarum, hor­dei, cicerum, semen lini, saccarum, oxymell, terebinthus, thus, mel despumatum, amigdalae amarae, erui farma, radix indicus, nitrum inustum, n [...]tri spuma, pumex, and diuers o­ther which Galen hath written at length in the Chapter a­boue mentioned, and are deuided in simples & compound [...].

The eight Chapter, of Medica­mentes Incarnatiues.

THis Medicament which the Greekes call sarcoticon, the Latines Generatio carnis ▪ and hath the force to drie and change the bloud which commeth to any part, in­to flesh. It dryeth without mordication, it thickneth it, and conuerteth it into flesh. Such medicaments by the abster­tion & desiccation moderatly done, helpe nature.Gal. 3. method. et 2. de com­positione phar­macorum. Gal. de simpl. It should be drie in the third or fourth degree, to the ende the two ex­crementes which are grosse and subtill, which are contrary, viz. abstersion and desiccation may not let the action of na­ture in the generation of flesh. Of the which there are three kindes, viz. weake strong and very strong.

The tenth Chapaer, of Medica­mentes Cicatrisants.

THe Medicament Cicatrisant, called by the Greekes E­piloticon, by the Latines Cic [...]trisans, is that which hath the power to make and cicatrize by his drinesse & astriction [Page] without a [...]imonie drying the flesh. In such manner and maketh it in substance like to the skin, yet not according to the first intention, by the reason that parts Spermaticks doe not ingender in all pointes as before. This medicamēt is hot in the third degree and i [...] deuided in simples & com­posed.

The eleuenth Chapter, of medica­ments Adglutinatiues.

THe medicament Adglutinatiue called by the Greeks Symphiticon, by the Latins Adglutinans, is that which hath the vertue to drie the humiditie that is be­twixt the lips of the woūd & are dry in the second degree, of the which some be simples, some composed.

The tweft Chapter, of medicaments Cathereticks, Septicks, and Causticks.

THe medicament which the Greekes call Catheretieon the Latins Carnis Cōsumtiuum, is that which hath the force to corrode, and putrifie in digering the substāce of the flesh and skin & may differ in 3. manners vz. weake, strong and very strong. The weake is called Cathertick, or Corrosiue, the strong is called by the Greekes Septicon, and by the Latines, Putrefactiuum, the very strong is called Escareticon and by the Latines Causticum. The Cathere­ticke hath the strength by vehement drying to consume the excrescences of flesh, as Polypus, Tuberculum, verruci, and is applyed commonlye in woundes and vlcers putrides or where there are excrescences of flesh, the which cannot be taken away neither by digerents nor astringents, and it is of two sortes, Simple and Composed.

The thirteenth Chapter, of Medicaments which stay the Fluxe of Bloud.

BEcause the Bloud is the treasure of life, it is most neede­full when it floweth excessiuely, to stay the same, other­wise death shall follow. This medicament is of nature and qualitie colde, and is either simple or composed.